-------
1 A Technical Handbook
2 EPA Mission and Space 3
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ). 5
Planning for Good IAQ - Mechanical Systems 7
Planning for Good IAQ - Interior Matenals 9
Energy Conservation 13
Recycling : 17
Resource Conservation ; ; 21
Pollution Prevention 23
1 Technical Considerations 25
Sample Base Building Requirements 27
Structural Requirements ; 27
Building Core 27
Electrical Requirements 29
Plumbing Requirements -31
f-f\/AC Requirements - 32
Miscellaneous 33
Sample Tenant Work Letter Requirements 35
Partitions r; -35
Doors & Hardware ' 35
Ceilings. 3fi
Painting & Wall Covering 37
Floors - 37
Electrical Requirements 38
Electrical Distribution. 39
Lighting : 40
HVAC Requirements 40
it Materials Safety : 43
Material Safety Data Sheet . 45
5 Related Documents
Federal Property Management Regulations
Furniture Procurement - Federal Supply Schedule
Solicitation for Offers (SFO)
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE i
-------
-------
Welcome to Volume Two of the EPA's Space Guidelines. This document is a
companion piece to Volume One and provides technical back-up to issues raised
therein.
Volume One describes the basic issues, planning principles and key findings of each
topic. It should be the first reference source. Volume Two has more detailed or
technical information on some of the space topics. For example, Volume One has
a two-page discussion of Indoor Air Quality Issues; Volume Two describes the
causes, criteria for mechanical systems and recommendations concerning carpets,
particle board, adhesives, paints etc., listing manufacturers. Volume Two also
incorporates relevant documents by EPA or others, such as GSA's FPMR.
Both documents, especially Volume Two, are meant to be updated when
circumstances change or new information becomes available.
B>A SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE1
-------
-------
In Volume I, we outlined the very important environmental considerations that should
be a part of the selection, planning, and design of any EPA facility. In this section, we
present in greater detail many of the technical aspects of these concerns. We suggest
ways to achieve good air quality, methods to conserve energy, and ways to preserve
our sources. Because policies, technology and manufacturing methods are always
changing, specific recommendations of materials are not included.
It is important to note that the technical points discussed and the recommendations
made do not cover every possible problem or solution that may arise in the course of
developing an EPA facility. There is a vast literature on IAQ, for instance, much of it
accessible only to trained chemists or engineers. Moreover, our understanding of
environmental problems is continually evolving, and technology is changing to provide
us with newer products and methods to respond to our needs: what is appropriate
today may not be so tomorrow. For these reasons, this can be only a guide, and is
not intended to substitute for the analysis and advice that experienced, qualified
engineers or similar professionals can offer.
It also should be noted that, in many cases, choices of materials or products will not
be clear-cut choices, but will be compromises determined by cost or similar
considerations. All-wool carpet, for example, is made from a renewable source as
compared to a synthetic material, but is'appreciably more expensive and less durable.
Similarly, a product made with recycled content may appear to be more
environmentally responsible, but its manufacture may have required a greater
expenditure of energy than a competing product made from virgin material.
With the above qualifications in mind, we list the following suggestions and
recommendations for your guidance. It is clear that many opportunities exist for each
Agency component to exercise and to demonstrate environmental awareness in the
planning of its office and laboratory space. The need to exercise sound environmental
practices is an ongoing responsibility in the day-to-day operations of the Agency.
EPA SPACE GUIDHJNES VOLUME 2
PAGE 3
-------
VOLUME 2 EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 4
-------
*
(For further details,
consult ASHRAE Standard
62, Current Edition.)
What is "IAQ"? ASHRAE Standard (1989) provides this yardstick: "ACCEPTABLE
INDOOR AIR QUALITY: Air in which there are no known contaminants at harmful
concentrations and with which a substantial majority (80% or more) of the people
exposed do not express dissatisfaction." This definition has two parts:"... known
contaminants at harmful concentrations" and "... people exposed do not express
dissatisfaction." Dissatisfaction can manifest itself in many ways. Symptoms can
include irritation of eyes, nose and throat, respiratory distress, fatigue, headache,
depression, dermatitis, and nausea. Poor air quality can spread infectious diseases,
aggravate allergies, and increase the risk of cancer. It is clear that poor IAQ can sap
morale and efficiency in the workplace and can contribute to health problems, so that
we must identify the causes of these symptoms and eliminate or modify them.
The first part of the definition speaks of "known contaminants." There are a number
of these, which are listed below by category. In some cases, we also indicate the
currently accepted limit (if known) that defines a "harmful concentration."
Radon. This is an odorless, colorless radioactive gas that results naturally from the
decomposition of radioactive material in the ground, which seeps into the building (or
is drawn in) through cracks in the foundation walls and through sewer pipes. In
sufficient concentrations it contributes to lung cancer. The current exposure guideline
for radon is 7 pCi/L (Picocuries per Liter of air, a measure of radioactivity).
Gases. The main gases that impact indoor air quality are described below:
Carbon dioxide (CO2) results naturally from human activity and is harmless in
normal concentrations. Levels of CO2 above 0.1% (1000 ppm) indicate insufficient
ventilation, or pockets of stagnant air, a condition to be corrected by modifying the
mechanical system or the space layout.
Carbon monoxide (CO) is an odorless, colorless gas which can be fatal in sufficient
concentration. It is the product of incomplete combustion, and can enter the
building through air intakes located too near loading docks, heavy traffic, or garages
or through poorly vented or poorly working combustion equipment. Maximum short-
term exposure level averaged over an eight hour period must not exceed 30,000
ng/m3, based on the BOCA National Mechanical Code.
Ozone (03) is a gas that is an important and necessary component of the upper
atmosphere, but that is a lung irritant when present in large amounts at ground
level. It is present in smog, and results from mobile sources, from electronic air
cleaners and also from photocopy machines. Acceptable exposure range is <0.1
ppm over 8 hours, time weighted average.
Nitrogen oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO-) are toxic gases resulting from
combustion, and also found in tobacco smoke. They can cause lung damage. To
avoid levels above a range of 0.25 ppm (over 1 hr), provide good ventilation.
Particulates. Small airborne particles that contaminate the air are called "particulates,"
and are further classified as "respirable particulates" (those that can be inhaled) and
"non-respirable particulates" (greater than 10 micrometers in diameter). Among these
are dust, tobacco smoke, mites, pollen, and biological agents called "bioaerosols" such
as microbes, viruses, fungi and bacteria. Some (allergens) can cause allergy, and
B>A SPACE GUIDELINES
VOLUMES
PAGES
-------
some (pathogens) cause disease, such as influenza and Legionnaires' Disease. To
minimize participates and bioaerosols provide good ventilation; provide good filtration
in the air distribution system; keep ducts, filters, carpets, drapes and other dust
collecting areas clean; and avoid stagnant water (e.g. in cooling towers and
humidification tanks) where microbes can breed. Other particulates that may be
present include asbestos, toxic lead dust from paint; and glass fibers from insulation -
suspected as a carcinogen. Where asbestos or lead dust is found to be present,
remediation must be undertaken by specialists.
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs). This is the name given to a broad range of
chemical substances that are emitted into the air from different sources. Common
examples of VOC emitting materials are carpet, adhesives, paints and other finishes,
plywood and pressed wood products, and cleaning products. Some VOCs such as
formaldehyde can be harmful, some can be mildly irritating, while others are benign
in normal concentrations.To better understand this broad group, we have broken it
down into sub-categories. However, it should be noted that not much is known about
the synergistic effects of a combination of VOCs in the air, nor is much known about
the cumulative effects of long term exposure to low levels of VOCs. The following
classes of materials are all categories of Volatile Organic Compound:
A. Formaldehyde (HCHO). This is a suspected human carcinogen and a moderately
poisonous gas of the aldehyde group of VOCs. It can cause burning of the eyes
and respiratory irritation. It is found in plywood, particleboard, and pressed wood
products, some textiles, urea-formaldehyde foam insulation, carpet, tobacco
smoke, and many other building products. Two types of formaldehyde based
resins emit HCHO: urea formaldehyde, used for interior grade plywood and for
particle board; and phenol formaldehyde, which emits lower levels of gas, and is
used as an exterior grade resin. ANSI Standards limit emissions to 0.3 ppm after
installation, whereas ASHRAE (1981) recommends a limit of 0.1 ppm. As much
as possible, products using HCHO should be avoided and exposure should be
controlled to levels "as low as reasonably achievable."
B. Aromatic Hydrocarbons. Included in this group are benzene, ethyl benzene,
styrene, toluene, trimethyl benzene, and xylene. Found in adhesives, paints,
solvents, insulation, varnishes and plastics, they can cause burning of the eyes
and irritation of the respiratory tract and mucous membranes. Use of materials
containing these VOCs should be restricted; for some applications, alternative
materials are available.
C. Aliphatic Hydrocarbons. These include butane, hexane, isobutane and propane,
and can be found in waxes, polishes and cleaning compounds. They can cause
symptoms similar to those of aromatic hydrocarbons, and require similar
precautions.
D. Chlorinated Hydrocarbons. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), used in solvents
and wood preservatives, are examples of this group. They cause burning of the
eyes and respiratory irritation; substitute materials are recommended if available.
E. Ketones and Esters. This group includes acetone, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate
and methyl ethyl ketone. Used in lacquers, varnishes and plastics, their use should
be limited.
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 6
-------
Having looked at the effects on health and well-being of poor air quality, and what
substances contribute to poor IAQ, we've outlined those steps that can be taken to
avoid or to remove the offending substances, and to mitigate their effects. A
combination of two approaches is needed: 1) eliminate, or at least reduce, harmful
substances at their source; and 2), since some such substances can not be avoided
entirely, remove them from the indoor air as efficiently as possible.
The single most critical factor in planning for good IAQ is a good HVAC design with
adequate ventilation. If space is well ventilated, those VOCs and gases that contribute
to "sick building syndrome" will be drawn away (for the most part) from the occupied
space, and the concentration of harmful substances will be substantially diminished.
The document that spells out the recognized criteria for adequate ventilation is
ASHRAE Standard 62- 1989, titled "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor air Quality."
These criteria are summarized below.
Although ventilation may be natural or mechanical, in almost every EPA facility
mechanical ventilation will be used.
The outside air available for ventilation must be of an acceptable quality. Standards
for acceptable outside air have been established and are monitored by government
pollution control agencies (such as EPA). Data are available from such agencies
in most communities; if not, the air can be sampled and tested to determine its
suitability. If the air is found to be unacceptable, filters and cleaning devices
designed to handle the particulates and/or gases encountered must be used.
The quantity of outside air required for acceptable air quality is given in the ASHRAE
Standard, and is quantified in terms of cubic feet per minute (CFM) per occupant.
This figure varies according to the use of the space, but for office use, the
requirement is 20 CFM/person. For planning purposes, the number of persons in
EPA offices can be figured at 150 sq. ft. of occupiable space per person. This 20
CFM criterion is very important, if acceptable IAQ is to be achieved. Note that,
because the outside ventilation air must be heated or cooled, it becomes wasteful
of energy to exceed the 20 CFM standard by a significant amount.
Intakes for outside air ("makeup air") shall be so located to avoid contamination of
the air from sources such as vehicular exhausts from garages, loading docks and
street traffic, exhausts from toilet rooms and kitchens, sanitary vents, and cooling
towers.
Ducts and plenums shall be constructed and maintained to minimize the potential
for growth and dissemination of micro-organisms such as bacteria, viruses, fungi,
and parasites.
Contaminants from local sources within the space should be collected and removed
as close to the source as possible. Examples include contaminants from cooking
facilities, toilets, copy machines, etc.
Air filters and/or dust collectors should be provided as required to remove paniculate
contaminants. In addition, where warranted by particular circumstances, absorption
methods may be used to control gases, vapors and odors. One example of an
absorbent material is activated charcoal; other materials and technologies are
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES V°PAG£7
-------
available to mitigate or control other specific contaminants.
Filters can be obtained in disposable (recommended) or cleanable types, and can
be dry or viscous (sticky). Another type of filter is the electrostatic filter, which is
effective against dust and pollen. In some HVAC designs, a pre-filter is used. Filters
are rated according to their efficiency in the removal of particulates; clearly, more
efficient filters will benefit IAQ, but they will also place a greater burden on the fans
with a consequent cost in energy consumption. Nevertheless, high efficiency filters
should be selected.
Since most filters are fabricated with a fibrous medium, it is important that the filters
be constructed such that there will not be an excessive emission of the fibers into
the air stream.
Humidity should be controlled within the occupied space. High humidities support
the growth of pathogenic and allergenic organisms. On the other hand, low humidity
can be conducive to dermatitis and to respiratory discomfort. It also contributes to
the buildup of static electricity. A humidity range of 30% (winter) to 50% (summer)
is recommended.
Basements are particularly prone to conditions of high humidity and consequent
microbial growth; dehumidification of such areas is advised. Growth of micro-
organisms is also supported by standing water. Condensate pans and cooling
towers should be designed to avoid standing water, and should be readily accessible
for cleaning. The use of steam humidifying systems is preferred over spray
humidifiers, as the latter can contribute to microbial growth.
Finally, it should be emphasized that the best mechanical system, properly designed
to achieve a good quality of indoor air, will not do its job if it is not properly operated
and maintained. The air distribution system must be balanced, and the control system
accurately calibrated. Ductwork must be kept clean and filters changed often. A
maintenance schedule should be developed and followed; toxic cleansers should be
avoided. Modifications to the interior space, such as relocation of systems furniture
panels, must be done thoughtfully, to avoid the possibility of creating pools of stale air.
If contaminant-creating equipment is introduced into the space (large copy machines
and cooking equipment are examples), the mechanical system should be modified as
necessary.
VOLUMES EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGES
-------
i^ fa,
A well-designed and functioning mechanical system is one part of the IAQ picture.
Another important aspect of planning for good IAQ is to avoid, or at least minimize,
those materials and products that contain substances that can contaminate the indoor
air. Interior finish materials that contain contaminants, primarily VOCs and
formaldehyde, include carpet, paint, adhesives, wood finishes and preservatives,
plywood and pressed wood products, and sealants and caulks. Although it may not
be possible to eliminate or avoid entirely the contaminants contained in these
materials, a careful selection of finish materials will help to keep the IAQ within an
acceptable range. Listed below are those materials that should be selected with a
view toward their potential to affect IAQ, along with some recommendations that will
minimize possible deleterious effects. In addition, "chamber tests' can determine the
VOC emissions of a particular product or material. Some manufacturers have this
data. (Suggestions and recommendations for finish materials, based on other than IAQ
considerations, are contained in Volume I: Selecting Materials and Furniture.)
Carpet
Of the various materials used to finish interior space, carpet (both in roll form and in
the form of tiles) probably has the most significant and long-lasting effect on IAQ.
There are two reasons: one is the factsthat large areas of office space are carpeted,
thereby exposing a large surface area possibly containing potential contaminants to
the indoor air; the second is that the manufacture and installation of carpet utilizes
VOCs (to a greater or lesser degree) and the structure of the carpet itself acts as a
sink to trap and hold VOCs present in the carpet materials and elsewhere in the
space, as well as other contaminants. The VOCs can be emitted at low rates over a
period of many years.
VOCs found in carpeting include:
styrene, toluene, and xylene
formaldehyde (a suspected human carcinogen)
4-Phenylcyclohexene (4-PC), an irritant even at low levels
amines
sulphur components
Many carpet adhesives emit aromatic hydrocarbons at a high rate, but do not off gas
for a long period of time, as does the carpet itself. In addition to the problem of VOCs,
there is the problem of collection and retention of dirt, microbes, and odors which are
trapped and retained in the fibers themselves (especially if the fibers are natural) and
in the pile. Finally, carpet fibers can be shed by the carpeting, causing irritation to
some people.
To mitigate the problems described above, the following steps are recommended:
Specify a carpet that is low in VOCs.
Use a backing other than latex, which contains styrene butadiene (SB), the major
source of 4-PC emissions. Synthetic backings of polypropylene or fiberglass are
acceptable, or jute, which is natural and biodegradable (but not as durable), can be
used.
Use a low VOC-emitting carpet adhesive. Latex emulsion and latex acrylic adhesives
are preferred to styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) adhesives, which emit VOCs at a
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
high rate. Water based adhesives are not necessarily low VOC-emitting. Other
adhesives, low in VOCs, are available; and one should also consider the use of a
stretched-in, tackless installation for small areas, in lieu of adhesive.
If possible, the carpet should be conditioned off-site prior to installation, by spreading
the carpet out for about a week in a space with high ventilation, high temperature
and humidity in order to drive off most of the VOCs. After installation, a similar
period of conditioning is recommended, under conditions of maximum possible
ventilation.
A regular and thorough maintenance program should keep down the problem of dirt
and microbes. Anti-microbial additives are available and are recommended, but
their effectiveness diminishes with time, and need to be reapplied after a year or so.
It is important to verify that such additive, as well as any carpet detergent that may
be used, be non-toxic, non-VOC, and low in odor.
Besides the question of IAQ, carpet presents additional environmental concerns.
Commercial carpeting is made almost exclusively from synthetic fibers: nylon, the most
common and most durable; olefin, a polypropylene; and polyester, not as durable.
These are petroleum based, with the negative environmental implications inherent in
the use of such products. Wool carpeting, although based on a renewable resource,
is significantly more expensive, and not as durable as nylon. Carpeting is also
beginning to be manufactured from recycled PET (plastic from soft-drink bottles).
The manufacturing process requires substantial amounts of water, which is then
discharged to rivers and streams containing dyes, mordants, bleaches, and other
chemicals inimical to life. Even wool carpet, unless used unbleached and undyed,
requires the use of chemicals in its manufacture.
Finally, the disposal of carpet is a problem. Carpet is not easily recycled, because it
is a composite of several layers bonded together. The synthetic fibers and backing do
not biodegrade in our landfills. In this regard, carpet of natural fiber with jute backing
is the best choice. The next best choice is to select quality carpet that will last, to
section it off in order to replace worn areas independently, and to establish a rigorous
program of maintenance that will prolong the life of the carpet.
Plywood and Particleboard
Plywood and particleboard are wood based products familiar to all, with many
applications in the construction industry. Both products are composite materials that
require a bonding material to bring the wood layers (plywood) or particles (sawdust)
together. MDF (medium density fiberboard) and OSB (oriented strand board) are also
pressed wood products which are made from wood scraps and waste held together
with a resin binder, and are often used in place of softwood plywood. As a core
material for furniture, cabinets and countertops, particleboard has largely replaced
plywood (particleboard is cheaper), although plywood still finds many applications in
construction. Because it uses sawdust recovered from the lumber industry, material
that would otherwise be wasted, particleboard is an environmentally sound product;
however, both plywood and particleboard use as a bonding agent a resin polymer
made from Urea Formaldehyde (UF), which emits formaldehyde (HCHO). This gas
is a suspected human carcinogen, and above certain levels of concentration it can
irritate the eyes, nose, and respiratory tract, and also cause headaches and nausea.
It can be emitted for several months after fabrication. UF resin as now constituted has
VOLUME 2 EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 10
-------
substantially reduced the level of formaldehyde emissions from the levels of a decade
ago, but the problem still exists to some degree, and the following measures are
suggested to further alleviate this concern:
Use solid hardwoods for furniture and cabinetwork instead of veneer bonded to
particleboard. (In most cases, this is probably too expensive.)
Specify low-emitting UF bonded particleboard (ANSI A208.1-89)
Particleboard and plywood using a resin based on Phenol Formaldehyde (rather
than Urea Formaldehyde) can be used; however, this material is significantly more
costly.
Unfinished particleboard should be sealed from inside air. Unfinished sides of
furniture and cabinetry should be painted with non-toxic, non-VOC emitting paints
or coatings.
If possible, older stocks of material, which have had time to off gas much of their
formaldehyde, should be used.
Avoid using particleboard under conditions of high temperature and humidity, such
as in bathrooms.
Above all, make certain that ventilation is adequate in spaces where UF plywood
and/or particleboard is used.
>
Adhesives, Caulks, Sealants
There is extensive use of adhesives in interior environments. During construction,
adhesives are used for gluing down carpet (as mentioned above), resilient flooring,
ceramic tile, and for hanging fabric and vinyl wallcoverings. Adhesives are also
present in shop fabricated interior components and in furniture. Caulks and sealants
are used to close joints for fire protection, and for acoustical separation. They are also
used to seal pipe penetrations. Most materials in this group are made from petroleum
derivatives, and emit VOCs, including formaldehyde, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic
hydrocarbons, and polychlorinated hydrocarbons. To minimize the effect of such
products on air quality, these products should be specified as low-VOC emitting
products, and should be installed under conditions of maximum ventilation.
Paint, Varnishes, Finishes
Paint is a commonly used finish for walls, ceilings and trim in most interiors, and often
is a source of VOC emissions. Varnishes, stains, and lacquers also emit VOCs and
appear in interiors, particularly on furniture and millwork; but, because such finishes
are ordinarily shop applied and dissipate their emissions before the products are
placed in the space, they are not discussed below. Where the interior design calls for
an extensive amount of woodwork or panelling with site applied stains or varnishes,
such finishes should be selected to minimize the potential for emission of VOCs.
Paints used on interiors are typically water-based or organic solvent based. There are
three components to the paint: 1) carrier, either water or organic solvent, which thins
the resin for application and evaporates as the paint dries; 2) binders, which are the
resins and oils that hold the pigment and adhere to the substrate; and 3) pigment,
which provide the color, hiding power, and durability. The carrier, which evaporates
and disperses its chemicals to the air, is the component of paint which gives paint
most of its potential for toxicity. However, even water-based paint can contain toxic
EPASPACE GUIDELINES V(pAG£Eii
-------
compounds in the binders and pigments, which can be released into the air when
painted surfaces are sanded. Water-based paints can also contain additives, such as
surfactants/defoamers and preservatives/fungicides that can contribute to VOC
emissions in trace amounts.
Organic solvent-based paints contain aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons, as well as
ketones and esters, in various combinations, which emit VOCs in concentrations high
enough to cause IAQ problems. The VOCs can react with other hydrocarbons and
nitrogen oxides to form ground level ozone. Recent amendments to the Clean Air Act
of 1990 have mandated a reduction in VOC emissions from paint, leading to
reformulations in paint to eliminate organic solvents (replacing them by water) and
increasing the percentage of paint solids.
Because of VOC concerns, newly developed paints have come onto the market, which
contain natural components, including plant resins, ethereal oils, and mineral fillers and
pigments. The solvents are most often citrus-based. No synthetic solvents, resins,
fungicides, or preservatives are used. Such paints are not totally free of VOCs, and
they have several disadvantages, including longer drying time, shorter shelf life, less
durability, higher cost, less hiding power, and a limited range of colors. Ongoing
research and development will improve these alternative paints and help to overcome
some of their shortcomings. >
Several steps are recommended to minimize the impact of paint on IAQ:
Use low VOC paint; or one of the new, natural alternative paints.
If the project includes renovations requiring the stripping of paint, avoid the use of
strippers containing methyl chloride, but use a low-VOC stripper instead. If the
project contains old paint containing lead, follow abatement procedures as
recommended by specialists or appropriate regulatory authorities.
Provide maximum outside air ventilation during painting and for at least 72 hours
thereafter.
Once tenant fitout has been completed (using products and materials chosen to
achieve the optimal air quality), there will still be some contaminants in the air. The
space should be allowed to air out for a period of time (several weeks, if possible)
prior to occupancy. Operable windows in the building will be of substantial benefit for
this purpose. Another way to dissipate pollutants is to "flush out" the space by
providing maximum ventilation to drive out VOCs from the finish materials (this method
requires professional supervision).
VOLUMES EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 12
-------
The saving of energy is an especially important part of EPA's mission. It is important
not only in a monetary sense, but also because a reduction in energy usage reduces
the impact on the environment of the pollutants (sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide)
generated by power plants, while at the same time it helps to conserve non-renewable
sources of energy, such as fossil fuels.
In a typical EPA facility, two systems consume large amounts of energy: the HVAC
system (heating, ventilating, and air conditioning); and the lighting systems. Elevators,
office machines, and miscellaneous appliances also consume energy, but to a lesser
degree than mechanical and lighting systems.
The effort to effect energy savings in an EPA facility will, in large part, be specific to
the particular facility under consideration, and will depend on the age of the building,
the age and type of mechanical system used, and the nature of EPA's occupancy
(lease or own? occupy all of the building, or only a part?). Before any program is
undertaken to retrofit or modify an existing facility for energy conservation, a thorough
cost-benefit study must be made. Discussion of such an analysis is beyond the scope
of these Guidelines. Moreover, many of the energy-saving possibilities involve highly
technical and complex considerations. For these reasons, a well-qualified professional
should be engaged to survey the facility, analyze the costs involved, and recommend
appropriate energy conservation measures.
With the above qualifications in mind, we list below some of the ways in which energy
may be conserved.
Mechanical Systems
The use of passive design techniques can reduce heating and cooling demands on the
mechanical system. Examples include use of natural vegetation to shade the building,
use of light colored roofing and walls to reduce solar gain, and the use of exterior
sunshades at glazed areas, also to reduce cooling load.
An existing building should be surveyed to verify that roof and wall insulation are in
accordance with recommendations and/or code requirements for the geographic
location. If a retrofit is indicated, the cost-benefit should be analyzed. Note that the
larger a building is, the less important the building envelope becomes in terms of over-
all energy consumption.
Existing glazing should be surveyed to determine whether a change of glass to
insulating glass, or to one of the newer high-technology glazing systems would result
in a cost-effective saving of energy. Low emissivity (Low-E) glass coatings, for
example, which have been available since the middle 1980's, reduce heat loss through
windows. There are also reflective films available that can be applied to existing glass
to reduce the cooling load.
An existing building should be surveyed to determine adequacy of weatherstripping
and retrofitted if necessary. Also, provide storm vestibules at building entrances, (as
noted above, these measures are most cost-effective in smaller buildings.)
An existing mechanical system could be modified to make it more energy efficient.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
Because there are many types of systems extant, this recommendation cannot be
made more specific. One good example, however, is the following: many commercial
buildings built in the last 20-30 years contain terminal reheat systems which are
energy-inefficient; these can be converted to more efficient variable air volume type
systems.
Mechanical control systems can be modified to improve energy efficiency. Current
technology permits precise electronic control of mechanical systems; a central
computer monitors the system and supplies the proper amount of heating or cooling
to satisfy the immediate needs of a particular room or space, with a consequent
savings of energy. EMS (Energy Management System) electronic controls that vary
the operation of the various mechanical devices are called "Direct Digital Controls1'
(DDC). Automated systems can also provide long term data collection that aids in the
evaluation of building operating strategies.
Examples of other energy conserving techniques include the use of recaptured,
recycled heat (from computers, for example) to supplement the heating requirements
elsewhere in the space or the regulation (automatically) of ventilation air by monitoring
the purity (air quality) of existing space. Sophisticated energy saving methods such
as these require the design assistance of specialists.
>
Local utility companies usually offer incentive programs, or rebates, to encourage the
use of energy efficient designs and equipment. Such incentive programs help to
subsidize the cost of equipment and devices which might otherwise be too costly, and
these need to be factored into any feasibility study on energy conservation.
In smaller office buildings, where the need for domestic hot water is relatively minimal
(as compared to hot water requirements in residential applications) it may be feasible
to supplement energy needs with solar collectors. With this exception, the use of solar
power to replace or effectively supplement fossil fuels is not considered to be cost-
effective with present-day technology.
Lighting Systems
Significant savings of energy can be achieved in the design of lighting systems for
EPA facilities. The strategies include: 1) making maximum use of available daylight;
2) minimizing use of artificial lighting in rooms and spaces not in use, and 3) utilizing
the most energy efficient fixtures and lamps available. EPA calls this program its
"Green Lights" program, and is actively promoting its implementation in public and
private facilities as an effective way to conserve energy, reduce atmospheric pollution
(by reducing power plant discharge of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide, which
contribute to smog and acid rain), as well as a way to improve the quality of lighting
in the workplace. Ways to implement these strategies include:
Comply with current lighting energy standards: ASHRAE/IES 90.1-1989
The greatest possible use should be made of existing perimeter windows. This means
that open workstations should be used, to allow daylighting to penetrate to the interior
of the space. Enclosed offices should be located towards the building core, away from
the windows. Where enclosed rooms at the windows cannot be avoided, glazed
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 14
-------
clerestory and borrowed light openings will allow daylight to reach the interior space.
The layout of systems furniture should be planned so as to minimize obstructing the
passage of light to the interior.
The use of light colored walls and reflective, rather than fight absorbing, surfaces will
maximize both natural and artificial light within a space.
Lighting fixtures should be energy efficient. At the present state of technology, the
recommended ceiling lighting for office space is fluorescent light, utilizing electronic
ballasts and large-cell, parabolic fixtures with energy-efficient T-8 lamps. Alternately,
indirect fluorescent fixtures can provide aesthetically pleasing, glare-free ambient
lighting.
For office areas, the recommended level of illumination is an ambient level of 25
footcandles (maintained) at desk level, supplemented by task lighting to bring the task
illumination to 50 footcandles. In work spaces without task lighting, 50 fc is
recommended.
High efficiency compact fluorescent fixtures should be used in lieu of incandescent
fixtures. Where feasible, task lighting should be used, to avoid the need for high levels
of ambient lighting.
The use of daylighting and occupancy sensors to control the fluorescent lighting will
reduce the time of use of individual fixtures. The daylight sensors dim fixtures
(dimmable electronic ballasts are required) near the windows when daylight is present,
and occupancy sensors control room and area lighting by sensing (through infrared or
ultrasonic signals) the presence of people.
If circumstances are such that use of sensors are not cost-effective for a particular
facility, energy savings may still be realized through the use of timed switches located
either in the space or controlled from the building central energy management system.
Replacement of mercury vapor lamps with more efficient metal halide or high-pressure
sodium lamps will save energy. In the same way, incandescent exit lights can be
replaced with LED type, or other more efficient fixtures.
The Environmental Protection Agency, through its Green Lights Program, can assist
in the analysis of the lighting for a facility, make recommendations for modifications
and upgrades to the system, and evaluate the cost implications.
Manufacturers of equipment appropriate for use in the Green Lights program are too
numerous to list, but names and addresses of suppliers of such products are available
from the EPA.
Miscellaneous Energy Conservation Measures
As previously noted, the mechanical and the lighting systems consume the greatest
amount of energy in a typical office facility. Nevertheless, other opportunities exist for
significant savings of energy.
EPA SPACE GUIOBJNES VOLUME 2
PAS 15
-------
Appliances, such as refrigerators and micro-wave ovens, should be chosen with
energy efficiency in mind. (Appliance and office equipment choices also should
consider electromagnetic fields).
Personal computers that are programmed to turn off after a predetermined period of
inactivity are now becoming available; such machines should be considered when new
or replacement machines are purchased.
The use of individual fans and space heaters should be prohibited. Similarly, the use
of microwave ovens should be restricted to areas such as lounges or pantries,
reducing thereby the number of such appliances and, at the same time, confining
cooking odors to designated areas, thereby minimizing their impact on air quality.
Water-conserving plumbing fixtures, discussed elsewhere, save not only water, they
also save energy, because they reduce the burden on the community's water and
waste treatment facilities.
VOLUMES EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 16
-------
Another mission consideration of the Environmental Protection Agency is the effort to
conserve the resources of the planet. Energy conservation, discussed earlier, is part
of this picture, because it helps to conserve fossil fuels. Conservation of other
materials is also important. By recycling manufactured materials and products, we
help to save the raw materials from which the product was created (and, in some
cases, the raw materials come from a source that can not be replenished), and we
also save some of the energy required to acquire the raw materials and to process or
manufacture the finished product.
In undertaking any recycling program at an EPA facility, it is necessary to first establish
what policies exist. Such policies may be the result of legislative fiat, waste
management contractor practice, Agency choice, or a combination of all these. The
basic choices to be considered for a recycling program are two: 1)-what materials will
be recycled; and 2) where the sorting of such materials take place.
In most cases, the determination of what will be recycled is made by the community
or other political jurisdiction. The choice of what is to be recycled depends on current
technology, that is, the practicability and the economic viability of re-processing and
reusing post-consumer waste. At the present time, there is a market (in at least some
locations) for the materials listed below. Note that the recycling industry is a
constantly changing one; technologies' evolve, and economies change. Sometimes,
recycled materials pile up in warehouses because there is no market for them.
Materials to be recycled:
Newspapers
Cardboard
Other paper, sorted into white paper and colored paper
Aluminum (most often, soft drink cans)
Other metals (steel cans)
Glass, sorted into clear glass and colored glass
Plastics, which have been classified into seven numbered groups for recycling
purposes:
1 . Polyethylene terephtalate ("PET"), used in soft drink bottles and peanut butter
type jars
2. High density polyethylene ("HOPE"), used for milk and water jugs, liquid
detergents, 50-60% of all bottles
3. Vinyl or polyvinyl chloride ("V"). used for blister packs, food wrap, shampoo
bottles
4. Low density polyethylene ("LOPE"), used for lids, squeeze bottles, bread bags
5. Polypropylene ("PP"), used for syrup, ketchup, yogurt, and margarine
containers
6. Polystyrene ("PS"), used for coffee cups, meat trays, packing peanuts, plastic
utensils
7. Other. Contains various resins, and may have metals, glues or other
contaminants mixed in, but can be recycled into plastic lumber
The separation of recyclable materials from other trash is typically done at the source -
at the workstation by the employee who separates his or her paper, soft drink cans or
bottles etc. from other trash and places the recyclable materials in nearby bins or
containers, for collection by others. In some locations, however, separation is
accomplished by the solid waste management contractor at an off-site collection and
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
sorting facility. Material Recovery Facilities, called "MRFs", have been constructed by
some local governments, or by waste management contractors, to provide a place
where trash can be sorted and recyclables can be directed forward for processing by
various manufacturers. Where MRFs are in operation, office employees at the trash
source locations are relieved of the need to contribute their own effort to the
community recycling program. Space that would be required for storage of recyclable
materials can be used for other purposes. MRFs also provide a source of low-wage
employment. At the present time, however, the markets for most recyclables are
depressed, and few new MRFs are being built. It can therefore be assumed that in
the great majority of EPA facilities, sorting of solid wastes will be accomplished at the
source, and facilities should be planned to allow for this.
A recycling program for a particular facility can be developed along the lines described
below:
Determine where separation is to take place - at the source or at a Materials
Recovery Facility.
If an MRF is involved, provide a 6 gallon bin at each workstation, and 22 to 30
gallon waste collection containers at common collection sites such as hallways and
lunchrooms. No separation of wastes will take place, and collection of waste will be
by the building custodial staff. No additional room or area for waste will be required
in the office work area.
If recyclables are to be separated at their source, determine what materials are to
be recycled. In some localities, office paper only will be recycled; in other places
there may be multi-material recycling. In both cases, two bins should be provided
at each workstation: one bin or tray for white paper, and a bin for waste. The
employee usually is responsible for taking his collected white paper, as well as any
other recyclables that he generates, to a satellite collection point, while the custodial
staff collects the waste from the bins at the workstations.
Central collection points for paper and for other recyclables should be
conveniently located, so that the employee need not walk too far to deposit such
materials; collection points placed near employee rest rooms would be appropriately
located. Where space is available, an enclosed recycling room can be provided,
sized to accommodate the bins required for the program.
For preliminary planning purposes, one should allow a recycling room, or satellite
recycling center, placed to serve each 100 workstations. If the program is for
recycling of office paper only, a room of approximately 50 sf is probably sufficient.
A room this size would hold containers, 20 to 32 gallons in size, for trash, white
paper, newsprint, and colored paper. A satellite center for multi-material recycling
should be about 90 sf, and would include containers for glass, aluminum, and
plastics in addition to the paper containers. Where space for recycling rooms cannot
be found, containers or bins should be located adjacent to lobbies or hallways. If the
space planning program provides for small employee lounge/pantries, it may be
feasible to size them to allow for recycling containers.
Provision should also be made for collection of white paper near copy machines. It
is not recommended, however, that recycling centers and copy machines share the
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 18
-------
same room.
In multi-story buildings, the use of trash chutes is often suggested. These can be
designed as multiple chutes, to separate materials at the hopper, or, machinery
exists that is designed to recognize and to automatically sort the materials at the
point of discharge. Because such arrangements may restrict future flexibility, and
can be costly, they should be carefully studied before being put into use.
The recycling program must also take into consideration the central collection point
at the truck dock. At this location, provision is made for storage of recyclables and
solid wastes until they can be trucked to where they will be processed. Space may
be required for equipment such as bulk containers, compactors, balers, glass and/or
can crushers, cart dumpers, fork lifts, and similar machines that will be specific to
the particular building and the particular solid waste management program. It is
clear that a successful recycling/ waste management program requires careful
coordination with the building owner/manager and the waste management
contractor.
B>A SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
VOLUME 2 EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 20
-------
Conservation of resources also means saving those materials that are limited in
supply, or that cannot be replaced over a period of time through the replenishment of
natural resources. Water, for example, is a commodity that must be rationed in many
parts of the country because of drought or overuse caused by population growth: in
any case, conservation of water (in any geographical location) helps to limit the need
for water treatment, both before and after use. Another example of a limited resource
is hardwood used for furniture and millwork. Some of the most popular and handsome
of hardwoods are disappearing as a result of the destruction of tropical hardwood
forests, and these hardwoods are not being replaced. Some strategies to conserve
these resources are suggested below:
Water Conservation
Conservation of water in EPA facilities can best be achieved through the use of water
conserving plumbing fixtures. Such fixtures are required by code in some jurisdictions,
and will be mandatory in new buildings as a result of the Energy Act of 1992. For new
EPA facilities, orfor those undergoing alteration and renovation, the following plumbing
fixture guidelines should be adopted:
In public facilities, lavatories with self-closing faucets that limit the flow to a
maximum of 1.0 GPM. All other lavatory faucets with flow limited to 2.5 GPM;
Shower heads with a flow restriction of 2.5 GPM;
Urinals using a maximum of 1.0 gallon per flush;
Water closets using a maximum of 1.6 gallons per flush.
Other water saving devices that can be employed in public rest rooms are infra-red or
photocell sensors that restrict the supply of water at faucets or flush valves to an
immediate need, and metering faucets that automatically shut off after a timed cycle.
These devices, which are comparatively costly, are somewhat more practical for public
rest rooms than for office rest rooms.
There are other water conserving plumbing systems that have recently been
developed, which save even more water than the Ultra-Low Flow fixtures listed above.
One such system is The "EVAC" system by Envirovac Inc., which uses vacuum
combined with water to reduce the flushing requirement at the water closet to 0.375
gallons per flush. The system also permits a significant reduction in the sizes of
supply and waste piping, eliminates the need for vent piping, and offers several
additional advantages. However, it is a more costly system, and is not readily
adaptable for retrofit of an existing plumbing installation.
A second system, called the "Microphor" system, uses compressed air plus only 2
quarts of water to flush toilets. Although this water closet can be used in retrofit
applications, ft presents other problems, including cost.
These two systems conserve water, and should be considered for those installations
where the conditions are suitable.
"Gray Water" recycling refers to the use of partially treated building waste water to
flush water closets and urinals, since the use of potable treated water for such purpose
is wasteful. The technology required to recycle gray water involves separating the gray
i/At Milt V
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES RAGE21
-------
water from black water, filtering it, treating it, then pumping it back to where it can be
used for flushing. There are clearly costs involved for space, equipment, and
operation; and the technology is currently most suitable for residential applications.
More research and development is necessary before it can be made economical for
office and commercial use.
Another place where water may be conserved is the building landscaping. If the EPA
component is located where landscaping is part of the facility, attention should be
given to the water needs of the plant materials. Trees and shrubs that require
infrequent watering can be selected. These can be serviced by irrigation and sprinkler
systems that are computer programmed to supply water as needed, based on buried
water/moisture content sensors.
Forest Conservation
Other materials to be conserved, besides water, are those that derive from limited or
non-renewable sources. As mentioned above, many of the hardwoods that have been
popular for furniture and millwork are becoming quite rare; use of these woods should
be avoided, and species from a well-managed, sustainable source should be
substituted. There are several organizations committed to the protection of hardwood
sources that will supply current information on wood species to use or to avoid. Two
such organizations are the International Hardwood Products Association, Inc.
(Alexandria, VA), and the Rainforest Alliance (New York, NY).
A brief list of those species that are in limited supply, and which, at present, should be
avoided follows:
Padauk
Bubinga Purpleheart (Amaranth)
Cocobolo Brazilian Rosewood (Jacaranda or
Ebony Palisander)
Greenheart Honduras Rosewood
Lauan (Philippine Mahogany) Indian Rosewood
Lignum Vrtae Teak (from Burma or Thailand)
African Mahogany Wenge
Honduras Mahogany Zebrawood
In lieu of these woods, the designer or specifier should consider substituting one of the
following alternatives, which come from managed forests:
Teak (from Indonesia) Pecan
Beech Pine
Birch Poplar
Cherry Sycamore
Maple Walnut
Oak
VOLUME 2 EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 22
-------
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
In the planning and development of its own facilities, the EPA is presented with a
number of opportunities to avoid or limit the discharge of pollutants into the
atmosphere, the ground or the water. As mentioned above, the conservation of
energy is a major factor in limiting the release of power plant pollutants into the
atmosphere. Similarly, a vigorous program of recycling reduces the pollution of the
ground, by restricting the growth of landfills and/or incinerator discharges. The use of
recycled or recovered materials in the Agency's own facilities will contribute to this
important program of pollution prevention. As the technology of recycling advances,
new products continue to be developed based on the use of post-consumer waste.
Wherever feasible and cost-effective or cost-neutral, the use of such products in
Agency facilities should be promoted. (Recycled materials are not necessarily safe or
free from pollution; they should still be reviewed/tested for VOC emissions). A listing
of products and manufacturers is available in a publication called The Official Recycled
Products Guide (RPG). This Guide, updated twice yearly, lists office supplies as well
as furnishings, construction, and interior products; it is available from the American
Recycling Market, Inc, P.O. Box 577, Ogdensburg, NY 13669.
Typical products from recycled materials include:
Drywall
Carpet
Carpet underiayment >
Acoustical ceiling tile
Insulation (cellulose, loose-fill & spray-on)
Insulation (mineral wool)
Acoustical wall panels
Toilet partitions
Ceramic tile
Although finishing products of the types listed above are those most likely to be
encountered in the design of an Agency facility, there are many other construction
products made from recycled materials that might be used in the construction or
alteration of an EPA building. These include such items as asphalt products, brick,
bicycle racks, benches, dock bumpers, plastic lumber, entrance mats, countertops,
spray-on ceiling finish, and many other products. Whenever construction or interiors
projects are planned, the opportunity to utilize recycled materials must not be
overlooked.
In addition to reducing pollution through the use of recycled materials, another
pollutant of the atmosphere is the chemical group called the chlorofluorocarbons,
abbreviated "CFCs", used for many years for several purposes, most notably as
refrigerants, but also as blowing agents in certain manufacturing processes, as
aerosols and as fire extinguishing agents. Because CFCs have been identified as one
of the global warming gases that contribute to the depletion of ozone in the upper
atmosphere, their use is now being phased out. Refrigerants based on HCFCs should
be used; and Halon, a CFC-based gas used for fire extinguishing purposes, should be
avoided. Where extruded foamed polystyrene ("styrofoam") is to be used for
insulation, avoid a product that has utilized CFCs in the manufacturing process.
If the completed and occupied space is properly maintained, a satisfactory level of IAQ
will result. A program of regular maintenance and IAQ awareness should include the
following points:
VOLUME 2
PAGE23
-------
The mechanical system must be well maintained, as described above.
Carpets, drapes, and textiles must be cleaned regularly, to prevent buildup of dust,
mites, and microbes.
Cleaning materials, polishes and waxes that emit only low levels of VOCs should be
used.
Smoking, if permitted, should be confined to designated areas that have been
designed to exhaust the air to the outside. Smoke should not be allowed to
recirculate through the system, either through a ceiling plenum or through ductwork.
Workplace operations that utilize substances that generate pollutants should also be
confined to areas designed to handle the special ventilation needs of the space. An
example is a printing, publications, or graphics area, where inks, solvents, aerosols,
and similar art materials containing VOCs are used.
Plants used throughout the workplace help to remove pollutants from the air. Some
plants are more effective than others; (see Volume 1).
VOLUME 2 EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 24
-------
-------
The following Base Building and Tenant Work recommendations for EPA leased
facilities are included in this section - "Volume 2 of Space Guidelines" - to assist EPA
in defining items considered important prior to solicitation and occupancy of buildings.
The proposals are usually based upon standard GSA Solicitations for Offers, thereby
limiting improvements of several Base Building items. However, it is the intention that
EPA, at the time of negotiations, be equipped with basic requirements necessary to
establish a level of quality appropriate to the Agency.
Following are two examples of base building recommendations, with requirements
written in contract language. This section is organized into two major parts as follows:
Part 1 Examples of base building requirements to be sought in potential leased
facilities.
Part 2 Examples of tenant work items to be included as part of the Landlord's work
letter agreement with GSA so as to provide appropriately designed space for
the Agency.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 26
-------
STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS
Code. Loads for structural design shall conform to applicable local Building Code.
The loads required by the latest BOCA National Building Code 1990 shall be used
when they are greater than the codes required by the applicable local Building Code.
Live Load. Provide for minimum capacity of 80 pounds per square foot live load plus
applied load of 20 pounds per square foot for all EPA spaces. Approximately 5% of
the leased space shall be able to accommodate high density filing systems. A
minimum live load of 175 pounds per square foot is necessary to efficiently utilize high
density filing systems.
Clear Height. The floor-to-floor slab dimensions shall permit a minimum ceiling height
of 8'-6" from top of raised or other floor to underside of the ceiling for all office spaces.
Floor-to-floor height shall provide sufficient space in the hung ceiling between the
ceiling support grid and the bottom of the lowest structural member of the floor above,
such that all mechanical and electrical equipment may be conveniently installed with
a residual clear space of six inches or more for fixture expansion of services.
\
Bay Size. Interior columns shall be spaced at a regular grid with a preferable bay size
of 30'-0" on center. Space such as the auditorium and cafeteria shall be unobstructed
by columns. A clear span of 50'-0" minimum is required.
BUILDING CORE
Building Lobbies. Lobby shall be of sufficient size to accommodate anticipated
employee and visitor traffic and to provide for the required security functions.
Durability and ease of maintenance shall be considered for selection of flooring and
wall materials. Marble and/or granite shall be considered appropriate flooring and wall
materials.
Elevator Lobbies. Elevator lobbies will be a minimum of 10 feet wide. They shall be
adjacent to the main lobby at the entrance level. Elevator lobby wall shall be durable
and easily maintained. Marble or granite are considered appropriate wall material.
Elevators. Elevators shall conform with the latest ANSI 17.1 & 2 Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators, Federal Accessibility Standards, GSA Fire Safety Criteria,
and other regulations as they may apply. The average interval for departures of
elevator cars from the lobby shall be designed for 25 seconds during the peak 5
minutes. Positive air supply shall be provided to elevator shafts. Elevator cars shall
be equipped with fans. The maximum distance to an elevator shall be 150 feet,
measured along the path of actual travel on any floor. Elevators shall be located as
conveniently as possible.
Freight Elevators. Freight elevators shall be provided for each 250,000 gsf of building
area. Elevator doors shall be 4'x7' minimum, center opening. Direct access from
freight elevators to loading clocks shall be required. Freight elevator banks shall be
located so that access is separate from and distinct from passenger elevator floor
lobbies.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE 27
-------
Recycling area. Enclosed space shall be provided on each floor adjacent to the freight
elevators for recycling containers. The size of the space shall be based upon the floor
.occupancy; area required to store office paper, newspaper, glass and metal in
separate containers; and the daily projected volume of waste generated. A daily waste
flow of 1 Ib7100 osf may be used for planning purposes.
Core Toilets. Floors and walls shall receive a ceramic tile finish. Tile finish on walls
shall extend floor to ceiling. Floor tile shall have a matte, non-slip finish. Wall tile shall
have a glazed finish. Ceilings shall be either cement plaster or moisture resistant
gypsum board construction with a washable painted finish. Core toilets shall be
located so that employees will not be required to travel more than 150 feet on one
floor to reach the toilets. All fixtures shall conform to existing local Water Conservation
Laws - Chapter 424 and proposed ANSI Standards for ultra low flow toilets. At a
minimum water closets shall be wall hung 1.5 GPM per flush. Urinals shall be wall
hung 1.0 GPM per flush. Lavatory faucets shall be supplied with self-closing faucets
with a flow restriction of 1.0 GPM flow. Shower heads shall have a flow restriction of
1.5 GPM.
Toilets shall have mechanical exhaust ventilation equal to 2.0 CFM per square foot,
and mechanical supply ventilation of 1.0 CFM per square foot. To maintain air balance
1.0 CFM per square foot shall be transferred from adjacent air conditionecPareas.
Janitors' Closets. Each floor shall be provided with adequate number of closets
equipped with two floor-type mop basins with 10" deep receptor. Janitor-type supply
faucet shall be wall-mounted and in compliance with Code. Janitors' closets shall have
shelving for storage and brackets for holding mops, etc.
Janitors' closets shall be ventilated by mechanical exhaust at a rate of 1.0 CFM per
square foot with make-up air transferred from adjacent conditioned areas. Provide
direct exhaust to outdoors and provide air supply by a grill at lower portion of entrance
door.
Electrical Closets. Lighting panels, power panels, and associated dry step-down
transformers shall be installed in designated electric closets on each floor of the
building. These closets shall be provided with fire rated walls which extend from slab
to slab. Where transformers are provided in closets, mechanical ventilation shall be
provided to maintain closet ambient temperatures at values not exceeding 100 °F.
Where possible, closets for each floor shall be stacked vertically one above the other
with minimum offset from floor to floor. Minimum dimensions for each closet shall be
8'x 10'. Generally, access to closets shall be from public corridors. Closets shall be
spaced so that the maximum branch circuit run shall be provided for each closet. Care
shall be taken to completely fire stop all wall openings from the hung ceiling level of
adjacent spaces to the underside of the slab above.
Core Telecommunication Closets. Telecommunications closets in a building will be
located directly above one another, and will be congruent and designed to house the
following: telephone key service units; 3270-controllers; data switch remote modules;
LAN and computer communications multiple access units, repeaters and monitors;
data switch remote modules; test equipment; and mini-computers.
Telecommunications Closets (TC) provided shall be sized to serve planned
workstations. Telecommunications closets will be as close to square as practicable,
VOLUME 2 ' EPA SPACE GUBEUNES
PAGE 28
-------
and will be entered from public corridors through securable doors at least 42" in width.
The quantity of TCs on a given floor shall be such that a cable run from a 1C to an
outlet at a workstation will not exceed 300 linear feet.
Workstation Telecommunication Services. Provide one of each of the following
telecommunication services for every 75 sq. ft. of net usable building space.
Voice service through an RJ-11 and/or RJ45 connection and 4 pair, 24 AWG
twisted pair standard telephone wire. These circuits will be terminated in the
serving TC in a modular integrated punchdown/ patch blocks. Cable feed
to panel will be through an appropriate rack-mounted cable management
trough/panduit.
Data service through an IBM square plug type connector and 2 pair, 22
AWG snielded twisted pair wire which meets all specifications for IBM Type
document Check 1 wire- These circuits will be terminated in a rack-mounted IBM distribution
with National Data panel. Cable feed to panel will be through an appropriate rack mounted
Processing cable management trough/panduit.
Division (NDPD)
- Data service through an RJ-45 type connector and 4 pair, 24 AWQ shielded
twisted pair wire which meets'all performance specifications for IBM Type 3
wire. These circuits will be terminated in the serving TC in a modular.
integrated punchdown/patch block. Cable feed to panel will be through an
appropriate rack-mounted cable management trough/panduit.
Data or video service through a coaxial cable connector. In the final plans,
a type of coaxial cable connection to some or all workstations may be
specified.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
General. The Electrical power distribution system shall be in compliance with the
following codes and publications:
National Electrical Code, NFPA 70 (1990)
National Safety Code, NFPA 101 (1990)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards
American Institute of Electrical Engineers Standards and Publications
Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) Standards
Power Distribution.
i The secondary power distribution shall be available in two systems:
480/277 Volts, 3-phase, 4-wire from the spot networks
208/120 Volts, 3-phase, 4-wire from the dry type transformers
ii The 480/277 volt system shall be designed to supply the following building
equipment:
HVAC equipment
General fluorescent and High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting
General equipment load
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE 29
-------
iii The 208/120 volt system shall be designed to feed the following equipment:
General appliance load (building general outlets)
Work stations (tenant special outlets) - Isolated Distribution System
HVAC equipment less than 1/2 H.P.
General task lighting
iv The power supply systems shall have adequate capacity to handle the above
listed loads plus 25% spare capacity.
v Power distribution and lighting panelboards shall be of the circuit breaker
type, with copper buses, properly rated to provide the required overload
protection and to withstand the calculated fault currents. All power
distribution equipment shall be sized to handle specified actual and projected
loads plus 25% spare load capacity. In addition all power distribution
equipment shall be equipped with 25% spare circuits, complete with circuit
breakers. The size of the spare circuit breakers shall be equivalent to the
size of the majority of the circuit breakers in the particular switchboard or
panelboard.
vi All power distribution panelboards shall be equipped with separate
equipment ground bus. '
vii If required by EPA, the power supply to dedicated, centrally located
computer and telecommunications equipment shall be through a central
Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) system with minimum 10-minute full
load battery back-up system.
viii The tenant dedicated and semi-dedicated duplex receptacles shall be
connected to dedicated power panels. The dedicated power panels shall be
circuit breaker type equipped with an isolated ground bus and they shall be
connected to an isolated type transformer in order to provide "clean" power
to the computer and communication apparatus. The isolation type
transformer should be sized to feed the individual dedicated power panel or
group(s) of dedicated power panels. The dedicated power panel isolated
ground bus shall be connected to the isolated type transformer secondary
ground forming an isolated ground path.
ix If required by the EPA, the power supply and control apparatus associated
with the HVAC equipment shall be provided through motor control centers.
Motor protectors and motor starters shall be used to provide motor protection
and controls.
x All base building power shall include power for special equipment and other
area requirements and shall be included in both service and distribution
delivered to each floor. If applicable, this shall include power and air
conditioning needs for computer areas. Power density for main computer
rooms shall be 90 watts per square foot, square footage to be determined.
Fire Alarm. The building shall provide a fire alarm system throughout, 24 hours per
day and 7 days per week for whole calendar year, for the entire term of the lease.
Fire alarm system shall be installed in accordance with the applicable NFPA codes and
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUDaiNES
PAGE 30
-------
local codes. When there is a difference between the NFPA and the local codes,
compliance with the most stringent code will be required.
PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
All plumbing fixtures and trim shall be installed by the building. Fixtures shall be
furnished in quantities that satisfy all applicable codes. Building shall make available
in Tenant's toilets on 24 hours per day and 7 days per week basis, all hot and cold
water.
Water supply systems shall be designed to provide a minimum 20 PSIG pressure
at all plumbing fixtures. All fixture batteries, including single fixture installations,
shall be equipped with factory made water hammer arresters.
All exposed plumbing fixtures' metal parts shall be chrome-plated brass; and all
supply valves shall have renewable seats with metal lever handles.
The building should provide one sanitary wet column per 10,000 sq ft net usable
area, located by Tenant. At each wet column per floor there shall be, for each
column a 4" soil, 3" vent, 1 1/2" cold water, 1 1/4" hot water, and 3/4" hot water
return risers. Each floor shall have valved and capped water outlets and drainage
plugs. Water piping shall be copper and insulated.
All fixtures shall be wall-hung with concealed carriers. Blow-out water outlets
shall not be installed. Install siphon-jet water closets.
Provide floor drains in each core toilet equipped with primed traps or non-primed
traps with one (1) hose bibb per toilet.
Each Tenant Floor shall be equipped with one (1) floor type mop basin with 10"
deep receptor. Janitor type supply faucet shall be wall mounted and in
compliance with Code. All janitor's closets to have shelving for storage and
brackets for holding mops, etc.
Code approved fire standpipe system shall have valved sprinkler branch rig per
floor. Sprinkler heads shall be flush, clean line type.
The building shall provide building Fire Safety Director in accordance with NFPA
standards and applicable local codes. Building shall be sprinklered, and fire
extinguishers shall be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA
standards and applicable local codes.
Fire standpipe system pipes, valves and hose shall be installed in flush mounted
cabinets and in accordance with NFPA standards and applicable local codes.
The electric water coolers shall conform to the American with Disabilities Act.
Quantity of electric water coolers should, at a minimum, be in accordance with the
applicable codes.
ffA SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUMES
PAGE 31
-------
Each tenant floor shall be equipped with one (1) pantry. The building shall
provide all required supply drainage and vent lines, provided such pantries are
located not more than 10'-O" from a sanitary wet column.
Domestic water piping systems shall be insulated, including cold water (for
condensate control), hot water and hot water recirculating system. Roof leaders,
running horizontally beneath the roof level, shall be insulated.
HVAC REQUIREMENTS
The building shall provide a year-round ventilation system, dedicated computer air
conditioning system, (quantity to be determined), perimeter heating systems, and
general office air conditioning systems.
During heating season heating system shall be operative 24 hours per day and
7 days per week.
Design Conditions:
Energy Conservation: Building shall comply with ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 -
1989 or the latest edition thereof. >
Exterior Design Conditions: Outdoor design conditions shall be obtained from the
latest edition of the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals Table of Climatic
Conditions for the U.S. Cooling loads shall be calculated using the 1.0% column.
Heating loads shall be calculated using 99.5% column. Cooling towers shall be
selected using the 1% design wet bulb column.
Interior Design Conditions: Load calculations and size of equipment for general
office space shall be designed and constructed to provide conditions as
determined by the occupant between 75 and 78 degrees Fahrenheit for heating.
Operating conditions shall be readily adjustable through system controls. The
systems shall be designed and constructed to maintain a maximum of 50%
relative humidity during summer and a minimum of 25% relative humidity during
the winter.
Computer rooms shall be maintained at 75 degrees Fahrenheit and 40% relative
humidity year round. Wall and roof construction shall provide a minimum inside
surface temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit. Glazing shall provide an inside
surface temperature above dew point.
General office space shall be maintained no higher than 55 degrees Fahrenheit,
without adding energy, during unoccupied hours in the winter and shall not be
cooled during unoccupied hours in the summer.
Core electric and telephone closets will have positive exhaust.
If possible, perimeter heating system should be zoned with one (1) zone each for
South, North, East and West facade exposures. Perimeter heating system should
be equipped with an outdoor air temperature sensor hot water reset schedule per
exposure. There should be four (4) separate heating zones, one for each facade
The HVAC
requirements
assume a North-
East location.
VOLUME 2
PAGE 32
EPASPACE GUIDELINES
-------
compass exposure. Each zone should be equipped with a separate zone heating
pump and hot water reset device. The heating curve (reset ratio) which controls
the boiler supply water temperature should be selectable. The outdoor sensors
should be equipped with respective sun shields.
Verify that adequate general core exhaust ductwork is provided for all tenant
installations.
From the foregoing, the air distribution of the HVAC system for general office
areas shall be based on the following estimated minimum unit loads:
General Lighting Load 1.2 Watts per square foot
277/480
Office Equipment 1.0 Watts per square foot
277/480
Receptacle Load 1.0 Watts per square foot
120/208
Computer Terminals 1.0 Watts per square foot
120/208
A 25% spare electric power supply capacity shall be added to the above.
Therefore, total future HVAC electrical demand will be between 5 and 6 watts per
square foot.
MISCELLANEOUS
A minimum clear ceiling height of 8'-6" to the finished floor is desirable, should
be provided if possible.
Landlord shall provide and install building lobby directory and a floor directory in
the elevator lobby of each floor occupied by the Agency.
The Agency should seek to find a building with windows which can be Tenant
operated.
All perimeter windows shall be provided with narrow slat Venetian blinds.
Security - It is the intent of the Agency to provide security personnel at the
demised premises. Other building occupants should be isolated from the
demised premises, including Agency entrance, lobbies, elevators, loading docks
etc. (except in case of emergencies).
In the case of a multiple occupancy facility, all elevators servicing EPA floors shall
be dedicated.
The building shall furnish a counter in the lobby to serve as a security desk. The
security desk shall have visual monitors that view all areas of building egress,
including the loading dock.
Elevators: The building shall provide access to service elevators during non-
working hours.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE 33
-------
Recycling Areas: Enclosed space shall be provided on each floor adjacent to the
freight elevators for recycling containers. The size of the space shall be based
on the following floor occupancy; planned recycling program, e.g. area required
to store office paper, newspaper, glass and metal in separate containers; and the
daily projected volume of waste generated.
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 34
-------
The following items are recommendations for work letter inclusion.
PARTITIONS
Drywall Partitions.
i Standard building partitions shall consist of the following:
2-1/2", 25 gage metal studs, spaced 16" o.c., from floor to slab above.
For floor-to-slab heights greater than 12'-3", use 3-5/8", 25 gage metal
studs.
one layer each side of 5/8" thick gypsum wallboard from floor to 6"
above suspended ceiling.
Partition perimeters shall be acoustically caulked.
ii Security partitions shall consist of the following:
2-1/2", 25-gage metal studs, spaced 16" on center, from floor to slab
above. For floor-to-slab heights greater than 12'-3", use 3-5/8", 25-gage
metal studs.
one layer each side of 5/8" thick gypsum wallboard from floor to slab
above. >
Partition perimeters shall be acoustically caulked.
iii Acoustical Partitions shall consist of the following:
2-1/2", 25-gage metal studs, spaced 16" o.c., from slab to slab above.
Partitions shall not to be installed on top of raised floor. For slab-to-slab
heights greater than 12'-3", use 3-5/8" metal studs.
Two layers one side and three layers other side of 5/8" thick gypsum
drywall from slab to slab.
1 -1/2" thick sound attenuation blankets installed in partition cavity from
slab to slab.
Partition perimeters shall be acoustically caulked.
Partitions shall provide an STC rating of not less than 50.
iv Fire Rated Partitions shall consist of the following:
2-1/2" metal studs, spaced 24" o.c. from slab-to-slab. Partitions are not
to be installed on top of raised floor. For slab-to-slab heights of greater
than 12'-3", use 3-5/8" metal studs.
Multiple layers of 5/8" thick "firecode" F floor-to-slab on both faces of
partition.
1-1/2" thick sound attenuation fire blankets installed in partition cavity
and from slab-to-slab.
Partition perimeters shall be acoustically caulked.
Partitions shall be designed to provide the fire resistance ratings in
locations as required by code.
v Water resistant gypsum wallboard shall be provided for wall and ceiling
surfaces to be finish painted and cementitious tile backer board for surfaces
to receive ceramic tile finishes.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE 35
-------
vi Metal studs at all door frames and trimmed opening locations shall be
doubled-up for added strength and stability.
Demountable partitions if provided for personnel space shall conform to the
following characteristics:
Demountable partitions shall be rated at STC 40.
Sound blankets will be placed above the ceiling to retain sound privacy as
appropriate.
Panels shall be electrified and acoustically treated.
Sound baffles shall be provided within convector enclosures at intersections of
partitions and the perimeter convectors. STC rating of Baffle shall match that of
adjacent partition.
Mechanical equipment rooms shall be enclosed within acoustically treated
partitions.
DOORS AND HARDWARE
Interior doors shall be 36"x 84" flush type, 18-gage, hollow core steel
construction, reinforced for finish hardware. >
Door frames shall be welded 16 gage steel construction, anchored floor to slab
above.
All doors shall be provided with four ball bearing type hinges. Entry doors shall
be provided with mortise locksets (Federal Spec. 86) and tamper proof hinges.
Standard doors shall be provided with heavy duty cylinder locks. All door handles
shall be lever type. All doors shall have door stops. Corridor and rated doors
shall have automatic door closers. All hardware shall have brushed stainless
steel finish.
Emergency exit doors shall be equipped with full width panic exit devices with
annunciated audible alarm. Interior doors and frames in fire resistant construction
shall comply with NFPA 101.
Agency should consider having the Offerer provide interior floor entry and corridor
doors with safety glass vision panels.
CEILINGS
Ceiling shall consist of 2'x2' mineral fissured reveal edge lay-in acoustical panels
in a fine-line grid mounting system.
Acoustical panels shall provide a flamespread rating of 25 or less and a smoke
developed ratio of 50 or less (ASTM E-84).
Ceilings should have a noise reduction coefficient (NRC) of not less than 0.70 in
accordance with ASTM C-423.
Soffits and ceiling fascia when provided shall be Gypsum drywall construction.
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 36
-------
PAINTING AND WALL COVERING
EPA shall select paint colors. We recommend the use of Latex paint rather than
oil-based paint. Enamel paint will be used on hollow metal doors and frames and
check with the convector enclosures. We recommend building standard consist of 1 primer and
HQ Environmental «*!__.
Health and Safety 2 finish C0318-
Division for latest
Agency policy on . Vinyl/Fabric wall coverings for primary circulation and core areas should be heavy
covering and duty (20'24 oz- weight) Type 2 material. EPA shall select vinyl coverings in
carpets including special spaces such as permanent conference areas, reception areas, etc. Fabric
installation. coverings shall be natural fiber.
The work letter should provide for color breaks and accent walls, soffits, and trim
as applicable.
All wall coverings shall conform to EPA standards for indoor air quality.
FLOORS
>
Coverings - All flooring materials shall meet Agency standards for indoor air
quality.
General Space.
i All floor areas shall receive carpet tile for installation on either raised floor
or slab.
ii Carpet tile shall meet the following standards:
Fiber: Continuous filament soil hiding nylon with current soil resistant
treatments.
Pile construction/texture/pattem: As per Agency specifications.
Color: As per Agency specifications.
Face weight: 32 oz. per square yard minimum.
Backing: Magnetic with positioning buttons.
- Total weight: 64 oz. per square yard minimum.
installation. - Size: 24" X 24".
Static Control: Less than 2.0 KV.
Flammability: Carpet must have a critical radiant flux of 0.45 watts/cm2
ASTM Ei648 flooring radiant panel test). Smoke density rating must be
450 or less in flaming mode (ASTM E-662). Carpet must pass
methenamine Pill Test (ASTM D-2859).
Carpet must be evaluated for volatile organic compound emissions,
stability, toxicity, and irritation potential.
iii When applicable, carpet shall be installed under the metal movable
partitions.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE 37
-------
iv On partitions other than metal movable, a straight vinyl base shall be
installed, color and height as per Agency's specifications.
Storage/File Rooms (enclosed with other than metal movable partitions).
i Linoleum tile shall be utilized, color and pattern shall be as per Agency's
specifications.
ii A cove vinyl base shall be installed, color and height as per Agency's
specifications.
Other spaces
_ i Computer/ADP areas - High pressure laminate conductive floor tile with an
electrical resistance of 25,000 to 1,000,000 ohms. Color and pattern shall be
as selected by Agency.
ii All floor and wall surfaces in lavatories shall receive ceramic tile.
The work letter should provide the opportunity to permit color breaks and patterns
in all floor coverings. >
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
General Purpose Duplex Receptacles shall be Type NEMA 5-2OR, wall or floor
mounted. Connect an average of five (5) general purpose duplex convenience
receptacle outlets to a single pole, 20 ampere, 120 volt circuit breaker. Estimate
receptacle outlets as follows:
i Two (2) duplex receptacles per 100 square feet of net usable building area.
ii In addition to above, one (1) duplex receptacle per 1000 square feet of gross
building area.
Dedicated Duplex Receptacles shall be Type NEMA 5-2OR Isolated Ground Type
orange color wall or floor flush mounted. Each dedicated duplex receptacle shall
be connected to one 20 ampere, 1-pole, 120 volt circuit breaker. A dedicated
isolated insulated ground wire associated with each outlet shall be provided.
The isolated ground wire shall be connected to the isolated ground bus of the
power panel to which the dedicated outlet is connected.- Estimate quantity of
dedicated duplex receptacles as follows:
i One (1) duplex dedicated receptacle per 1,000 sq. ft. of net usable building
area.
Semi-Dedicated Duplex Receptacles shall be type NEMA 5-2OR, isolated ground
type, green color, wall or floor flush mounted. Connect two (2) semi-dedicated
outlets to one 20 ampere, 1-pole, 120 volt circuit breaker. Provide a dedicated
isolated insulated ground wire with each semi-dedicated circuit. The
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 38
-------
semi-dedicated outlet isolated ground wire shall be connected to the isolated
ground bus of the power panel to which the semi-dedicated outlets are
connected. Estimate quantity of semi-dedicated duplex receptacles as follows:
i Two (2) semi-dedicated duplex receptacles per 100 sq. ft. of net usable
building area.
ii Provide the required semi-dedicated outlets in the telecommunication closets
as required.
Special Outlets (Copiers, etc.): Provide one (1) 30 ampere, 3-phase, 4-wire
circuit with junction box for 1,000 square feet of net usable building area.
All other outlets requiring specialized connections, such as copy machines,
kitchen units, etc., shall be connected in a code approved manner.
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION
In addition to providing connections to all building required equipment, per code, the
following will be required:
All main power feeders and branch wiring shall consist of metallic conduit and
copper wires. All associated junction boxes, pull boxes and cabinets shall be flush
mounted when they are located in finished areas and readily accessible. Access
panels shall be provided for maintenance of feeders and associated pull boxes
when they are concealed above ceilings and or pipe chases.
Each lighting panel shall feed lighting fixtures associated with maximum of 30,000
gross square feet of building area.
Each general power panel and dedicated tenant power panel shall feed outlets
and equipment associated with maximum of 15,000 gross square feet building
area.
Main power distribution apparatus shall be enclosed in dedicated switchgear
rooms.
Motor control centers shall be located in the mechanical rooms.
UPS System and associated batteries, as well as the stand-by generators, shall
be housed in appropriate dedicated secure facilities.
Provide and maintain emergency illumination, distributed for a minimum of 2
footcandles in all paths of egress within the tenant areas, as well as in corridors
and stairs, per code.
Provision shall be made in access doors for the addition of a wired central
programmed release systems and or card key or similar access system, for two
floor corridor entry doors per floor. Provide 1 (one) door per 5000 square feet of
net usable building area.
EPASPACE GUIDELINES VOLUME 2
PAGE 39
-------
LIGHTING
The Offerer shall provide the following levels of illumination:
Up to 50 footcandles at the work surface level and 25-35 footcandles
uniformly distributed throughout the office area.
All fluorescent fixtures shall have energy efficient warm white lamps and
electronic ballasts.
Any ceiling lighting pattern shall not be in conflict with the floor partitioning, since
the vertical obstructions of the partitions tend to cast shadows on the work
surfaces.
The Offerer shall install lighting based on EPA recommendations.
Enclosed offices and enclosed support areas shall be equipped with occupancy
sensors.
Lighting controls shall be zoned to accommodate special functions. >
General office lighting shall have no more than 10 fixtures per circuit.
Dimming mechanisms shall be provided in conference areas. Toggle type
switches are not to be utilized.
Areas requiring accent lighting will be treated using fluorescent fixtures in coves,
recessed downlights, or wall washers.
HVAC REQUIREMENTS
General Office Space: 20 dm outside air per person.
Conference Rooms: 20 cfm outside air per person with wall switched timer
exhaust system (transfer air to return air), for 3 cfm per square foot.
Toilet Rooms, Locker Rooms, Shower Rooms, etc., shall be exhausted in
accordance with local building codes, requirements of this RFP and whichever is
more stringent.
Occupancy density for purposes of ventilation design shall be 150 sq. ft. per
person of net usable space for offices as specified in ASHRAE Standard 62-1989,
or local building codes, whichever is higher in density.
Air Diffuser Performance Index (ADPI) shall be 80% at a minimum.
Controls - HVAC controls shall be zoned on each floor.
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 40
-------
Sound ratings of air terminals and equipment shall be based on Noise Criteria
(NC) Curves as defined in ASHRAE Guide: System and Applications 1987, except
as noted otherwise. NC ranges shall be as follows:
1 Executive Offices: NC25 - NC30
2 General Office Space: NC35 - NC40
3 Private Offices: NC30 - NC35
4 Conference Rooms: NC25 - NC30
5 Computer Equipment Room: NC40 - NC45
As a general principle, noise levels shall not exceed the arithmetical mean of
each range.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES V(pAQE41
-------
VOLUME 2 EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 42
-------
-------
The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is a U.S. Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) mandated document listing all hazardous substances
contained in the building products which they cover. Its primary purpose is to
identify, to the product user, the hazardous substances contained within the product
and to provide information on how to prevent or handle any potential health and
safety hazards resulting from its use in and around the work environment Note that
professional assistance and product testing may be necessary for interpretation of
any combined or synergistic effects of the individual chemicals listed.
OSHA requires testing for a wide range of building materials, both construction-type
like plywood, insulation, fireproofing, and gypsum wall board, as well as interior
finish materials such as wall coverings, paints, ceiling tiles, carpet tiles, and
adhesives. The MSDS for the material is obtained from the product manufacturer
and is generally organized in several sections. The following lists some of the
primary sections along with what they contain:
Product Information Section. Identifies the product and its chemical family
name.
Ingredients Information Section., Lists hazardous components by chemical
identity and/or common name. >
Fire and Explosion Hazard Data Section. Identifies the potential combustibility
and explosive nature of the product
Physiological and Health Hazard Section. Discusses the potential risks to
health and body caused by exposure to the hazardous components of the
product.
' Emergency and First Aid Data Section. Identifies procedures to be taken in
treating overexposure to the hazardous substances.
Reactivity Data Section. Identifies other substances with which the product may
have hazardous reaction.
Environmental Protection Section. Discusses procedures for handling
accidental spills or leaks of the product or its hazardous components.
Special Precautions Section. Discusses safety measures to be taken in order
to prevent any possible health and environmental hazard resulting from use of
the product
The following is an example of an MSDS. MSD sheets for specific products are
available from the product manufacturer.
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
VOLUME 2 EPASPACE GUIDELINES
PAGE 44
-------
DATE: July 1, 1991
REPLACES: November 15, 1990
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
Human Resources Department
313 W. Liberty St.
P.O. Box 3001
Lancaster, PA 17604
Telephone 717 396-2328 or 396-2935
S-90
Adhesive
Material Safety
Data Sheet
DIVISION:
Floor Products
ISSUED BY:
Corporate Employment Practices
NfrW 704 (0 = no hazard; 4, severe hazard):.
HEALTH
FIRE = 3
REACTIVITY - 0
DEFT. OF TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION:
SHIPPING NAME: Adhesive (Petroleum Naphtha). HAZARD CLASS: Flammable Liquid. ID#: UN 1133. EMERGENCY ONLY
CONTACT: CHEMTREC 800-424-9300.
I. PRObUCT INFORMATION:
PRODUCT NAME: S-90 Adhesive (for the installation of Armstrong Resilient Tile). CHEMICAL NAME AND SYNONYMS: N/A.
CHEMICAL OR PRODUCT FAMILY: Solvent-dispersed Adhesive.
Ifc INGREDIENT INFORM ^ 1
HAZARDOUS COMPONENTS (Chemical Identity; Common Name) C.A.S. NO.
VM&P NAPHTHA 8032-32-4
PETROLEUM GRADE ASPHALT 8052424
This product formulation does NOT contain asbestos.
% OSHA PEL ACGIH TLV
25-34 300 ppm 300 ppm
as a fume:
64-73 N/A Smg/m3
r lU^ PHYSICAL :t3AtAi^>^;.;.,;.v-i;>V;; v." ;< --,: .,-_--' .'-..- ' - . - -. V
APPEARANCE AND COLOR: Black asphalt mastic with hydrocarbon solvent odor. BOILING POINT (degrees F): 212-320.
VAPOR PRESSURE (mm Hg 20 degrees O: 10.45. VAPOR DENSITY (Air = 1): 3.0. SOLUBILITY IN WATER: Negligible.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H,0 = 1): 0.92. PERCENT VOLATILE BY WEIGHT (30 min. @ 275 degrees F): 27. EVAPORATION RATE
(Butyl Acetate = 1): N/K. pH: N/A.
FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA
FLASH POINT: 56° F (Setafiash Closed Tester). FLAMMABILITY LIMITS: LEL = 1.0; UEL = 7.0. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA:
Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, Halon. SPECIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: Protect fire fighters from toxic products of
combustion by wearing self-contained breathing apparatus. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Closed containers in
a fire may rupture due to pressure buiid-up; use water to cool containers to prevent this.
form 46263 7/91J
B>A SPACE GUIDELINES
VSI/GSS
VOLUME 2
PAGE 45
-------
V- HEALTH DATA:
PRIMARY ROUTE(S) OF ENTRY: Skin, inhalation. TARGET ORGANS: Skin, eyes, respiratory trad. EFFECTS OF
OVEREXPOSURE: SKIN AND EYES: Excessive skin contact may cause drying and cracking of the skin, defatting of tissue, and
result in dermatitis. Contact with e/es will cause irritation. INHALATION: Irritation of respiratory tract, coughing, headache,
zziness. drowsiness, nausea, uncoordinated movements. CARCINOGEN1C1TY: NTP: No; IARC Monographs: No; OSHA
r(egulated: No. MEDICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: Any condition generally aggravated by
solvents, including preexisting upper respiratory and lung disease such as, but not limited to bronchitis, emphysema, and
asthma. FIRST AID PROCEDURES: SKIN AND EYES: For eye contact, flush with water for 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention. Additionally with skin contact, wash with soap and water. Refer to physician if irritation or symptoms persist.
INHALATION: Remove to fresh air if exposed to excess concentrations of vapor. Seek medical attention if symptoms persist.
INGESnON: Do not induce vomiting. Call Poison Control Center. Get immediate medical attention.
K REAcnvmr DATA:
STABILITY: Stable INCOMPATIBILITY: Strong oxidizing agents. HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: Carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide, and other toxic vapors and gases that are common to thermal degradation of organic compounds.
HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: Will not occur.
VII. SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURES:
STEPS TO BE TAKEN IF MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: Remove all sources of ignition. Ventilate area of spill or leak;
if using mechanical ventilation, make sure that it is explosion-proof or does not present an ignition source? For exposures above
TLV, wear approved respirator/ equipment. Contain spill, preventing it from entering sewer lines or waterways. Use absorbent to
assist with the pick-up of material. WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: Incineration or other method approved for ignitible wastes in
accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. >
Viil. SPEC1AC PROTECTION INFORMATION:
/ENTILATION: Use natural cross-ventilation, local (mechanical) pick-up, and/or general area (mechanical) ventilation to prevent
an accumulation of solvent vapors, keeping in mind that the ventilation pattern must remove the heavier-than-air solvent vapors
from the lower levels of the work spaces. The ventilation should be sufficient to keep the solvent vapor concentration below
the TLV. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: With adequate ventilation, respiratory equipment should not be needed. If adequate
ventilation is not afforded, wear respiratory equipment approved for organic vapors. SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION: During
normal end-product use, cotton or loop-pile gloves and spectacle-type safety glasses are recommended to prevent contact with
this mastic product.
IX. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS:
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORAGE: Store in area sunable for flammable mixtures. Recommended
storage temperature is below 90 degrees F. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: vapors are flammable and are heavier-than-air. Prohibit
smoking and eliminate all other sources of ignition, such as regular electrical tools and appliances, making sure that pilots on
gas-fired water heaters are extinguished.
The information presented herein is supplied as a guide to those who handle or use this product. Safe work practices must be
employed when working with any materials. It is imponant that the end user makes a determination regarding the adequacy
of the safety procedures employed during the use of this product.
N/A = Not Applicable or No:
'V. = None Kncwn or Not Known
Form 46268
VOLUMES
PAGE 46
7/9 U
EPA SPACE GUIDELINES
-------
-------
-------
GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
Washington, DC 20405
August 2, 1991
FEDERAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS
TEMPORARY REGULATION D-76
.- -- v»
- -s -.~~~
To: Heads of Federal agencies
Subject: Assignment and Utilization of Space
1. Philosophy. These regulations on the assignment and
utilization of space, emphasize a customer service approach to
space delivery. A central goal is to improve the process for
delivering the space to the client and thereby improve the
relationship between GSA and the client. The regulations target
requirements development as the area where there is greatest
potential for significant improvement in the timeliness of the
delivery process and the quality of the space delivered. The key
to this improvement is a cooperative relationship between GSA and
the client agency in the development of requirements. Since the
agency knows its program and mission needs, it is responsible for
providing information about functional program requirements. On
the other hand, GSA has the professional expertise to translate
these needs into technical contract language and GSA will provide
this assistance to agencies early in the requirements development
process. The customer service orientation assumes that both GSA
and client agency have the same goalthe timely delivery of
spaceand that the best way to achieve this goal is through a
cooperative process. This means that both GSA and the client
need to fulfill their responsibilities in order for the process
to work effectively.
2. Purpose. This regulation supercedes FPMR Temporary
Regulation D-73. Its purpose is to refine GSA's space assignment
criteria and to modify and/or clarify certain space-related
policies and requirements. It provides a revised space
assignment process for determining agency requirements; revised
and updated definitions of GSA space classifications and standard
alterations; a new move policy; a revised locational policy, and
a general updating of the FPMR to reflect current ways of doing
business, such as the inclusion of procedures for assigning space
for child care centers and wellness/physical fitness facilities.
3. Effective date. August 26, 1991.
4. Expiration date. August 26, 1992. extended to August 26, 1993
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 September 2, 1991
5. Background. On November 1, 1989 (54 FR 46206), GSA published
in the Federal Register a proposed rule which contained revised
procedures governing the assignment and utilization of space in
Federal facilities under the custody and control of GSA. On
December 5, 1989 (54 FR 50251), GSA published a revision to the
proposed rule that addressed agency concerns about paying for
telecommunications costs associated with moves in GSA space.
Comments were received on each rule and incorporated into the
final document where appropriate. The significant changes are
outlined below.
6. Outline of revisions. Changes from the previous regulation
(D-73) include:
Modification of the strict numeric criteria for
assignment of space; emphasis on professional space
analysis, programming and planning.
Redefinition of office space to recognize its
essential components: Primary (personnel-
occupied) area and support area.
Focus on primary area utilization rate (square
footage primary area divided by personnel).
Clarification of the policy on the location of
Federal facilities and space.
Revision of the GSA policy on agency moves.
Revision of the* space classifications for GSA-
controlled space.
Changes to the standard alterations in GSA-
controlled space.
Revision of the Standard Form 81 and 81A, and
inclusion of a Space Requirements Questionnaire
to assist in the space planning process.
Inclusion of criteria on physical fitness
facilities and child care centers.
Modification of telecommunications policy.
-------
August 2, 1991
PPMR Temp. Reg. D- 76
7. Comments. Comments concerning the effect or impact of this
regulation may be submitted to the General Services
Administration, Office of Real Property Development (PQ),
Washington, DC 20405.
8. Effect on other directives. The provisions of Federal
Property Management Regulation Temporary Regulation D-73 relating
to the assignment and utilization of space are superseded by this
regulation.
General Services
3 and 4
-------
August. 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
PART 101-17 ASSIGNMENT AND UTILIZATION OF SPACE
Section 101-17.000 Scope of part.
This part prescribes policies and procedures for the
assignment and utilization of space in GSA controlled facilities.
The term "United States" as used in this subchapter, means the 50
States of the United States, the District of Columbia and the
Commonwealths, territories, and possessions of the United States.
Space acquired and/or managed under a delegation of
authority from GSA is subject to the provisions of this part.
See Part 101-16 for policies and procedures governing the
management of all Federal space.
Section 101-17.001 Authority.
This part implements the applicable provisions of the
Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as
amended (63 Stat. 377); the Act of July 1, 1898 (40 U.S.C. 285);
the Act of April 28, 1902 (40 U.S.C. 19); the Act of August 27,
1935 (40 U.S.C. 304c); the Public Buildings Act of 1959, as
amended (40 U.S.C. 601-619); Public Buildings Amendments of 1972
(86 Stat. 219), as amended; the Rural Development Act of 1972 (86
Stat. 674); Reorganization Plan No. 18 of 1950 (40 U.S.C. 490,
note); the Federal Urban Land Use Act (40 U.S.C. 531-535); Title
VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3601); the
National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C.
4321); Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 4201-
4244, 40 U.S.C. 531-535); Public Buildings Cooperative Use Act
of 1976, as amended (90 Stat. 2505); Executive Order 12072 of
August 16, 1978 (43 FR 36869); Executive Order 12411 of March 29,
1983 (48 FR 13391); and Executive Order 12512 of April 29, 1985
(50 FR 18453); and the Public Buildings Amendments of 1988 (102
Stat. 4049).
SUBPART 101-17.1 BASIC POLICY.
Section 101-17.100 Scope of subpart.
This subpart describes the basic policies that govern the
assignment and utilization of GSA space, and defines terms used
in Part 101-17.
Section 101-17.101 Policies.
(a) Federal real property is an asset that has a value to
the Government. This asset shall be managed and maintained in a
manner that enhances its value.
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 Auaust 1, 1991
Attachment A
(b) Federal workspace is a costly resource and should be
acquired and used in the essential minimum amounts needed to
support agency mission requirements.
(c) Federal workspace should support and improve the
productivity of the workers and programs that are housed.
Professional standards and practices for space planning and
programming, requirements development, furniture use, design and
layout shall be used to achieve this goal.
(d) It is GSA policy to provide agencies a quality work-
place environment that supports program operations; preserves the
value of real property assets; and reduces Federal workspace to
essential minimum requirements. This includes the provision of
child care and physical fitness facilities in the workplace when
adequately j ustified.
(e) Federal space needs will be satisfied in existing
Government-controlled space to the maximum extent practical.
Available space in buildings under the custody and control of the
U.S. Postal Service will also be given priority consideration.
(f) In establishing new offices and other facilities
agencies should comply with the requirements of the Rural
Development Act of 1972, 86 Stat. 674.
(g) Agencies requiring space in an urban area must comply
with Executive Order 12072, August 16, 1978, 3 CFR 213.
(h) Each agency shall determine the appropriate delineated
area for its space and facilities and certify that its location
decision is in compliance with the requirements of all laws and
Executive Orders governing the location of space including the
Rural Development Act of 1972, 86 stat. 674, and Executive Order
12072, August 16, 1978, 3 CFR 213. In making these location
decisions agencies shall give consideration to the requirements
of the Competition in Contracting Act of 1984 (CICA), 41 U.S.C.
252-260. See also Section 101-17.4701 (the GSA-USDA Memorandum
of Understanding), and Section 101-17.4702 (the GSA-USPS
Memorandum of Agreement.)
(i) The GSA move policy is implemented to identify the
situations that cause a move in GSA space; the costs associated
with these moves; and the responsibility for paying for the
various costs of a move. See Section 101-17.206.
(1) GSA will fund standard alterations and agencies
will reimburse GSA for the cost of above-standard requirements.
See Section 101-17.206.
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
August 2, 1991 Attachment A
(2) For telecommunications relocations caused by
physical relocation of organizations occupying space controlled
by GSA, the organization causing the relocation will reimburse
the organization being relocated for an amount up to, but not
exceeding the value of like telecommunications service. "Like
telecommunications service" is defined as the value or amount, as
determined by a GSA telecommunications technical service
contractor (TTSC), equal to the cost of providing an equivalent
level of service at the new location. In cases where the cost of
installing a new system is less than the cost of relocating the
existing system, the reimbursement will be for the lesser amount.
Use of the TTSC contractor is not mandatory if an estimated value
can otherwise be agreed upon in writing by the agencies involved.
Funding responsibilities for telecommunications relocations will
include the cost of the TTSC contractor. See matrix at the end
of Section 101-17.206 which outlines all funding responsi-
bilities.
This telecommunications policy will be effective October 1, 1991.
However, for those agencies being relocated as a result of a GSA
directed move occurring between the date of the issuance of this
regulation and October 1, 1991, GSA will pay for the telecommuni-
cations relocation costs in those instances where the agency can
demonstrate that its budget requests for telecommunications
relocations, pursuant to the telecommunications policy issued on
February 25, 1988, were denied.
(j) Agencies will be assigned space by GSA based on a
detailed analysis of workspace and support space requirements.
The purpose will be to achieve the optimum use of space for each
assignment at the minimum cost to the Government. The best
opportunity for space efficiency occurs with new assignments.
Therefore, GSA will employ professional methods and techniques of
space analysis, planning, and programming in developing space
requirements. Utilization rates will be held to the minimum
square footage per person for the particular activity- Any
utilization rate goal(s) established for new space assignments
will apply to all actions involving more than eight personnel.
New assignments for eight or fewer personnel will be housed as
efficiently as possible. GSA will implement policies and
procedures to ensure that assignment of workstation and support
space is consistent throughout its regional offices. (See
Section 101-17.20, The space assignment process - agency
development of need and GSA determination of requirements.)
(k) Officials of GSA client agencies shall be familiar with
the policies governing the acquisition, use, assignment, and
management of GSA space. These officials shall cooperate with
and support GSA in implementing and furthering these policies.
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
(1) Federal workspace shall be acquired and occupied in a
timely and expeditious manner. GSA shall use professional
planning techniques to assist agencies in preparing the Standard
Form 81 (SF-81), Request for Space, and supporting documentation
and shall provide technical assistance at an early stage in the
requirements development process. This will ensure the acquisi-
tion and use of space that supports mission needs at a minimum
cost.
(m) GSA will make full and efficient use of Government-
controlled space for housing Federal agencies. Space for which
there is no current foreseeable Federal need will be disposed of
when practicable and prudent to do so. GSA will make every
effort to maximize the productive use of an otherwise unused
resource through out-granting (i.e., outlease, permit, license).
(n) Space requests for the U.S. Postal Service will be
processed in accordance with the "Agreement between GSA and the
U.S. Postal Service Covering Real Property Relationships."
(o) Section 3 of the Public Buildings Amendments of 1988,
Public Law 100-678 (102 Stat. 4049) places certain restrictions
on leasing special purpose facilities for computer and
telecommunications operations; secured areas for national
security or defense purposes; or permanent court space for the
judiciary. These restrictions apply to any lease of such space
that will exceed an average annual rental of $1,500,000. In
these cases, the GSA Administrator must make a determination in
writing that leasing such space is necessary to meet requirements
which cannot be met in public buildings and must submit such
reasons to the appropriate congressional committees.
Section 101-17.102 Definition of terms.
(a) "Acceptance of space" means a certification from and
commitment from an agency to occupy space. Based on agency
acceptance GSA may commit to the use of Government funds to award
a lease, make a commitment for initial alterations, and/or
establish a date of occupancy. Agencies are financially
responsible for losses incurred by the Government caused by any
failure by the agency to fulfill a commitment to accept space.
(b) "Acquisition of workspace" means the process of
obtaining workspace by purchase, lease, donation, exchange,
eminent domain, construction, or by any other means permissible
by law.
(c) "Agency-controlled space" means federally owned,
leased, or controlled space acquired or used by Federal agencies
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
under any authority other than the Federal Property and Adminis-
trative Services Act of 1949, as amended. It also includes space
for which authorities for acquisition, use, or disposal have been
delegated to other agencies by GSA.
(d) "Cost-effective" means justified by an analysis which
evaluates alternatives in terms of expenses incurred by the
Government.
(e) "Delineated area" means the specific boundaries within
which space will be obtained to satisfy an agency space
requirement.
(f) "Excess holdings" means any workspace or related
furnishings which are not essential to a Federal agency's
existing or planned programs.
(g) "Federal agency" means any department, agency, or
independent establishment in the Government, including any wholly
owned corporation. >
(h) "Federally owned, leased, or controlled space";
(1) "Federally owned" means space, the title to which
is vested, or will become vested pursuant to existing agreement,
in the United States Government.
(2) "Federally leased" means space for which the
United States Government has a right of occupancy by virtue of
having acquired a leasehold interest.
(3) "Federally controlled" or "Government-controlled"
means work space for which the United States Government has a
right of occupancy by ownership, by lease, or by any other means,
such as by contract, barter, license, easement, permit, requisi-
tion, or condemnation, whether or not paid for. This does not
include space owned or leased by private sector entities
performing work on Government contracts.
(i) "General purpose space" means space which is determined
by GSA to be suitable for the general use of agencies. General
purpose space is categorized as office, storage or special. The
physical characteristics are the basis for determining the proper
space category.
(j) "GSA-controlled space" means space assigned to an
agency by GSA by authority of the Federal Property and
Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, or by authority
of any other statute. It includes any space for which an agency
pays GSA directly.
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
(k) "GSA-directed move" means any relocation action which
occurs as result of an emergency, a GSA initiated repair/altera-
tion project, or GSA initiated consolidation. GSA will be
responsible for paying standard alterations, replication of the
current above-standard alterations, moving and like telecom-
munication service for the relocated agency.
(1) "Initial space layout" means the specific placement of
workstations, furniture and equipment for new space assignments.
These initial services are provided by GSA at no cost to
agencies, upon agency request.
(m) "Inventory" means a summary, survey, or itemized list
of the space, assets, or materials under the control of a Federal
agency.
(n) "Joint-use space" means occupiable space, such as
cafeterias, conference rooms, credit unions, snack bars, and
certain wellness/physical fitness facilities and child care
centers, which is available for common use by personnel of any
Federal agency.
(o) "Measurement of space";
(1) "Gross square footage" means all floor area
(including all openings in floor slabs) measured to the outer
surfaces of exterior or enclosing walls, and includes all floors,
mezzanines, halls, vestibules, stairwells, service and equipment
rooms, penthouses, enclosed passages and walks, inside parking,
finished usable space with sloping ceilings (such as attic space)
having 5 feet or more headroom, and appended covered shipping or
receiving platforms at truck or railroad car height. Also
included in gross floor area, but calculated on one-half of
actual floor area, are covered open porches, passages and walks,
with appended uncovered receiving and shipping platforms at truck
or railroad car height.
(2) "Net usable space" means the area to be leased for
occupancy by personnel and/or equipment. It is determined as
follows:
(i) If space is on a single tenancy floor,
compute the inside gross area by measuring between the inside
finish of the permanent exterior building walls from the face of
the convectors (pipes or other wall-hung fixtures) if the
convector occupies at least 50 percent of the length of exterior
walls.
-------
August 2, 1991 FpMR Temp> Reg_ D.T6
Attachment A
(ii) If the space is on a multiple tenancy floor,
measure from the exterior building walls, as in (i) above, to the
room side finish of fixed corridor and shaft walls and/or the
center of tenant-separating partitions.
(iii) In all measurements, make no deductions for
columns and projections enclosing the structural elements of the
building and deduct the following from the gross area including
their enclosing walls.
(A) Toilets and lounges
(B) Stairwells
(C) Elevators and escalator shafts
(D) Building equipment and service areas
(E) Entrance and elevator lobbies
>
(F) Stacks and shafts
(6) Corridors in place or required by local
codes and ordinances.
(3) "Occupiable area" means that portion of the gross
area which is available for use by an occupant's personnel or
furnishings, as well as space which is available jointly to the
various occupants of the buildings, such as auditoriums, health
units, and snack bars. Occupiable area includes that space
available for an occupant's personnel and furnishings which is
used to provide circulation, whether or not defined by ceiling
high partitions. Occupiable area does not include that space in
the building which is devoted to its operations and maintenance,
including craft shops, gear rooms, and building supply storage
and issue rooms. Occupiable area is computed by measuring from
the occupant's side of ceiling-high corridor partitions or
partitions enclosing mechanical, toilet, and/or custodial space
to the inside finish of permanent exterior building walls or to
the face of the convector if the convector occupies at least 50
.percent of the length of the exterior wall. When computing
occupiable area separated by partitions, measurements are taken
from the center line of the partitions.
(p) "Non-Federal organizations" means organizations such as
credit unions, concessions operated by the blind and handicapped,
and organizations under the direct sponsorship of a Federal
agency such as grantees and contractors.
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A .
(q) "Office support area" means all secondary/shared
workstations, extraordinary circulation space, and those specific
and discrete areas constructed as office space and used to meet
mission needs outside the agency's requirements for housing
personnel. This includes space for mission needs such as
reception/waiting areas; hearing, meeting, and interview areas;
file areas; central storage areas; processing areas; and library
and reference areas. Such space is most cost-effectively
collocated with normal office space. Illustrations are contained
in section 101-17.6.
(r) "Office support area allowance" is the percentage of
office space, over and above the primary office area requirement,
allocated for office support functions.
(s) "Personnel" means the peak number of persons to be
housed during a single 8-hour shift, regardless of how many
workstations are provided for them. In addition to permanent
employees of the agency, personnel includes temporaries, part-
time, seasonal, and contractual employees and budgeted vacancies.
Employees of other agencies and organizations who are housed in
the space assignment are also included in the personnel total.
(t) "Primary office area" is the personnel-occupied area in
which an activity's normal operational functions are performed.
See Section 101-17.102(q) above for "office support area"
definition.
(u) "Primary office area utilization rate" is an indicator
of the efficiency with which the primary office area is used. It
is calculated by dividing the total occupied primary office area
square footage by the total number of people in that area.
(v) "Request for space" or "space request" means a written
document upon which an agency provides GSA with the information
necessary to assign space. A request for space shall be sub-
mitted on Standard Form 81 and Standard Form 81-A, and the Space
Requirements Questionnaire. (See Section 101-17.4901-81 and
Section 101-17.4901-81A, Standard forms.) The request shall, at
a minimum, contain descriptions of the amount of space, personnel
to be housed, geographic area, time period required and funding
availability.
(w) "Rural area" means any area that (a) is within a city
or town if the city or town has a population of less than 10,000
or (b) is not within the outer boundaries of a city or town if
the city or town has a population of 50,000 or more and if the
adjacent urbanized and urbanizing areas have a population density
of more than 100 per square mile.
8
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
(x) "Secondary/shared workstations" are nondedicated work-
stations used more than 50 percent of the time by two or more
persons occupying a space assignment during an 8-hour shift.
They function in support of the occupant agency's mission and are
distinct from the primary personnel-occupied workstations.
(y) "Space" means space in buildings, and land incidental
to the use thereof, which is under the custody and control of a
Federal agency.
(z) "Space Allocation Standard" means an agreement between
GSA and an agency, written in terms which permit nationwide
application, used as a basis for establishing that agency's space
requirements. These standards identify the specific amount of
space an agency will be allocated, and establish exceptions to
general guidelines for GSA and agency responsibility in initial,
tenant funding.
(aa) "Space assigned by GSA" means space in buildings, and
land incidental to its use, which is under "the custody and
control of GSA; space made available by the U.S. Postal Service;
or space for which a permit for use has been issued to GSA by
another agency.
(bb) "Space assignment" means an administrative action by
GSA which authorizes the occupancy and use of space by &. Federal
agency or other eligible entity.
(cc) "Space inspection" means a reconnaissance-type evalua-
tion of the manner in which assignments are being utilized to
determine whether a utilization survey is warranted.
(dd) "Space planning" means the process of using recognized
professional techniques of space programming, planning, layout
and interior design to determine the best location and the most
efficient configuration for agency facilities.
(ee) "Space requirements program" means the statement of an
agency's space needs as expressed on Standard Form 81-A, Space
Requirements Worksheet, Space Requirements Questionnaire and
additional supporting documentation such as adjacency diagrams,
and summarized on Standard Form 81, Request for Space. (See
Section 101-17.4901-81 and 101-71.4901-81A, Standard Forms.)
(ff) "Space typicals" means examples of workspace and
support space allocations based on functional analysis.
(gg) "Space utilization survey" means the process of
employing recognized professional techniques to determine how
efficiently an agency is utilizing its workspace, and to verify
that space is being used in accordance with this regulation.
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
(hh) "Special purpose space" means workspace which is or
has been constructed and predominantly utilized for the special
purpose of an agency and is not generally suitable for the use of
other agencies. This includes, but is not limited to, schools,
hospitals, mints, embassies, and consulates.
(ii) "Standard alterations (SA's)" are those alterations
necessary to prepare an agency's space to meet a particular
classification, i.e., office, storage, or special, and permit
occupancy of the space. (See Section 101-17.208).
(jj) "Telecommunications" means electronic processing of
information, either voice or data or both, over a wide variety of
media, e.g., copper wire, microwave, fiber optics, radio
frequencies, between individuals, offices within a building
(e.g., local area networks), between buildings, between cities,
etc.
(kk) "Unique agency space" means any general purpose space
which either consists of more than 50 percent special-type space
not likely to be needed by another agency, or space of any type
located in an area where it would be impractical to house another
agency. (See Section 101-17.302(d).)
(11) "Urban area" means any Metropolitan Area (MA) as
defined by the Office of Management Budget (OMB) and any non-MA
that meets one of the following criteria:
(1) A geographical area within the jurisdiction of
any incorporated city, town, borough, village, or other unit of
general local government, except county or parish, having a
population of 10,000 or more inhabitants.
(2) That portion of the geographical area within the
jurisdiction of any county, town, township, or similar govern-
mental entity which contains no incorporated unit of general
local government, but has a population density equal to or
exceeding 1,500 inhabitants per square mile; or
(3) That portion of any geographical area having a
population density equal to or exceeding 1,500 inhabitants per
square mile and situated adjacent to the boundary of any
incorporated unit of general local government which has a
population of 10,000 or more inhabitants. (Reference: The
Intergovernmental Cooperation Act of 1968, 40 U.S.C. 535.)
(mm) "Workspace" means federally controlled space in
buildings and structures (permanent, semipermanent, or temporary)
which provides an acceptable environment for the performance of
agency mission requirements by employees or by other persons
10
-------
August 2, 1991 ppMR
Attachment A
occupying it. It is further classified as "office space",
"storage space", or "special space". (Also, see Section
101-17.601, Space classifications and standard alterations).
(1) "Office space" means space which provides an
environment suitable in its present state for an office
operation.
(2) "Storage space" means space generally consisting
of concrete, woodblock, or unfinished floors; bare block or brick
interior walls; unfinished ceilings; and similar construction
containing minimal lighting and heating. It includes attics,
basements, sheds, parking structures and other unfinished
building areas.
(3) "Special space" means space which has unique
architectural/construction features, requires the installation of
special equipment or requires varying sums to construct, maintain
and/or operate as compared to office and storage space.
>
(nn) "Workstation" means a location within an office space
assignment that provides a working area for one or more persons
during a single 8-hour shift. Secondary or shared workstations
are part of office support area.
SUBPART 101-17.2 ASSIGNMENT OF SPACE
Section 101-17.200 Scope of subpart.
(a) This subpart describes the process for the determina-
tion of requirements and the assignment of space to GSA client
agencies. The space assignment process described in this section
is designed to expedite space delivery and ensure that quality
workspace is delivered to client agencies in a timely manner.
Section 101-17.201(g) below states that GSA will assist agencies
early in the space delivery process by providing technical
assistance in the development of space requirements. This will
ensure that technical information is accurate and complete and
that unnecessary delays are minimized.
(b) A method for calculating utilization rates is
established in Section 101-17.201(h) below. The method focuses
on the portion of the office assignment occupied by the personnel
working in the space. This is called the Primary office area and
is the part of the office space that has the best potential for
utilization improvement. The Primary area in most GSA space is
similar in use and configuration and its size is dictated by very
similar factors. This is because most activities occupying GSA
space perform similar administrative and managerial tasks.
Therefore, greater consistency and uniformity can be attained in
assigning this space.
11
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
The 125 square feet represents the amount of space occupied by
employees housed in GSA office spaceclerical, administrative,
paraprofessional, professional, managerial, and executiveusing
either conventional furniture or furniture systems. The revised
UR method develops a review threshold for assignments exceeding
125 square feet per person in the primary area. Assignments
exceeding this threshold may be subject to further evaluation.
When a request comes in at or below the threshold, GSA will
expedite the request.
New assignments with fewer than eight employees are to be made at
the most efficient utilization rate consistent with this regula-
tion and sound principles of space planning and layout.
(c) Section 101-17.201(h) and (i) require that space needs
in Primary office area be based on the number of personnel to be
housed and that personnel also be used for calculating UR. The
use of personnel provides a visible and readily verifiable
indicator of space needs. This method is more accurate and
reliable than methods using workstations. Space for secondary or
shared workstations is provided in the Support area. In addition
to secondary/shared workstations, the Support area consists of
reception areas, conference rooms, storage areas, processing
areas, libraries, file areas, and extraordinary circulation (see
Section 101-17.600 for descriptions of Support areas). Support
area needs are based on GSA client agency use of such space and
the 22 percent reflects the inventory-wide average for GSA space.
Support space does not include space classified as storage or
special in Appendix A of this regulation.
Support area requirements have the greatest variation among
agencies since these requirements are primarily mission driven.
Support space needs will be developed using professional methods
and techniques. Twenty-two percent is the threshold beyond which
further evaluation may be required.
(d) The division of- -office space into Primary and Support
areas is a useful way for agencies and GSA to analyze office
space requirements. It provides agencies with a way to check
their own estimates and also provides the flexibility to
recognize agency mission differences in the requirements develop-
ment process.
(e) Section 101 -17.201 (m) describes the use of Space
Allocation Standards (SAS) to formally recognize agency space
needs. Requests for space where there is an approved SAS that
establishes standards different from those contained in this
regulation shall refer to the approved SAS as supporting
documentation. All SAS1 in effect on or after January 1, 1987,
will remain in effect.
12
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp> Reg> D_?g
Attachment A
Section 101-17.201 The space assignment process - agency
development of need and GSA determination
of requirements.
(a) This .section describes the process for determining and
documenting an agency's space needs and identifying the technical
requirements and specifications that describe this need. These
requirements are included in the Solicitation for Offers (SFO)
and/or Request for Proposals for the lease and/or construction/
alteration contract to ensure that all offerers are responding to
the same need and to place the Government in the best possible
competitive position.
(b) Requirements development is a joint GSA-agency
responsibility. The agency is knowledgeable of its mission and
program needs. GSA has the professional and technical knowledge
and abilities to translate these needs into technical real estate
requirements and deliver space that supports the agency's ability
to execute its mission. It is the agency's responsibility to
ensure that GSA has the information necessary to develop require-
ments in a timely manner. It is GSA's responsibility to provide
the technical expertise necessary for timely requirements
development.
(c) The space assignment process is designed to shorten
and simplify space delivery; to promote a positive working
relationship between GSA and client agencies, based on early
joint planning; and deliver the optimum amount of space at the
minimum cost to the Government. In this process, GSA assumes an
early active role in the development of client agency require-
ments, and provides assistance in the preparation of the Request
for Space (SF-81). The goal is to minimize and reduce the need
for changes to requirements once the acquisition or alteration
process has begun. This is accomplished by ensuring that
requirements; are developed accurately, using professional space
planning standards and techniques; reflect the true needs of the
client agency; and are agreed to by GSA and the client agency
early in the process.
(d) GSA has the responsibility to assign and reassign space
in an efficient manner using professional space management tech-
niques. In making its space assignments, each GSA regional
office will consider the prudent and judicious use of Government
funds and resources and will base its decision on local market
conditions, available vacant space, restrictions imposed by
furniture and equipment, professional space management
principles, and agency mission needs. Whenever possible, GSA
will satisfy new space requests through the reassignment of
vacant available space in the inventory. GSA will advise
agencies when the space requested has been determined to be
unique agency space.
13
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
(e) Agencies requiring space shall contact the appropriate
GSA regional office. Within 2 weeks of the initial contact, GSA
will formally acknowledge the initial contact via letter, and
will identify a GSA point of contact.
(f) Agencies will be asked to assemble preliminary informa-
tion and to notify the GSA contact when the information is
available.
(g) GSA and the agency will jointly develop space require-
ments through the completion of the Space Requirements Worksheet
(SF-81A), a Space Requirements Questionnaire and a Request for
Space (SF-81). (See Section 101-17.4901 and Section 101-17.4901-
81A, Standard Forms). In the requirement development process,
GSA will place major emphasis on planning and programming to
assure that the final space request accurately reflects the needs
of the agency.
(h) In developing space requirements, the analysis will
center on the two components of general purpose office space:
the primary (or personnel-occupied) area, and the office support
area. The requirements development process will define the
functions of the space to be designed; identify special agency
requirements; review existing conditions; analyze spatial
relationships and adjacency requirements; and, through applica-
tion of the accumulated data, formulate the optimum solution for
meeting the total space need. Emphasis will be placed on agency
documentation of support area requirements including secondary/
shared workstations. The resultant office space will reflect the
optimum square footage "required for the activity involved at the
least possible cost to the Government.
(i) Since the primary personnel-occupied areas in most GSA-
controlled offices are similar in use and configuration, uni-
formity and consistency of space assignments within these areas
should be readily attainable. Therefore, in assessing
utilization rates for its space" assignments, GSA will focus on
the square footage per person within the primary office area.
(j ) The space allowance for the support area will be
developed on the basis of professional standards and practices,
and normally should not exceed 22 percent of the primary office
requirement. (The specific amount of support space will be
established during the analysis and planning process.) Support
space requirements exceeding the 22 percent allowance will be
subject to further analysis, and, possibly, higher level review
within the GSA regional office. The support area will be
14
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
comprised of the areas described in Section 101-17.600, and will
include secondary (or shared) workstation areas. Space requests
within 125 square feet per person for primary office space plus
22 percent for support space will be subject to minimal review.
(k) Utilization targets for new space assignments will not
apply to actions involving eight and fewer personnel. New
assignments for eight and fewer personnel will be housed as
efficiently as possible. The purpose of the exemption is to
recognize that smaller assignments are sometimes more difficult
to lay out efficiently. Therefore, they are not required to meet
the same standard as large assignments. However, every effort
shall be made to achieve the most efficient utilization rate
possible in these assignments.
(1) Use of Standard Forms 81 and 81A, the forms identified
in Section 101-17.201(g) above, is mandatory for all space
requests to 6SA. The Space Requirements Questionnaire must also
be used, except in those cases where GSA determines that the size
and complexity of the requirement does not"demand the level of
detail the form provides. Agencies may prepare the forms
themselves (i.e., without GSA assistance) if they desire. Those
so submitted will still be analyzed by GSA to verify require-
ments. Agencies are encouraged to obtain GSA assistance in
preparation of the GSA Space Requirements Questionnaire.
(m) To assure uniform action on the part of GSA regional
offices, GSA will use the data developed in the requirements
development process to establish workstation typicals, support
space typicals, test-case precedents, and Space Allocation
Standards. These will all be used in developing subsequent space
requirements in conjunction with the agencies or in reviewing
requirements prepared by the agencies. Agencies interested in
developing a space allocation standard should contact GSA's
Office of Real Property Development (PQ), Washington, DC 20405.
All standards negotiated since January 1, 1987, will remain in
effect.
NOTE: Normal horizontal circulation is included in the space
typicals developed by GSA. If, in GSA's judgment, there is an
:extraordinary circulation requirement (e.g., for safety, code, or
security purposes) which exceeds the normal allowance, the excess
amount will be regarded as support space.
(n) Upon completing assembly of all preliminary documenta-
tion including the SF-81A, the Space Requirements Questionnaire
and all support data, the client agency and GSA shall complete
the SF-81. This is a summary document that incorporates and
15
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
summarizes all information gathered. In signing the SF-81 the
client agency certifies: the need for the space requested; that
funds are available to pay for the space and alterations; that
the delineated area was designated in accordance with appropriate
laws and executive orders and meets agency mission needs; and
that an agency representative (by name) is available to accompany
GSA on the market survey.
(o) Even though the SF-81 formally identifies an agency's
space requirement, the space process starts when an agency
informs GSA it has a need for space. The purpose of the new
requirements development process is to facilitate the delivery of
space. It is GSA's aim that both formal and informal processes
be completed as quickly as possible and both the requirements
development and acquisition phases will be monitored for timeli-
ness throughout the effort. GSA and the agency will jointly
develop a space delivery schedule for each project.
(p) When appropriate, GSA will request agencies to submit
GSA Form 144, Net Space Requirements for Future Federal Building
Construction (see Section 101-17.4902-144).
(q) Agencies will be financially responsible for losses
incurred by the Government as a result of any failure on their
part to fulfill a commitment to accept space. Agencies are also
financially responsible for any additional costs resulting from
changes to space requirements made by the agency after a lease or
alteration contract has been awarded.
Section 101-17.202 Exception to submitting requests for space.
Section 101-17.202-1 General exceptions.
Standard Form 81 need not be filed by Federal agencies when
the space desired or to be acquired is:
(a) General purpose office space of 2,500 square feet or
less falling within the geographical area where leasing authority
has been delegated to the agency (see Section 101-18.1 et. seq.).
(b) Special purpose space (see Section 101-17.102(hh) and
Section 101-18.104) of 2,500 square feet or less irrespective of
geographical location.
(c) Space acquired by the U.S. Postal Service.
(d) Space for short-term conference and meetings (see
Section 101-17.203).
16
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 .
Attachment A
NOTE: Agencies are reminded of the need to maximize the use of
vacant available Government-controlled space to meet their space
requirements.
Section 101-17.202-2 Delegation of authority.
(a) Upon written request from an agency head, the Adminis-
trator may delegate authority to acquire space by lease when, in
GSA's opinion, the delegation is in the best interests of the
Government. GSA will specify the terms and conditions of any
delegation in writing at the time the delegation is made. See
Section 101-18.104.
NOTE: Agencies having a need for parking shall utilize available
Government-owned or leased facilities. Agencies shall make
inquiries regarding availability of Governnment-controlled space
to GSA regional offices and document such inquiries. If no
suitable Government-controlled facilities are available, an
agency may use its own procurement authority to acquire parking
by service contract. This determination can be made at the
regional level and does not require the authorization of the
Administrator of General Services.
(b) Agencies acting under delegations shall make every
reasonable effort to utilize existing Government-controlled
facilities before acquiring new space. Agencies shall make
inquiries to GSA regional offices regarding the availability of
Government-controlled space, and the agencies shall document
their lease files if such space is not available. This docu-
mentation may be submitted on an SF-81 and shall include the
date of contact and the name and position of the GSA individual
contacted.
(c) Agencies acting under delegation from GSA are required
to comply with all relevant sections of this part 101-17, other
pertinent portions of Subchapter D - Public Buildings and Space,
and the General Services Administration Acquisition Regulations.
Section 101-17.202-3 Action when existing space is not
available.
(a) If no suitable federally controlled space is available,
GSA will advise the requesting agency by returning a signed copy
of the Standard Form 81, showing the action to be taken.
(b) When the agency has acquisition authority or has been
delegated such authority by GSA, it may proceed to acquire the
requested space consistent with existing laws and regulations.
The signed copy of the Standard Form 81, if required, shall be
attached to the leasing or related instrument made available to
the General Accounting Office (GAO).
17
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
(c) At the agency's option, 6SA may take necessary action
to acquire space for agencies having acquisition authority when
the latter so requests.
Section 101-17.203 Space for short-term use.
Agencies having a need for facilities for short-term use
(such as conferences and meetings, judicial proceedings, and
emergency situations) shall utilize available Government-owned
or -leased facilities. Agencies shall make inquiries regarding
availability of Government-controlled space to GSA regional
offices and document such inquiries as outlined in Section 101-
17.202-2(b). If no suitable Government-controlled facilities are
available, an agency may arrange for the use of privately owned
facilities for a period not to exceed 180 days. Extensions
beyond 180 days must be approved by GSA.
Section 101-17.204 Space requirements for ADP, office automation
and telecommunications equipment.
Agencies requiring space for the installation of specialized
equipment shall provide information as described in Section 101-
17.602. This information should be forwarded to GSA in suffi-
cient time in advance of equipment delivery so that space can be
provided in a timely and efficient manner. This information
shall be incorporated into the delivery schedule developed in
connection with the preparation of the Standard Form 81. (See
Section 101-17.200(n).)
Section 101-17.205 Location of space.
(a) Each Federal agency is responsible for identifying the
geographic service area; and for determining the delineated area
within which it wishes to locate specific activities, consistent
with its mission and program requirements, and in accordance with
all applicable statutes, regulations and policies, including
those identified in Section 101-17.101(e)-(h). Specifically,
under the Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended, agencies are
required to give first priority to the location of new offices
and other facilities in rural areas. The agency shall submit to
GSA a supportive statement explaining the basis for the
delineated area.
(b) For purposes of determining the requested delineated
area for prospectus level space projects, client agencies must
consider the impact of the following economic factors in those
instances where their mission does not dictate a specific
geographic area.
18
-------
August 2, 1991 FpMR Temp> Reg. D_76
Attachment A
(1) The availability of local labor pools. Potential
sources for this data are labor unions, city planning or economic
development agencies, local chambers of commerce, and the Bureau
of Labor Statistics.
(2) Pay differential for Federal employees in high cost
versus low cost areas. This information may be obtained from the
Office of Personnel Management (0PM), or the agency personnel
office.
(3) Real estate costs, including analysis of the cost
of space in metropolitan (urban) as well as non-metropolitan
(rural) areas. Client agencies will contact the GSA Central
Office to request rental rates for areas under consideration.
The regional Real Estate Divisions of GSA will develop the
appropriate information when requested by the GSA Central Office.
The use of GSA real estate rental rates for agency economic
evaluations will ensure consistency with the rates used in GSA
prospectuses.
(4) The value of local incentives offered by
communities to attract Federal activities. This information
should be obtained on a Jurisdictional, rather than a site-
specific basis. Only local incentives offered by Governmental
bodies are to be considered.
(5) Agency relocation costs for personnel and
equipment. GSA will provide typical moving costs for work
stations and common office equipment to assist client agencies in
developing this information. OPM may be consulted by client
agencies to obtain information related to relocation of
personnel.
NOTE: The client agency will be required to provide GSA a
summary of its analysis under paragraph (b). The summary should
be of sufficient depth to enable GSA to clearly understand the
agency's mission needs and the data developed for each economic
factor, including the source for the data. It should identify
locations considered, state the level of importance of each
factor and the impact of each factor upon the conclusions drawn
by the agency in reaching its location decision. If required by
GSA, the client agency shall provide more detailed documentation
of its evaluation for OMB and Members of Congress.
(c) GSA shall survey agencies' mission, housing, and
location requirements in a community and include these
considerations in community-based policies and plans. These
plans shall provide for the location of federally-owned and
19
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A .
leased facilities, and other interests in real property including
purchases, at locations which represent the best overall value to
the Government consistent with agency requirements.
(d) Whenever practicable and cost-effective, GSA will
consolidate elements of the same agency or multiple agencies in
order to achieve the economic and programmatic benefits of
consolidation.
(e) GSA will consult with local officials and other, appro-
priate Government officials and consider their recommendations
for, and review of, general areas of possible space or site
acquisition. GSA will advise local officials of the availability
of data on GSA plans and programs, and will agree upon the
exchange of planning information with local officials.
(f) In satisfying agency requirements in an urban area, GSA
will review agency requested delineated areas to ensure that the
areas are within the centralized community business areas (CBAs)
and adjacent areas of similar character, including other specific
areas which may be recommended by local officials in accordance
with Executive Order 12072. When developing the requested
delineated area, the client agency shall comply with the
requirements of Executive Order 12072 which requires that first
consideration be given to CBAs and other designated areas. If
the delineated area requested is outside the CBA, in whole or
part, the client agencies must provide GSA with adequate justifi-
cation to support the delineated area. GSA will consult with
local officials to identify CBAs. Each GSA regional office will
provide, upon agency request, a description of the identified CBA
for the community in which the agency requires space.
(g) GSA is responsible for reviewing an agency's delineated
area to confirm that, where appropriate, there is maximum use of
existing Government-controlled space and that established
boundaries provide competition when acquiring leased space.
(h) The presence of the Federal Government in the National
Capital Region (NCR) is such that the distribution of Federal
installations will continue to be a major influence in the extent
and character of development. These policies shall be applied in
the GSA National Capital Region on the most cost-effective basis,
in conjunction with regional policies established by the National
Capital Planning Commission and consistent with the general
purposes of the National Capital Planning Act of 1959 (66 Stat.
781), as amended. These policies shall guide the development of
strategic plans for the housing of Federal agencies within the
National Capital Region.
20
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg; D-76
Attachment A
(i) Consistent with the policies cited in paragraphs (a),
(c), (d) and (e) above, the use of buildings of historic
architectural, or cultural significance within the meaning of
Section 105 of the Public Buildings Cooperative Use Act of 1976
(90 Stat. 2505) will be considered as alternative sources for
meeting Federal space needs.
Section 101-17.206 Move policy.
The situations which cause an agency to move and the
responsibility for the relocation costs are indicated below.
GSA is responsible for determining the most beneficial alter-
native course of action in each situation. (See Section 101-
17.101(i)(2) for a discussion of the telecommunications policy
for GSA moves.)
(a) Lease expiration. GSA will determine if it is cost-
effective to the Government to seek alternative leased space.
Generally, this process will begin 18-24 months prior to lease
expiration (or earlier for prospectus level projects) so that
agencies have time to budget for expenses associated with above-
standard alterations and telecommunications. When suitable
federally owned or leased space is available to replace an
expiring leased location, such space will be utilized in lieu of
seeking alternate replacement leased space and the "lease
expiration" funding responsibilities outlined in the matrix under
Roman numeral "I" below will apply.
(b) Agency expansion. New requirements may generate the
need for additional space. This can be provided at the existing
location as contiguous expansion space, at a new location by
separating the existing assignment from the new requirement, or
by relocating the existing assignment and collocating with the
expansion requirement at a new location. Acquisition of
expansion space shall be scheduled to coincide with lease expira-
tion to the maximum extent practicable. Responsibility for the
costs of providing expansion space is as follows:
(1) GSA will pay for standard alterations in the
expansion space (see Section 101-17.208).
(2) The expanding agency will pay for all of its tele-
communications and above-standard requirements.
(3) When an expanding agency has a justifiable need for
contiguous expansion space and has to displace a neighboring
agency, the expanding agency shall pay for its own moving costs,
the displaced agency's moving cost and replication of the current
above-standard alterations and "like telecommunications service".
21
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 Aug^st 2, 1991
Attachment A
(c) Consolidation. It is Federal Government and GSA policy
to continually review the opportunities for consolidating several
locations into one location. GSA shall prepare an economic
analysis that demonstrates the cost effectiveness of consolida-
tion. To the maximum extent practicable, agency consolidation
shall be planned to coincide with .lease expiration in order to
keep costs to a minimum and reduce adverse impacts on agencies.
When an agency consolidation is GSA-directed, GSA will pay for
standard alterations, above-standard alterations, moving costs
and like telecommunications service.
Consolidations include both single and multiple agency
relocations to a single facility. They may involve the backfill
of vacant federally owned or leased space, or the construction or
acquisition of new federally owned or leased space to house one
or more agencies. Where agencies moving to such consolidated
facilities are relocating from an expiring leased location, the
"Lease Expiration" funding responsibilities outlined in the
matrix under Roman numeral "I" below apply. Where a relocation
is not related to a lease expiration, GSA will apply the appro-
priate funding responsibilities as outlined in the matrix, under
Roman numeral III.
(d) Emergency relocation. An emergency relocation results
from an extraordinary event such as a fire, natural disaster, or
immediate threat to the health and safety of occupants of the
space which renders the current space unusable and requires that
it be vacated. In these cases, it is necessary to act swiftly
and expeditiously to react to the emergency. This may require
obtaining approvals and funding authorizations from OMB and
Congress. It is best to have a central coordinator for such a
task and GSA is suited for this role. GSA will be responsible
for paying standard alterations, existing above-standard altera-
tions, moving costs and like telecommunications service for
emergency relocations. In cases where a significant Rent
increase results from an emergency relocation, the agency will be
relieved of the new Rent until the beginning of the fiscal year
immediately following the first full fiscal year after the
relocation occurred.
(e) Repair and alteration relocations. When an agency is
displaced by construction activities in its assigned space
resulting from a GSA repair and alteration project, GSA will be
responsible for funding standard alterations, replication of
existing above-standard alterations, moving costs and like
telecommunications service.
22
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp> Reg> D_?6
Attachment A
A summary of relocation situations and identification of the
responsible party (GSA or agency) is as follows:
MOVE STONDBRD ABOVE SID. MOVZN5 TEUDOM-
ALTERATIONS STANDARD oosis mucsnoNS*
I. Lease Expiration - GSA Agency GSA Agency
II. IVy!i>cy
1. Avail Contiguous GSA Agency GSA Agency
2. Unavail Contiguous GSA Agency GSA Agency
3. Split Assignment - GSA Agency GSA Agency
4. Displaced an agency
A. Expanding Agency GSA ExpAgc ExpAgc ExpAgc
B. Displaced Agency GSA ExpAgc ExpAgc ExpAgc
III.
Agency Initiated GSA Agency GSA Agency
GSA Initiated GSA GSA GSA GSA
IV. Emergency - GSA GSA GSA GSA
V. Repair/Alterations - GSA GSA ' GSA GSA
Effective October 1, 1991.
NOTE: Agencies shall be responsible for funding all above-
standard alterations and telecommunications not currently
provided in their existing location.
(f ) Preparation of agency budget estimates. GSA will give
agencies sufficient advance notice of lease expiration (18-24
months) to allow them time to budget for the costs of potential
moves. GSA will provide technical support to assist agencies in
the techniques of preparing budget estimates.
Section 101-17.207 Applications of socioeconomic considerations.
When actions are proposed to accomplish the reassignment or
utilization of space through the relocation of an existing major
work force, the impact on employees with low and moderate incomes
and minority employees shall be considered. Under these circum-
stances, the requesting agency shall consult the Department of
.Housing and Urban Development in accordance with the Memorandum
of Understanding between the Department of Housing and Urban
Development and the General Services Administration. (See
Section 101-19.4800 for text).
Section 101-17.208 Standard alterations.
(a) Standard Alterations (SA's) are those alterations
necessary to prepare an agency's space to meet a particular
classification, i.e., office, storage, or special space, and
23
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
permit occupancy of the space. Consistent with its responsi-
bility to provide commercially comparable space, GSA will fund
the cost of SA's. The alterations necessary to provide space at
the classification requested by an agency are indicated in
Appendix A of this part. Also shown are examples of items that
are above-standard for the classification.
(b) There are situations when an agency's requirements
exceed the standard level for a particular classification of
space. In such cases, the requesting agency shall submit a GSA
Form 2957, Reimbursable Work Authorization (RWA), to GSA to pay
for the cost of the above-standard items including the cost of
necessary design work. GSA will provide technical assistance to
agencies in developing these costs. GSA cannot obligate funds
for the acquisition or alteration of space without the RWA.
(c) In situations where GSA alteration funds are unavail-
able within the timeframe requested by the agency, and the work
is funded reimbursably and results in a higher cost space classi-
fication, the Rent rate per square foot will not be increased
until the beginning of the fiscal year immediately following the
first full fiscal year after the start of the alterations
project. This will permit the requesting agency to budget for
the increased Rent rate. The project start date is defined as
the date the alteration request is received by GSA from the
agency. If the alterations result in a lower cost space
classification, the reduced Rent rate per square foot will be
effective upon completion of the alterations.
Section 101-17.209 WeiIness/physical fitness facilities.
Appendix B of this part sets forth the standard alterations
provided by GSA for wellness/physical fitness facilities, and
establishes criteria for the establishment of such facilities in
GSA-controlled space.
Section 101-17.210 Child care centers.
Pursuant to 40 U.S.C. 490b, Federal agencies are authorized
to allot space in Federal buildings to individuals or entities
who will provide child care services to Federal employees.
Federal agencies in GSA-controlled space are responsible for
determining their respective child care needs and then requesting
the appropriate space from GSA. Upon receipt of such a request,
along with the results of a needs assessment survey indicating
sufficient employee interest, GSA will provide the standard
alterations for the child care center. (See Appendix C of this
part).
24
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
Section 101-17.211 Centralized services in Federal buildings.
See 41 CFR 101-5, regarding the establishment of centralized
services in multi-occupant Federal buildings.
Section 101-17.212 Reviews and appeals of space assignments.
101-17.212-1 Formal review.
A request for a formal review of a space assignment or space
acquisition action shall initially be submitted to the appro-
priate GSA regional office by the agency official authorized to
sign the Standard Form 81, Request for Space. A request for a
formal review shall be in writing and shall Include all pertinent
information and supporting documentation. The GSA Real Estate
Division will verify the data, perform additional investigations,
as necessary, and issue a decision.
101-17.212-2 Initial appeal.
>
(a) Within 15 calendar days after receiving the decision,
the regional agency head or his/her designee may submit an appeal
of the decision to the appropriate GSA Regional Administrator.
In the appeal, the agency official shall state, in writing, the
basis for the request for formal review.
(b) Within 15 calendar days, the GSA Regional Administrator
will notify the agency of his/her decision. In cases requiring
more detailed analysis than can be accomplished in 15 days, the
Regional Administrator will notify the agency and establish a
date on which his/her decision will be rendered.
101-17.212-3 Final appeal.
Within 15 calendar days after the agency has been notified
of the Regional Administrator's decision, a final appeal may be
filed by the agency head with the Administrator of General
Services. The Administrator will render GSA's final decision
within 30 calendar days of receipt of the appeal whenever
possible; if additional time is required, the Administrator shall
notify the agency of the date a decision will be made.
SUBPART 101-17.3 UTILIZATION OF SPACE
Section 101-17.300 Responsibility of GSA.
(a) GSA shall conduct space inspections and space utiliza-
tion surveys to promote and ensure efficient utilization,
recapturing for release or reassignment any space the agencies do
25
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
not justify as being required. The agency will be provided with
a written summary of significant findings, and recommendations,
together with data concerning improvements which are planned by
the agency, and those which are planned by GSA.
(b) GSA will maximize the use of vacant space in its
inventory. All new requests for space will be carefully screened
against vacant available space. GSA, in consultation with the
requesting agency, will determine whether the request will be
satisfied through the reassignment of suitable vacant space
before action is taken to acquire new space.
(c) GSA will be responsible for promptly correcting an
agency's assignment records, and for providing the agency a
timely record reflecting that the change has been made.
Section 101-17.301 Responsibility of agencies.
Agencies shall cooperate with GSA in the assignment and
utilization of space. Agencies shall:
(a) Furnish information regarding the use of assigned
space;
(b) Furnish data on personnel consistent with budget sub-
missions to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) with the
existing appropriations;
(c) Continually study and survey space occupied to ensure
efficient and economical utilization of space consistent with the
minimum amount required to perform the agency mission; and
(d) Promptly report to GSA any space which is excess to
their needs for assignment to other agencies.
Section 101-17.302 Procedures for agency-initiated
relinquishment of space.
(a) An agency occupying GSA-controlled space shall notify
the appropriate GSA regional office as soon as possible, but at
least 120 calendar days before vacating, whenever space is no
longer needed. Notification shall be in writing, giving a
description of the space, a floor plan, and the estimated date of
release.
(b) When a portion of space is relinquished, that space
shall be consolidated and made accessible and readily assignable
or marketable. Expenses required to alter the space to these
26
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg> D_76
Attachment A
conditions shall be borne by the agency. Agencies should contact
the GSA regional office to determine alteration requirements
prior to initiating such alterations under their own authority.
(c) The agency shall be responsible for space charges until
the date of release specified in the notification, or until the
date space is actually vacated, whichever occurs later. When an
agency has not made timely notification to GSA, that agency shall
be responsible for space charges for a period of 120 calendar
days following the date of notification or until the space has
been reassigned, or terminated, whichever occurs first.
(d) When the space relinquished is "unique agency space,"
the agency shall also be responsible for space charges for a
period of 120 days following notification. Further, beyond 120
days the agency shall be responsible for actual expenses incurred
by GSA until:
(1) The space is assigned or otherwise disposed of by
GSA, or '
(2) The expiration of the term specified on the most
recent Standard Form 81 applicable to the area in question.
(e) Agencies who commit to occupy space but never occupy
that space are responsible for space charges for 120 days from
the day they notify GSA that the space is not required. If the
space is unique agency space, the provisions of Section 101-
17.302(d) shall apply.
(f) When an agency is responsible for the operation, main-
tenance, and protection of Government-owned space assigned by
GSA, and the agency determines that this space is no longer
needed, the agency shall notify GSA at least 6 months before
relinquishing the space. The operation, maintenance, and
protection of the space shall continue to be the responsibility
of the agency until the beginning of the next fiscal quarter
following the end of the 6-month period.
SUBPART 101-17.4 SPACE PROGRAMMING, LAYOUT, AND DESIGN
SERVICES.
Section 101-17.400 Initial layout services.
(a) GSA recognizes that professional space programming and
layout are necessary preconditions to achieving optimum space
usage at a minimum cost to the Government and for the successful
accomplishment of standard alterations and modifications to
existing space.
27
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg
Attachment A
D-76 August 2'
(b) GSA will provide space programming and/or layout
services for an initial space assignment; for expansion of an
existing assignment; or for a GSA directed move at no cost to the
agency. All requests shall be made to the appropriate GSA
regional office.
(c) Agencies may also request other services in conjunc-
tion with initial layouts, such as master planning, macro-level
programming, and interior design. GSA will consult with the
agency to determine the scope of assistance required. Such
services will be provided on a reimbursable basis. Agencies must
certify the availability of funding. before performance of
services .
Section 101-17.401 Other services.
Agencies may request space programming, layout and interior
design services for space actions other than initial layouts,
such as reconfigurations of existing assignment, alterations,
reductions, consolidations, requested relocations, and as-built
drawings. Such services will be provided on a reimbursable
basis. Agencies must certify the availability of funding before
performance of services.
Section 101-17.402 Provision of services.
(a) No Federal agency occupying GSA-controlled space shall
contract for these services without first consulting GSA. GSA
may provide requested services through use of in-house
professional staff or contracted professional space planning
firms. In order to meet contractual commitments, avoid
duplicated services and/or ensure cost-effectiveness, GSA may
require agencies to use GSA space planning contracts.
(b) In the event that GSA is unable to provide requested
services, either in-house or by contract, agencies may request a
project waiver from the provisions of Section 101-17. 402(a) above
to procure such services on their own authority. The request
should be made to the GSA regional Public Buildings Service and
should document the unavailability of GSA-provided services, the
basic scope of service required, and the name, location, and size
of the project. If the request is approved by the regional
office, the agency shall consult with GSA on contract scope,
tasks, and deliverables .
( c ) Regardless of the method used to provide these
services, work performed on an agency's behalf in GSA-controlled
space will be reviewed and approved by GSA to ensure that no
28
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR
Attachment A
adverse impacts on mechanical or utility systems, structural
integrity, fire and safety requirements, or assignment management
considerations would result.
(d) Requests for services which apply across GSA regional
boundaries, such as development of nationwide bureau- level Space
Allocation Standards, shall be made to the GSA Central Office,
Office of Real Property Development (PQ), Washington, DC 20405.
(e) GSA will provide services on a reimbursable basis
and on request for agency-controlled space as resources permit;
however, priority must be given to requests from agencies
occupying GSA-controlled space.
SUBPART 101-17.5 ANNUAL CENSUS.
GSA will conduct an annual census to determine space
efficiency. A computer printout will be distributed for each
agency assignment by the GSA regional office. Verification of
the data requires an agency representative " to provide the peak
number of personnel to be housed during the fiscal year. This
printout is to be returned to the appropriate GSA regional office
within 30 days of receipt.
SUBPART 101-17.6 ILLUSTRATIONS.
Section 101-17.600 Illustrations of office support space.
The following list describes the types of space included in
the support area component of general purpose office space:
Support Area Description
Reception/waiting area Identifiable (i.e., individually
distinct) area of the office
used for walk-in patron/clientele
traffic and/or specific waiting area
with conference roan.
Hearing/meeting/interview Identifiable area(s)/rocm(s) established
.areas SFecrt'f1cgi1y for one or more of the
lislal purposes.
29
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
August 2, 1991
Support Area
File areas
Central storage
Processing
area
Exl.i c>0'r|r^^TV!*Ty circulation
Description
Centralized files of material primarily
from outside the operatinrwl unit (e.g.,
job applicat inns, mortgage applica-
tions, etc.); official personnel files
y^P ^^giT^gij by 3 OHf'^^-^^1 pgrgpnn^i
office; active files of cases under
^Hji iri-i <*v»t' i £»> tl^L must be "M'JTTlT'-ingKJ in
compliance with legal requirements or
mission demands. All such files must be
housed in a distinct area separated
fzom utlmi' files.
Separata anaaa used for central
storage of supplies (may be physically
» <*J ^UW ^*WK^«4^WMJ «^A^iw3 -n_i~i_n_n_n_r \
Tff\ vTi f^t^y^^-i j[ \j.^jp^_i j^_jmjgg i ^
Limited \A^ cy^^ fmt *3 >
rational unit site.
to a machine or
process, including copier rooms,
mail rooms, microfiche areas,
computer '*"*»*'"'' i*^ areas, dry labs.
Areas
to functions normally
iated with libraries; library/
roey ^^ TC>H by statutes,
Libraries with
ref
regulation, or mission.
no special features.
Nondedicated workstations *«g«? more than
50 percent of the time by two or more
persons occupying a space fica=>i(jinmL
during an 8-hour shift. It functions
in support of the occupant agency's
mission and is housed outside primary
office area.
Horizontal circulation space which GSA
determines must be provided to meet such
needs as safety, security, and code
requirements, and which exceeds the
included in GSA's
space typical s.
30
-------
August 2, 1991 "FPMR
Attachment A
Section 101-17.601 Space classifications and standard
alterations.
Appendix A outlines the various classifications of general
purpose office and related space and their associated standard
alterations. Also shown are examples of items that are above-
standard for the classification.
Section 101-17.602 Space for data processing, office automation,
and telecommunications equipment.
This section contains the information required on space
requests for these specialized functions.
(a) Agencies requiring space for the installation of such
equipment must provide the following information in addition to
the requirements of Section 101-17.203:
(1) Type of equipment (including make, model number,
manufacturer, and number of units of each);
(2) Space and environmental requirements, including:
(i) Floor weight (Ibs.);
(ii) Machine dimensions (width, depth, and
height in inches);
(iii) Service clearance (front, rear, right and
left sides);
(iv) Power in voltage and kv.-a, (starting loads
and operating loads);
(v) Heat dissipation in B.T.U./hr. and air flow
(c.f.m.); and
(vi) Need for raised floor, acoustic ceiling,
and air-conditioning.
(3) Related requirements, such as storage space for
supplies, tapes, and disks; workspace, including desk and aisle
space; and future expansion needs;
(4) Agency responsibility for funding; and
(5) Required occupancy date.
31
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
(b) The above information should be provided as separate
supplemental data to Standard Form 81, Request for Space, and
forwarded to the GSA regional office. The space requirements
indicated on Standard Form 81 must include the space require-
ments for all components of Automated Data Processing, Office
Automation and Telecommunications Equipment. The supplier should
be consulted prior to establishing space needs in order to
ascertain any specific or peculiar space requirements of the
equipment involved.
(c) It is essential that this information regarding the
requirement for such space be transmitted to GSA as far as
possible in advance of delivery of equipment (preferably 18
months or more) so that space can be provided in a timely and
economical manner.
SUBPARTS 101-17.7 thru 101-17.46 [Reserved]
SUBPART 101-17.47 EXHIBITS
Section 101-17.4700 Scope of subpart.
This Subpart 101-17.47 illustrates information referred to
in the text of Part 101-17 but not suitable for inclusion
elsewhere in that part.
Section 101-17.4701 Memorandum of Understanding between the
U.S. Department of Agriculture and the
General Services Administration concerning
the location of Federal facilities.
Memorandum of Understanding between the U.S. Department of
Agriculture and the General Services Administration concerning
the location of Federal facilities.
Purpose. The purpose of this Memorandum of Understanding is
to provide an effective arrangement whereby the Department of
Agriculture and the General Services Administration will
cooperate to implement the National Urban Policy. This
memorandum requires that in urban communities, offices and
facilities of the Department will be located in central business
areas wherever such location is consistent with program
requirements.
1. The President's March 27, 1978, message on urban policy
included a directive to the General Services Administration to
retain Federal facilities in urban areas and to put new ones
there.
32
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
2. On August 16, 1978, the President signed Executive Order
12072, "Federal Space Management," which requires the location of
Federal facilities in such a manner as to strengthen the Nation's
cities, and mandates that in urban areas first consideration be
given to locating Federal facilities in the central business area
or adjacent areas of similar character.
3. The Secretary of Agriculture recognizes the significant
role the Department can play and the need to assist the
Administrator of General Services in carrying out the require-
ments of Executive Order 12072.
4. The Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended, requires
that consideration be given to locating Federal facilities in
rural areas, and Executive Order 12072 on Federal Space Manage-
ment is consistent with the requirements of the Rural Development
Act in that it concerns the location of agencies subsequent to
considering the requirements of the Act.
5. It is the policy of the Department of Agriculture to
house within the same building (collocate) the county level
offices of the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation
Service, Cooperative Extension Service, Federal Crop Insurance
Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, and Soil Conservation
Service, as well as local offices of other Agriculture agencies
delivering services at that level. The General Services
Administration supports this policy.
6. The Department of Agriculture and the General Services
Administration agree that:
a. The program and mission requirements of the
agencies of the Department permit most of their offices and
facilities above the county level to function suitably in the
central business area of the urban areas where they are located.
This includes all regional and State offices, certain research
facilities, and all agencies whose operations are not affected in
the delivery of services by location.
b. First consideration will be given to housing county
level field offices in federally controlled space in the central
business area of urban areas and incorporated rural communities.
However, in cases where federally controlled space is available
it must be economically adaptable to meet Agriculture needs in a
timely manner (including the total needs for collocated
facilities). Otherwise, the primary locational consideration
shall be the program requirements of the agencies and accessi-
bility for their clientele. In such instances, the outskirts of
the cities and towns are more appropriate for these activities.
Additionally, central business district locations are often not
33
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
suitable for Forest Service District Ranger offices and other
offices with special program needs for specific locations, such
as plant, grain, animal, meat inspectors, and certain research
facilities, or cooperative functions with State and local
governments.
7. Therefore, this agreement will govern the acquisition of
space by the General Services Administration for the Department
of Agriculture, and the Department using its own or delegated
leasing authority.
When a variance from this agreement is requested by either
agency it shall be the responsibility of the requesting agency to
present a compelling and fully substantiated case.
8. The terms "urban area" and "central business area" are
used in accordance with the definitions in the Federal Property
Management Regulations.
9. This agreement and guidelines shall remain in effect
until canceled by one or both parties on 90.days notice.
10. The parties to this Memorandum of Understanding agree to
meet and review this agreement for effectiveness after the
conclusion of 1 year.
Jim Williams.
Acting Secretary of Agriculture
Dated: October 25/1979.
R. G. Freeman III.
Administrator of General Services.
Dated: December 29, 1979.
Guidelines in Support of Memorandum of Understanding Between
the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the General Services
Administration Concerning the Location of Federal Facilities
The Memorandum of Understanding will permit the Department
to support GSA in implementing Executive Order 12072,
particularly the requirement to locate Federal facilities in the
central business area of communities, while at the same time
recognizing the location requirements of certain special
facilities and the county level field service offices. This will
assist the Department in its collocation policy for country level
offices and other local offices of Agriculture agencies
delivering service at that level. The objectives of this policy
are to:
34
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
Provide better service to clients through one stop access
and improved office coverage;
Increase public participation in conservation and
stabilization through increased, exposure to the full range of
available programs;
Disseminate information to more prospective users by
directing the clients of one agency to the services of another;
Improve the cooperation of Federal, State, and county
program administration;
Achieve administrative economies;
Enable closer coordination of Agriculture county level
programs at the delivery point;
To achieve these goals, the support of 6SA is required by
treating these offices as a single unit leasing actions when
requested by the Department.
Because of the differences in the ways in which the involved
agencies are required by statute to procure and manage space,
accommodations in leasing arrangements and charges are necessary
to permit maximum colocation. For example, space of Cooperative
Extension Service (CES) is provided or funded by the county
government. In cases where CES cannot locate in Federal space,
and the Department does not have delegated leasing authority, GSA
should, consistent with the Federal Procurement Regulations and
the Federal Property Management Regulations, lease space from or
through the county in order to permit collocation.
For similar cases in which Agriculture county offices are
working through cooperative efforts with State and county
counterparts (e.g. Conservation Districts, State Forestry
Offices, County Planning Boards, Representative Committees), and
the Department does not have delegated leasing authority, GSA
should, consistent with the Federal Procurement Regulations and
the Federal Property Management Regulations, acquire space to
.permit the Agriculture offices to be located with these State and
local groups.
Agriculture county level office programs are largely service
oriented and depend on voluntary public participation for their
effectiveness in achieving key national objectives of resource
conservation, economic stabilization, and rural development. It
is necessary that GSA recognize that location, provision, main-
tenance, and accessibility of county office facilities have a
direct and significant impact on achieving this mission and must
be administered accordingly.
35
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg,
Attachment A
D_76 August 2, 1991
Consistent with the Rural Development Act of 1972, as
amended, the new Executive Order on Federal Space Management will
not be used as a basis for moving Agriculture offices from rural
to urban communities.
All Agriculture regional offices, State offices, and certain
research facilities, and all agencies whose operations are not
affected by location will be located in the central business area
of the community in which they are located whenever such location
is consistent with program requirements. Exceptions will be
considered only on a case-by-case basis where application of this
policy represents clearly demonstratable and quantifiable
inhibitions to the delivery of program services.
First consideration will be given to housing county level
field offices in federally controlled space in the central
business district of the community. Exceptions, in addition to
lack of sufficient economically adaptable space, must be based on
clearly demonstrable inadequacies, such as inadequate parking for
clientele, prohibition of trucks and other commercial vehicles on
the streets leading to the building, location of the building in
a community outside the area being served, failure to meet the
handicapped requirements, unsafe or unhealthful working
conditions.
Section 101-17.4702 Memorandum of agreement between the General
Services Administration and the U. S. Postal
Service for implementing the President's
urban policy.
.,
Agreement between the General Services Administration and the
U. S. Postal Service for Implementing the President's Urban
Policy.
GSAUSPS Urban Policy Memorandum of Agreement
Whereas the United States Postal Service, hereafter called
USPS, and the General Services Administration, hereafter called
GSA, share common goals and common needs in carrying out their
missions and in implementing the President's urban policy by
locating facilities in Central Business Areas (CBA) of Urban
Areas (UA), and,
Whereas for the purpose of this agreement a UA means any
Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) as defined by the
Department of Commerce. An area which is not an SMSA is
classified as an urban area if it is one of the following:
36
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
(1) a geographical area within the jurisdiction of any incor-
porated city, town, borough, village or other unit of general
local government, except county or parish, having a population of
10,000 or more inhabitants; (2) that portion of the geographical
area within the jurisdiction of any county, town, township, or
similar governmental entity which contains no incorporated unit
of general local government but has a population density equal to
or exceeding 1,500 inhabitants per square mile; and (3) that
portion of any geographical area having a population density
equal to or exceeding 1,500 inhabitants per square mile, situated
adjacent to the boundary of any incorporated unit of general
local government which has a population.of 10,000.or more
inhabitants; and CBA means those areas within a central city in
an SMSA or those areas within any non-SMSA urban area which
encompass the community's principal business and commercial
activities, and the immediate fringes thereof, as geographically
defined in consultation with local officials. A central city
means any city whose name appears in the title of an SMSA, and,
Whereas GSA and USPS believe that the "public welfare can be
better served by increased cooperation between the two agencies,
and,
Whereas the existing agreement does not cover all areas of
agreement and cooperation necessary to promote those goals and
needs which are desirable between the two agencies.
Now therefore, USPS and GSA agree to the following
principles:
I. In order to better attain the goals of Executive Order 12072,
Federal Space Management, and the President's Urban Policy, USPS
and GSA agree to take steps to improve coordination of planning
activities for new facilities in urban areas, including the
following:
A. In planning to construct a facility in a community, USPS
and GSA will give preference to locating such facilities in the
CBA unless the program requirements of the activities to be
housed dictate that the facility be located elsewhere in the
.urban area.
B. As early as possible in the planning of a project to be
satisfied by new construction in a CBA, the planning agency shall
notify the other agency of the proposed project. If both USPS
and GSA agree that a joint project is economically beneficial,
then a determination will immediately be made as to which agency
will be responsible for the planning; the basis for this
37
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
determination will be occupancy in excess of 55 percent of the
proposed space, i.e., unless USPS will occupy over 55 percent of
the net Rental area, GSA will be the owner agency. Regardless of
which agency is the owner agency, the tenant agency will
guarantee occupancy of the space planned for that agency for a
minimum period of 10 years, unless another period of time is
mutually agreed upon by both agencies.
(1) General Services Administration.
(a) Projects requiring congressional approval.
(NOTE: Prospectus levels discussed*, in this section have been
changed by the Public Buildings Amendments of 1988. See Public
Law 100-678, 40 U.S.C. 606.) Lease construction projects having
an annual net Rent of $1,500,000 or more or Federal construction
and repair and alteration projects having a total project cost of
$1,500,000 or more require approval of a prospectus or a Report
of Building Project Survey by the Public Works Committees of the
Congress.
When such a project is in the preparation stage, GSA's
regional office will notify the appropriate USPS regional office
that it is contemplating a project in the CBA. If USPS has a
long-range space requirement that could be satisfied in the CBA,
it will advise GSA's regional office so that space may be
included in planning the proposed project. When GSA's Central
Office submits the prospectus for the proposed project to the
Office of Management and Budget for approval and subsequently to
the Public Works committees of the Congress for authorization,
copies of the prospectus will be furnished to the USPS Head-
quarters office and the appropriate USPS regional office. At any
time during the planning and approval process that USPS deter-
mines it does not have a requirement for space, the USPS
Headquarters office will advise the GSA Central Office of this
requirement change. Prior to commencing with the design of the
building, the GSA regional office will obtain the final space
requirements from the USPS regional office along with a firm
commitment to occupy the space for a minimum period of 10 years,
or any other time that is mutually agreed upon between the two
agencies.
(b) Projects not requiring congressional approval.
When GSA plans a project not requiring congressional approval and
to be located in the CBA, GSA's regional office will notify the
appropriate USPS regional office. If USPS has a long-range space
need that could be satisfied in the CBA, it will advise GSA's
regional office so that space may be included in the proposed
project. Prior to GSA soliciting offers requesting firm
proposals to lease the required space, the GSA regional office
38
-------
August 2, 1991 FpMR Temp^ Reg> D_?5
Attachment A
will obtain the final space requirements from the USPS regional
office along with a firm commitment to occupy the space for a
minimum period of 10 years or as may be mutually agreed upon
between the appropriate regional offices of the USPS and GSA.
(2) United States Postal Service.
(a) Within 7 days after approval of the USPS 5 year
budget plan, the Postal Service will provide GSA with a list of
approved projects. If GSA wishes to participate in any of the
planned projects. GSA will advise USPS of its interest in
participation within 90 days after notification by USPS, give an
estimate of the amount and type of space required, and will
commence necessary studies to develop firm space needs.
When GSA indicates an interest in participation, the
USPS responsibility for planning activities shall then coordinate
space planning activities with the appropriate GSA region so that
an adequately sized site is acquired for the facility. Prior to
commencement of design of the building, GSA shall furnish final
space requirements to the USPS and a firm commitment to occupy
the space for a minimum period of 10 years or any other term that
may be mutually agreed upon by both agencies.
(b) During the USPS planning phase of the project,
the contact point for GSA within the Postal Service will be the
Director, Real Estate and Buildings Department, for the USPS
region responsible for the planning.
After approval and authorization of funding by the
USPS for the project, the USPS point of contact shall remain the
same, unless the project has been determined to be a major USPS
facility. In such cases, the GSA Commissioner, Public Buildings
Service, will be notified that the new point of contact will be
the Assistant Postmaster General, Real Estate and Buildings.
C. Both agencies recognize that decisions to occupy space
are based on an expected period of occupancy. Delays in the
planning, approval, funding and start of design phases of a
project could alter these decisions. It is therefore agreed that
.both parties will provide an expected date that space will be
available at the time of initial project notifications. Project
delays occurring at any time from initial notification through
start of design will be reported to the tenant agency and may be
cause for cancellation of any commitment to occupy space.
D. When USPS or GSA has control over a site in the UA which
is needed by the other agency for a project, the agencies agree
to make such sites available to each other to the maximum extent
practicable and possible under laws and regulations governing
39
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
Attachment A
each agency/ i.e., one agency acquiring a site by transfer from
the other through the land bank or GSA obtaining an assignable
option from USPS for a lease construction project.
II. When GSA or USPS seeks leased space, available space in both
agencies' inventories shall be considered before any advertise-
ment for privately owned space. If the available space is not
acceptable to the acquiring agency then the acquiring agency
shall advise the holding agency and allow the holding agency
sufficient time to accommodate the acquiring agency's objection,
provided the mission need of the tenant agency will not be
adversely affected by the delay. If the space would be suitable
with alterations which would normally be the responsibility of
the owner agency, but the owner agency does not have funds to
make those alterations, then the tenant agency may fund the
alterations. In such cases, the Rent charged the tenant shall be
based upon the condition of the space prior to the alterations
and the space will not be subject to preemption by the owner
agency for a period of 10 years or such other time to which the
two agencies shall agree. In any case, the period shall not be
less than 3 years.
In the case of Renting, the acquiring agency shall guarantee
to the holding agency continued occupancy of a period sufficient
to amortize construction costs whenever extensive repairs and
remodeling are required. Repairs and alterations shall be made
in accordance with existing agreements.
III. It is recognized that both agencies have a vested interest
in conserving energy; therefore, to ensure that both agency
benefit from the experience and technology of the other, it is
agreed that each agency will furnish to the other reports,
studies, research, and development data in the field of energy
conservation once this information is accepted by the contracting
agency. Additionally, internal policies and procedures relating
to energy conservation shall be exchanged as they are issued.
IV. Both agencies recognize the national interest in preserving
historic buildings, each having several hundred designated
historic properties in its inventory. In order to conserve our
Nation's cultural heritage, it is agreed that, as early as
possible, in the planning process each agency will notify the
other as to its need to vacate an historic building so that the
other may give proper consideration to acquiring and utilizing
such property.
40
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp- Reg. D-76
Attachment A
V. It is recognized by both agencies that improved communi-
cations between USPS and GSA will benefit not only both agencies,
but also all Federal agencies, local jurisdictions, and the
general welfare. Many of the misunderstandings result from
problems and situations which are not covered in the present
agreement between the two agencies (dated August 1974).
Therefore, it is agreed that the existing agreement shall be
amended and approved by both agencies no later than June 30,
1979. It is also agreed that the Commissioner of the Public
Buildings Service of GSA and the Assistant Postmaster General,
Real Estate and Buildings Department of the United States Postal
Service, shall meet annually in September to review the
continuing working relationship of the agencies. Such meetings
will commence in September 1979.
It is also agreed that the terms of the agreement between
GSA and USPS shall be equally binding on both agencies, internal
regulations of either agency notwithstanding. In order to
maintain continuity and coordination with respect to this
agreement, there will be a single point of contact within each
agency for all matters pertaining to the relationship between GSA
and USPS. That contact shall, in turn, be responsible for
coordinating within his respective agency. At GSA, the point of
contact will be the Assistant Commissioner for Real Property
Development, Public Buildings Service. At USPS, the point of
contact shall be the Director, Office of Real Estate. The point
of contact for exchange of project requirements, as specified by
sections I and II of this agreement, at the regional level are as
follows: The GSA contact shall be the Director, Real Estate
Division, Public Buildings Service and USPS contact shall be the
General Manager, Real Estate Division.
VI. Upon signing this memorandum of cooperation agreement, GSA
and USPS shall issue appropriate instructions to the field imple-
menting this agreement. The agreement will become effective 90
days after it is signed to allow each agency time to issue the
proper implementing instruction.
Jay Solomon
Administrator
Dated: March 21, 1979.
William F. Bolger,
Postmaster General.
Dated: March 23, 1979.
41
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
August 2, 1991
SUBPART 101-17.48 GSA REGIONAL OFFICES
Section 101-17.4800 Scope of subpart.
This subpart identifies the regional offices of GSA,
describes the geographical areas of jurisdiction, and lists the
office address.
GSA
Region
Area Served
Mailing Mdroog
Connecticut, Maine, Massact
New Hampshire, New Jersey
Bergen, Passaic, Morris, Essex,
Hudson, Union, Middlesex and
Monroouth) New York, Rhode Island,
Vermont, Puerto Rico,
U.S. Virgin Islands
Delaware, Maryland (
t NCR
area), Pennsylvania, Virginia
(except NCR area), West Virginia,
all other counties of New Jersey
Alabama, Florida, Georgia,
Kentucky, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina,
26 Federal Plaza
New York, NY 10278
General Services
Ninth and Market Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19107
General Services Administration
401 West Peachtree Street
Atlanta, GA 30365-2550
,. Indiana, Michigan,
Minnesota, Ohio, Wisconsin
Iowa, Kansas, Mi
Nebraska
Arkansas,
art,
^ Louisiana,
Montana, New Mexico, North
Dakota, South Dakota, Oklahoma,
Texas, Utah, Wyoming
Alaska, Arizona, California,
Hawaii, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon,
Washington; Guam, Trust Territory
of the Pacific Islands,
American Samoa
General Services AdminisLLciL ion
230 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, IL 60604
General Services AAirirri'tjiiy^ im
1500 East Bannister Road
Kansas City, MD 64131
General Services Administration
819 Taylor Street
Fort Worth, TX 76102
General Services Administration
525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94105
42
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
GSA
Region
Area Served
Mailing Address
NCR
Washington, DC and nearby metre
poll tan area of Maryland and
Virginia
General Services Adndnistraticn
7th and D Streets, SW
Washington, DC 20407
SUBPART 101-17.49 FORMS
Section 101-17.4900 Scope of subpart.
This subpart contains information on forms that pertain to
the assignment and utilization of space and instructions in their
use.
Section 101-17.4901 Standard forms.
(a) Forms referenced to this Section"101-17.4901 are
Government standard forms. The subsection numbers in this
section correspond with the standard form numbers.
(b) Supplies of standard forms can be obtained from the
nearest GSA supply distribution facility.
Section 101-17.4902 GSA forms.
(a) Forms referenced to this Section 101-17.4902 are GSA
forms. The subsection numbers in this section correspond to the
GSA form number.
(b) Agencies may obtain their initial supply of GSA forms
from GSA National Forms and Publications Center, Box 17550,
819 Taylor Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102-0550. Agency field
offices should submit all future requirements to their Washington
headquarters office which will forward consolidated annual
requirements to the General Services Administration (CAR),
Washington, DC 20405.
43
-------
o\
tn
o>
u
a
W
u
01
g.
00
10
r-
REQUEST FOR SPACE
ISe« Initructloni on r*v*ri«)
NO., STREET
CITY &. STATE
ZIP CODE
6tnt««i SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
fr-
R>
1. FROM
AGENCY fr-
NO, STREET fr>
CIIY L STATE fr-
ZIP CODE
'_1 KIOUE4I tt. GEOGRAPHIC SERVICE AREA
[J INITIAL C] CONTINUING REQUIREMENT*
Of XPANSION n REDUCTION
10. TERM OF OCCUPANCY . (0. Of YEARS FIRM TERM
FROM (me. l> vO
0
F
F
1
C
. E
S
T
O
R
A
G
E
S
P
E
C
1
A
I
TYPE
R.
b.
c.
d.
8.
1.
B-
h.
1.
|.
k.
1.
m.
n.
o.
>.
q.
OF SPACE
10
PRIMARY OFFICE
AREA
OFFICE SUPPORT
AREA
OFFICE SPACE
SUBTOTAL
ST 1
SI 3
(mo. t
12.
yiJ
SPACE REQUIREMENTS
NO. OF SO. FT.
PERSONNEL PER PERSON
1 1 II 1 1 1?"
: :| Si =: £ =!$ I? :$ &!
GENERAL STORAGE
WAREHOUSE STORAGE
STORAGE SUBTOTAL (lines b, c)
SP 1
SP 2
SP 3
SP 4
SP 6
SP 6
SP 7
LABORATORY t, CLINIC
FOOD SERVICE
STRUCTURALLY
AREA
CHANGED
AUTOMATED DATA PROCESSING
CONFERENCE ti TRAINING
LIGHT INDUSTRIAL
QUARTERS/RESIDENTIAL HOUSING
SPECIAL SUBTOTAL
(llnot
o-k)
TOTAL SPACE REQUIRED (lints R. d, (. 0
OPEN
LAND (TolRl Rcros)
ST 2 [INSIDE PARKING (NO.
OUTSIDE PARKING (No. ol
ol spictt)
tpictt)
TOTAL PARKING SPACES (Linos O, p)
SO.
FT.
111111$
:::::Xv::>x-
jftxp
ill
11111111$!
siillillfe
TOTALS
:|
:^i$^:::i:j:ft:
?;:i::i:i?^:i:Sx
:i|
Si:-:::::::::::::!'-:::::::::
NSN 1640-00-0»4-40»
Pxviout tuiiion net UMDI*.
RIPRCUNTAlivE INimti
1. FOR:
AGENCY
ADDRESS
ZIP CODE
'HONE NO.
U. DELINEATED AREA
II. TOTAL NO. OF PERSONNEL TO 61 HOUSED
11. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES (! »IUehi»
(~J AITACHMENTI9I
i cRriiir ihn mil
tpico foquirtd; It
oidtts govtinlng i
t*nl, moiing txpi
cotlt.
SIGNATURE
14. AGENCY CERTIFICATION
rtquttl It iccuiilo ind compltltj It lor lh« minimum imounl ol
In cornpliinco wllh FPMR 101-17, Including ill liws ind *x*culi>R
ho locillon ol ipico; ind (hit lunds n* itiilibl* lor pi»m«ni ol
rntei, lolocommunicillon oxptnstt, ind my rdilod icimbuitibl*
'RINT NAME AND TITLE
'HONE NO
>AIE
16. FOR GSA USE ONLY
(Action b> Aulhoilltd GSA Ofliclil)
GOV'I CONIROUED SPACE 10 BE ASSIGNED
NO GOV'I SPACE AVAILABLE LEASING ACTION PLANNED
UNIQUE AGENCY SPACE DETERMINED - SEE ATTACHED
AGENCY AUTHORIZED TO ACQUIRE SPACE UNDER IIS OWN AUTHORITY
COMMENTS ATTACHED
IGNATURE OF AUTHOR HID OS A OFFICIAL >R|NT Nil.
PACE REQUEST NO.
bATE RECEIVED
AME OF CSA REGIONAL CONTACT FH
II-18J
Pr«icrltt« cy OS
« AND TITLE
A FPMR 141 CFRI 101- II
B
0
O
U
+>
M
IH
o
t>
r
en
-------
August 2, 1991 «« ^^tSeS'l
INSTRUCTIONS
Submitting th» SF-at
SuDmil lh« SF-81 in Iriplicile, accompanied by a complaied SF-81 A, Spice Requirements Worksheet, Spice Requirements
Ouestionniire ind my additions! documentation 10 lulljr support Ihe igency's spice needs, fnlure to provide complete inn iccurne
mlormition will delay processing ind may result in return of Ihe SF-81 for correction, updite, ind resubmission.
The SF-61 imat be supmitted by the office which his authority to obttgiie funds to reimburse GSA for ill ipplicible costs issociited
will) the delivery of spice. Agency field components which do not fine delegited minority to ObHgite funds mint coordinite
submission *nd ipprovil of Ihe SF-81 with offices which hive this lulhorily. A GSA Form 2957, fteimbursible Work Authori»lion,
should be submitted when ipplicible.
Hem 1. One form is prepired.
rttm t. Agency established request number.
(Urn 3. Nimt ind phone number of the locil igency officiil who is knowledgeible of the request ind will serve is the igency's
~~*~~ point ol contict for this project
Hem 4. Nime ind phone number of ifency representative who win work with. CSA if i mirkei survey is conducted. This individual
~~~~~ mutt hive the lulhority to determine iccepiibitity of Ihe building ind/or sites ind their location:
Hem B. GSA regional office which Ms jurisdiction tor geogriphicil irei where spice is required.
Hem e. Nime end address of organization miking the request.
Hern 7. Nime of egeney, ind bureau code of me orginizition which will occupy the space (»j. regional office, district office, field
office) It different than informition provided in block 6. Gly and sine where Ihe space is requested.
Hem i. Type of request, Initial: A request for new space that is not associated with an existing assignment. Expansion: A request tor
~~~^~~~ additional spice associated with an existing assignment. Coniinuino requirements: A space action required for a leise renewal,
succeeding lease, lease extension or move. Reduction: A spice action that requires regional Real Estlte Division effort to
effect the partial or total termination of an assignment.
Itemt te. »t>d b. Geographic/Oetineaied area that the agency win service. The geographic area (Sine, city, county, zip code, etcj lor
which in agency/bureau has operational responsibility as well as the specific delineated wet is identified ind justified by tne
requesting igency. GSA review of Hie delmeited area shall be limited to ensuring that the delineated arei win provide
adequate competition and the maximum use of existing Government controlled space (see Hem 14 Agency Certiticaiiqn).
Hem 10. Period of time tne organization win use the space and the suggested number of years for a firm term period. This time
period mint be representative of Ihe longest period for which the agency can commit. Indefinite* and *ASAP* are not
acceptable responses.
Mem 11. Total number of personnel to occupy DM requested space. ("Personnel* means me peak number of persons to be housed,
regardless .of how many workstations are provided lor them. In addition to permanent employees of Ihe agency, personnel
includes temporaries, part-time, seasonal, contractual employees and budgeted vacanciesJ
Kem 12. This portion of the SF-81 is used to Identify agency's square lootage requirements by type ol space. AO informition should
be supported by a detailed explanation on the Space Requirements Questionnaire end SF-81A._
Item n. «n» «. This line identifies the Otfiee Space Subtotal. The Ollice Space Subtotal is determined by entering We amount of
space required lor the primary ottice arei ana adding this to me amount required lor the ollice support area.
Primary Office Arei* ft the primary people occupied area in which an activity's normal operitional functions are performed.
Office Support Area* refers to the areas constructed is ollice space and used to meel needs outside We agency's primary
work area requirements ( e.g. reception, conference, tile, libraries, hearing. Interview, and secondary work areas). Office
support areas should be dearly identified on We attached SF-B1A and Space Requirements Questionnaire.
Item 12. Imea b. e. Amount of general and warehouse storage space required. (See Item 12, line o for ST 2 inside parking).
Item 12. line d. Total amount of storage space required (add lines b end ell
Hem 1*. tinea -*. Amount of special space required.
Hem 1*. line I Total amount ol special space required (add foes e through kl
Item 12. IHe m. Total amount of Ollice, Storage and Special space required, (add lines a, d. and II
Item 12, line n. Total acres needed. For amounts less man 1 acre, 1 acre equals 43,560 square leei.
Item 12. line o. p. Agency's Inside and outside parking requirement Certilication that the parking is necessary for Ihe efficient
operation of We igency mission is required. One parking space equals 300 square feet Please indicate tne number o<
spaces.
Item 12. line q. Total parking spaces required. (Add lines o and pL
Item U. This Item refers to the specific architectural, mechanical, electrical, structural, and other special requirements related to cacti
"~~~ of we types of spice requested in item 12. These include security; electrical; HVAC; floor loading; sound conditioning; t«e
and safety; and we need for after hours building access, utilities, and cleaning services. Such requirements must be fully
defined by arei, including computer rooms, laboratories, conference rooms, etc. These requirements must be specified m
detail on we Space Requirement! Ouestionnave and SF-81 A. Check box in Item 13 to indicate If this mformition is
attached.
Aaenev Certtfleartlofi
Item 14. The certification muet De signed by an auWorized agency official.
Item It. GSA win evaluate We request in terms of We space available in its inventory and determine We appropriate action, if GSA
determines that space requested is unique agency space, GSA win lake no action until the agency has concurred witn wit
designation. GSA win assign a space request number which win -fee used to track Ihe request until it is satisfied.
Name and phone number ol we GSA regional official who is knowledgeable of the request and win serve as GSA's pent ot
contact
TANDAW FOAM II IACX dttv. >-a*
(b) Page 2 of Standard For» 81
45
-------
01
tr\
CN
M
E
a-
41
n
M
g
9
cr
0)
10
IX
M
00
SPACE REQUIREMENTS WORKSHEET
,
DIVISION
STANDARD
WORKSPACE CODE
IGSAUSE
ONLY
EMPLOYEE NAME
on
SUPPORT SPACE
FUNCTIONAL TITLE
GRADE
4 PERSONS - TOTALS - SPACE >
SPACE TYPE
ENCLOSURE
TYPE
t Thii form mutt accompany SF-81, Request for Space 4
PREPARED SY
TITLE
DATE
CITV AND ItATE ^
OROANIIATIONAL UNIT OIICMIIIO ON IMH »ASC
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS. STANDARDS, AND SYMBOLS ON REVERSE)
kg
«i
p
DESKS
0 CO
TOL UDL
TOR UOR
O
|CRorMTU|
a
TABLES
TConl
Q
TS TM
TR-36
HH-42J
IH-54
STORAGE UNITS
0
.*
|LF|
E]
0)
i
1
cos
IUMEH
CM-12
MISC.
EQUIPMENT
01 DBS
'SF OB 6
TH MC
TE
FOOTNOTE FOR
REMARKS
STANDARD FORM II A IIO-I3I
PKKIIMd By OSA
FPMH |«ICFR| IOI-IMOI
(a) Page 1 of Standard For» 81A
Q
CK
HI-
PS.*
0.1
l.i
O
H
O °
4J
U
(M i
NSN 7540-OI-I40-9H'
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
SECTION 1
INSTRUCTIONS. STANDARDS AND SYMBOLS
Table. Conference
72x36
Standard Table
60x34
Table, Medium
45x34
Table. Small
36x24
Modular Table Unit
66x18
Table. Round
54"
Table. Round
42"
Table. Round
36"
Table. Host
42x18
Table. End
18x24
Divan or Sofa
72x40
Guest Chair
Lounge Chair
Storage Cabinet
2-Door
36x18 (1
Steel Shelving
36x18 (10)
Library Shelving
36x15
Drawing Boards
08-560x40
DM 72x45
S= Stool
Map Cabinet
54x42
Costumer 12-Hanger
51x20 (14)
Costumer 6-Hanger
30x20 (8)
Creoenza
66x18
SPACE TYPE SYMBOLS:
O Open Area
Private Area
SP Semi-Private Area
ENCLOSURE TYPE SYMBOLS:
Ceiling-High Partition
Privacy Screen
Open
SECTION 2
PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS
(1) Organize the data supporting your request by functional work groups. When one work group has been described begin
the next work group on a new page.
(2) The requesting agency is responsible for describing the following workspace elements of the Space Requirements
Workstations are indicated by employee name, functional title and grade tor each authorized and
budgeted position. It the authorized position is vacant so indicate. Square feet required are determined by
layout design on SF-81A, Pan 2.
Common Function spaces are indicated by the appropriate name of the workspace (conference, reception, etc.)
and the symbol C/F in the grade column. Square feet required are determine by layout design on SF-81A. Part 2.
Administrative Support spaces are either centralized fries or miscellaneous equipment (i.e.. costumers. an extra
bookcase) not appropriately contained within other workspaces. Indicate A/S in the grade column. Square feet
required may be determined by multiples of the allowance indicated in ( ) in Section 1 above.
(3) Develop the space requirements program in the following manner
Step 1: List all workspace elements described in (2) above in an order determined by adjacency relationships.
Step 2: As necessary, prepare a standard workspace design on SF-81A. Part 2 tor each workstation or
common function workspace element. Indicate the dimensions of the workspace and calculate the
square feet required. j
Step 3: Use the symbols shown within the illustrations above in Section 1 to itemize furnishings and equipment on
SF-81A. DO NOT LIST EXCESS. Itemized listings need not be shown for line items previously standardized. Simply
code the line entry appropriately -
Step 4: Complete the line Item entry by indicating space and enclosure type, square feet required and
workspace code No.
(4) Describe, in Remarks, all special needs such as: weight of heavy items, special utilities, service
access requirements, supplemental HVAC. etc. Develop a separate specification sheet if necessary.
(5) The Information provided on these worksheets is to be summarized on SF-81. Request tor Space, and submitted
attached thereto.
ft C*O : 1983 o - 42O-4M 1121
(b) Page 2 of Standard Por» 81A
STANDARD FOKM S1-A M043I BACK
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
August 2, 1951
STANDARD WORKSPACE DESIGN NO.
WORKSPACE
DESCRIPTION
"T
WORKSPACE DESIGN: (SCALE 1/4"- TO")
STANDARD fOMt 11-A MRT 2 110-tI)
(c) Page 3 of Standard Por» 81A
-------
August 2, 1991
PPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
NET SPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR FUTURE FEDERAL BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
CUV AND STATE
CONTEMPLATED BUtLOINC TITLE
PART I
NET SPACE NOW OCCUPIED
IN GOVERNMENT-OWNED BUILDINGS
BUILDING NAME
TVPE OF ^Aep
OFFICE
FILE
STORAGE
OTHER
TOTALS
B.
BUILD MG NAME
ADDRESS
me OF SPACE
OFFICE
FILE
STORAGE
OTHER
TOTALS
AHMUAL CENTAL
LEASE EXPIRES
NOTICE TO CANCEL
PROBABLE OCCUPANCY
(1)
AREA (SO. FTJ
NO. OF PESONNEL
IN LEASED
to
AREA (SO. FTJ
NO. OF PESONNEL
in
AREA (SO. FTJ
NO. OF PERSONNEL
BUILDINGS '
(?)
AREA (SO. FTJ
NO. OF PE3OHNEL
>
IS
AREA (SO. FTJ
NO. OF FESONNEL
C3>
AREA (SO FTJ
NO. OF FESONNEL
PART n
MET SPACE REQUIREMENTS (Inefading A «nd B of PART 0
PROPOSED USE OF ROOMS
(List Recording to pltn trrinocr.nni md
TOTALS
NUMBER
OF
ROOMS
OEFARIWCNT Ot AGENCY
APFROVCO IT
(SWWIH)
AREA OF
EACH
ROOM
-
TOTAL
SPACE
RFntHRFD
PERSONNEL
=EMALE
*&*
PERSQK
THIS COLUMN
FOR OSA USE
BUREAU OR OWIJ1OX
TIIU
DATE
GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
(a) Page 1 of GSA Form 144
GSA fOMM 144 (2-65)
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
Attachment A
August 2, 1991
INSTRUCTIONS
This report is lo provide tnlormition is I taisls lor the design of the Federil buHding specified on the fice ol IMs form.
Addllionil copies of the form, or iilichments on pliin piper with ipproprlile heidrngs, should be used If necessity lo fur-
nish complete mlormiilon. If srtiee Is not desired in the proposed budding, enter i stitement to Ihit effect el the bottom of
Ptrl a ol IMs form.
PART I
A end B: NET SPACE NOW OCCUPIED. Enter complete Inlormitlon for etch kind of oecupmcy. Use I sepinte column
for e»ch building. Enter the bunding nime in the spice provided, end give the eggregne of eieh kind of spice occupied m
the budding. The dimensions for computing net spice ire liken from the Inside ftees of exterior wills lo flees of corridor
wetts, end from center to center ol cross pirililcms lor the liees ol periltlons sepiretlng net isslgnible ereis from other
creisl
PART II
NET SPACE REQUIREMENTS. The entries here should tndtaile the net spece requirements bised on stifling permitted by
current epproprtiltons or luihorlrillons. Spice iRowtnces for tddlllonil stiffing besed on future progrems will be iMowed by
GSA only If such progrems neve BuVeeu ol the Budget epproviL Spice' alllmitety wffl be esslgned In iceordence with GSA
Reg. 2-0. with due regerd to the iHowmeej set forth In section 502.OO of ttiit Chipler. Agencies should be guided ic-
eordlngly In silting esUmned net spice requirements. Exclude esllmiled spice requirements for temporiry or emergency ex-
pension.
' PROPOSED USE OF ROOMS: list the types ol oceupmts such es Executives*. Junior Execulives'. Seeretirles*. end
"Clerks* In the order of pluming errengement, or in the order of preferred errengemenl It no plm his been mid*. II eny of
the following types of rooms or feeHllles ere needed, give the iddMlonil mformiilon required for icte
Conference or meeting room - Number ol persons to be sened.
Counters
File Room
llboritory
llbrlry
Service plitform end yerd
Siorege end supply room
V mils
- length end loeillon.
- Number ind type Pellet, legil or specM) of fNe dies.
- OmnlHy end dimensions of fixed equipment
- Number of volumes end reiders.
- Number end su>e ol vehicles end extent of shipping ictMUes.
- Oumilty end type ol melerW stored md extent ol iciMty.
- Site end purpose.
A specM kislltlciUon rs required, expltlnmg the need In deilll, for eny unusuil requests for spice.
Complete end iceurite dm must be entered > Pin II; the site end cost of the eoniempliied buHdmg wm depend upon these
dm.
GSA FORM W4 (BACK) C2-BS)
(b) Page 2 of GSA For* 144
50
-------
August 2, 1991
FFMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATION
AND
STANDARD ALTERATIONS
CLASSIFICATION
A. Office Space (Space which provides a
suitable environment in its present
state for an office operation, and which
includes, among other features, adequate
lighting, heating and ventilation, floor
covering, finished walls, and
accessibility.) The following represent
uses of office space:
(1) General purpose office space,
(2) Private corridors,
(3) Meeting rooms (without special
equipment and additional heating,
ventilation, and air-conditioning
(HVAC)),
(4) Training rooms (without
special equipment and HVAC),
(5) Libraries (without extensive
built-in stacks and special floor
loading),
(6) Dry laboratories,
(7) Storage in office space,
(8) Credit unions (without fixed
equipment),
(9) Lounges (other than toilet
areas),
(10) Reception areas,
(11) Bearing rooms (without special
equipment and HVAC),
(12) Mail rooms,
(13) .Health rooms (without special
equipment),
(14) Table areas in cafeterias
(without supplementary HVAC or other
special features),
(15) File areas (without increased
floorload),
(16) Wellness/physical fitness
facilities (exercise and/or locker areas
finished to office standards),
(17) Child care facilities (except
toilets and kitchen areas), and
(18) Judiciary chambers and jury
rooms authorized prior to fiscal year
1992.
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
SA's are those alterations necessary to
sprepare an agency's space to meet the
basic requirements for the particular
classification of space:
A. Office Space.
Floors - Either resilient flooring
or carpeting of a grade and type speci-
fied in the Standard Solicitation for
Offers (SFO) or by the most recent
Federal Supply Service (FSS) standard
commercial grade carpet used for
schedule purchases.
Ceilings - Must be structurally
sound, and be at least 8'0", and no more
than 11*0" clear from finished floor to
the lowest obstruction. Sound Trans-
mission Coefficient (STC) rating of 40.
Partitions - New and/or existing
ceiling high interior partitions shall
be provided to a maximum of one linear
foot for each 10 square feet of
occupiable office type space. STC
rating of 40.
Wall Treatment - Paint or vinyl
wall covering as is the building
standard. Vinyl will not be less than
13 oz. per square yard. Government
approved wood, rubber, vinyl, or carpet
base will be provided as part of the
initial tenant buildout (per building
standard).
Window Treatment - Building
standard. Any deviation will be
considered reimbursable.
HVAC - Heating, ventilation, and
air-conditioning (HVAC) system capable
of maintaining an acceptable operating
environment. HVAC services including
equipment startup and shutdown will be
provided for an 11 hour day, 5 days a
week (excluding holidays). Service
required beyond normal HVAC equipment
operating hours or on weekends or
holidays are reimbursable. For further
information see FPMR 101-21.300.
Appendix A. Space Classification and Standard Alterations
51
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATIOH
A. Office Space (COHTfD)
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
Lighting - Must provide a minimum
of 50-footcandles at work surface.
Electrical Outlets - Electrical
outlets will be provided to a maximum of
two duplex or one quadruplex electrical
outlet for each 100 sq. ft., or in the
case of systems furniture, 1 base feed
for every 100 sq. ft. of occupiable
office type space. Workstation outlets
shall be wired so that no more than four
workstations are on one 20 AMP circuit.
Convenience outlets (outlets mounted on .
columns or permanent walls or in private
offices, conference rooms, libraries, or
file/supply rooms) shall be wired to
accommodate no more than 8 receptacles
to one 20 AMP circuit. Special copier
or printer outlets shall be provided at
the rate of 1 outlet for every 10,000
sq. ft.
Telecommunications - Conduits and
ducts will be provided for tenant agency
telecommunications based on a standard
planning assumption of one telephone and
one data instrument for every 100 square
feet of occupiable office space.
omput
able
Cable Installation - Conduit and/or
raceway to accommodate- LAM cable
installation on a floor or between
floors shall be installed as part of
the standard tenant buildout. All IAN
cable must be purchased by the tenant
agency and furnished to a lessor or a
contractor for installation (lessor or
contractor will specify amount of cable
required based on Government layout).
Installation instructions and diagrams
must be provided by the tenant agency or
its computer vendor to the lessor or
contractor along with the approved space
(design intent) layout. Cable installa-
tion shall be done by the lessor/
contractor with the assistance and/or
advice of the tenant agency's personnel
or computer vendor. The computer vendor
must be hired and funded by the tenant
agency.
Appendix A
52
-------
August 2, 1991
CLASSIFICATION
A. Office Space (COHT'D)
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTBHATIOHS (SA'S)
Fire & Safety - Buildout shall
conform with the criteria cited in FPMR
101-20.105.
Typical above-standard office space
alterations, which must be justified by
the agency, include the following:
o Folding partitions and struc-
tural support work required to
support them.
o Nonstandard lighting (decorative
lights, spot lights, etc.).
Parabolic light fixtures shall
be considered as standard
lighting if they are installed
as a standard feature of a
building.
o Observation windows in private
offices, side light glass panels
installed for decorative
purposes. (Unless specified in
an. approved space allocation
standard).
o Dutch doors (agency to pay the
difference in cost between a
standard door and a dutch door).
o Glass pass-through windows
installed in standard office
space.
o Glass doors or double doors
except for main (central)
reception doors or doors to
large supply or forms areas
where shipments come in from
dock areas.
o Digital security locks, magnetic
(Card Key or Kastle System)
locks.
o STC ratings greater than 40 in
walls and ceilings (unless
otherwise indicated in an
agency SAS).
Appendix A
53
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATIOH
A. Office Space (COHT'D)
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTKRATIOHS (SA'S) (COHT'D)
o Alarm systems; if not required
by GSA risk assessment.
o Single electrical outlets on one
20 AMP circuit, unless specified
as standard alterations in an
approved GSA/agency Space
Allocation Standard.
o Sound masking.
o Interior private or semiprivate
office door locks (standard
private or semiprivate shall
have passage set hardware)
conference and supply rooms may
have locks.
Provision of the above will be on a
reimbursable basis.
Appendix A
54
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
OASSIPICATIOH
cage
Clc
will be classified under subset of
general storage area, inside parking
area, or warehouse.)
1. General Storage Areas (ST-1).
Storage in general purpose buildings
generally consisting of unfinished
floors, walls, ceilings, and adequate
HVAC and lighting, including:
a. Basements,
b. Attics,
c. Supply rooms (not finished
to office standards),
d. Storerooms (not finished to
office standards), and
e. File rooms (not finished to
office standards).
STANDARD ALTEHATIOHS (SA'S)
B. Storage Space
1. General Storage Areas
Floors - Sealed concrete, wood
block, or other material adequate for
general storage.
Ceilings - Unfinished.
Partitioning - Mo additional
partitioning or wall finish except for
required firewalls and agency separating
partitions. Door openings shall be wide
enough to allow the passage of hand
trucks. Doors and jambs shall be
installed with protective plates to
prevent damage.
Heating and Ventilation -
Capable of maintaining an acceptable
operating environment with a temperature
range between 65 and 85 . HVAC
services, including equipment startup
K and shutdown will be provided for ah 11
hour day, 5 days a week (excluding
holidays).s Service required beyond
normal HVAC equipment operating hours or
on weekends or holidays are reim-
bursable. For further information see
FPMR 101-21.300.
Lighting - Maintain 30 foot-
candles at floor level.
Pire t Safety - Buildout shall
conform to the criteria cited in FPMR
101-20.105.
Telecommunications and local
area networks-Will be installed as
appropriate to the functional require-
ments of the space.
Typical above-standard alterations for
general storage areas include:
o Dead bolt locks on interior room
doors. The entry door can be
secured with a deadbolt lock.
Appendix A
55
-------
August 2, 1991
CIASSIFICATIOH
B. Storage Space (CONT'D)
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
B. Storage Space (CONT'D)
o Interior security/safety parti-
tioning. Subdivision of tenant
areas by wire mesh partition is
adequate when security is not a
major consideration.
o Above-standard levels of light-
ing (above 30-footcandles at
floor level).
o Special fire protection features
for flammable materials.
Appendix A
56
-------
August 2, 1991
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATION
B. Storage Space
2. Inside Parking (ST-2) - Inside
parking areas include:
a. Garage,
b. Parking areas (including
rooftops and decks), and
c. Motor pool parking.
x
3. Warehouse Areas (ST-3) - Space
specifically designed for materials
storage and handling operations
consisting of features which include,
but are not limited to, concrete or wood
block floors, unfinished ceiling, heavy
live floor load capacity (over 200
pounds psf), high ceiling (over 14
feet) , and industrial lighting. This
classification may apply to entire
buildings with warehouse features,
including minor amounts of supporting
office space.
STANDARD ALTKRATIOHS (SA'S)
B. STORAGE SPACE
2. Inside Parking
- Adequate identification of
parking areas will be provided.
- Sprinkler protection (Fire
and safety - buildout features shall
conform to the criteria specified in
FPMR 101-20.105.)
3. Warehouse Areas
Floors - Sealed concrete, wood
block, or other material adequate for
warehousing service.
Ceilings - Unfinished.
Partitionii
- No additional
ing
partitioning or wall finish except
required firewalls and agency separation
partitions.
Heating and ventilation -
Capable of maintaining an minimal
operating'*environment. HVAC services
will be provided for an 11 hour day, 5
days a week (excluding holidays).
Service required beyond, normal HVAC
equipment operating hours or on weekends
or holidays are reimbursable. For
further information see FPMR 101-21.300.
Lighting - Maintain a minimum
of 10-footcandles.
Toilet Facilities - On a case-
by-case basis.
Electrical Service - As
required, and including normal hookup to
agency warehousing equipment. No
telephone outlets will be provided.
Exterior Building Features -
Features, such as covered loading docks,
power operated doors, dock-levelers, and
railroad sidings available for use will
be provided when justified by agency and
approved by GSA.
Appendix A
57
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATION
C. Storage Space (COHT'D)
3. Warehouse Areas (ST-3) (CONT'D)
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTKRATIOHS (SA'S)
3. Warehouse Areas (ST-3) (CONT'D)
Typical above-standard alterations for
warehouse areas include:
o Plumbing (excluding toilets)
p Load levelers
o Special fire protection features
for flammable materials
o Loading ramp
o Floor drains with sediment trap
and sump
Appendix A
58
-------
August 2, 1991
CLASSIFICATION
C. Special Space - Space that
necessitates the expenditure of
additional or varying sums to construct,
maintain, and/or operate as compared
with the amount spent for office and
storage space. Determination of the
normal level will be made by GSA on a
case-by-case basis using both industry
and GSA-recognized standards. This
space is further defined according to
one of the following subsets:
1A. Laboratories (SP-lA) - Space
containing built-in equipment and
utilities required for the qualitative
or quantitative analysis of matter,
experimentation, the processing of
materials, and for photographic
development including:
a. Wet laboratories,
b. Clean laboratories, and
c. Photographic laboratories.
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
1. Laboratories - Alterations
will be provided in accordance with the
levels specified for office space. In
addition, they may include the installa-
tion of special building equipment to
meet the environmental requirements of
the laboratory:
Floors - As required, special
floors such as quarry tile, grating,
etc., will be provided by GSA.
Plumbing and sewage - As
required, special building equipment
such as special piping and associated
water treatment equipment, special
sewage disposal and floor drainage
systems, and water, gas, compressed air,
and vacuum systems will be provided by
GSA. Normal hookup will be provided to
the space perimeter consistent with
architectural, mechanical, electrical,
and structural requirements and
limitations.
Electrical distribution - All
necessary electrical service, including
normal hookup, will be provided con-
sistent with architectural, mechanical,
electrical, and structural requirements
and limitations.
Ceiling and lighting - Where
special light fixtures are required to
meet the functional needs of a labora-
tory, they will be included as a
standard alteration. Ceiling materials
shall be appropriate to the function of
the laboratory.
Fire and safety - All new
construction shall meet current GSA
standards related to fire protection and
employee safety.
Appendix A
59
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
OASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
1A. laboratories
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
Heating, ventilation, and air-
conditioning - As required, special
building equipment to treat and exhaust
to the atmosphere noxious or offensive
gases produced by agency program equip-
ment will be provided. In addition,
fresh air suitable to meet the special
requirements, up to 100 percent fresh
air, temperature control +/-2 degrees
within the design range, and humidity
control +/-5 percent within the design
range will be provided. HVAC services
including equipment startup and shut-
down will be provided for an 11 hour
day, 5 days a week (excluding holidays).
Service required beyond normal HVAC
equipment operating hours or on weekends
or holidays are reimbursable. For
further information see FPMR 101-21.300.
Fume hoods and/or dust or smoke
filtration devices mounted in the
ceiling to maintain a safe and clean
environment shall also be provided.
Typical above-standard alterations for
laboratory and clinic space:
o Revolving dark room doors,
o Laboratory casework is
considered to be furniture and
will not be provided or
installed by GSA. GSA will,
however, prepare floors,
ceilings, and/or walls as
necessary to permit the
installation of casework,
o Backup electrical generators,
and
o Security systems (GSA will
provide conduit and cutouts
for security systems provided
that agencies can clearly
identify their special needs
during the space requirements
development process).
Appendix A
60
-------
August 2, 1991
ClASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space
IB. Private toilets, clinics and
health facilities (SP-1B)ISpace for
the physical welfare of employees or the
public including:
a. Clinics,
b. Health units and/or rooms
(with special built-in medical equipment
and/or plumbing),
c. Private toilets and
showers,
d. Wellness/physical fitness
shower rooms,
and
e. Child care facility toilet,
f. Jury room toilets.
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTEKATIOHS (SA'S)
IB. Private toilets, clinics and
health facilities (SP-1B1.Alterations
will be provided in accordance with the
levels specified for office space. In
addition, alterations include, exhaust
fans, plumbing rough-ins and fixtures,
ceramic tile (where appropriate) struc-
tural ceiling support for ceiling-
mounted X-ray equipment, lead-lined
partitions for X-ray rooms and toilet
room fixtures (including towel racks,
toilet tissue dispensers, etc.).
NOTE: Private toilets and showers for
all judiciary functions shall be
finished in accordance with the
provisions of the current version of
the U.S. Court Facility Standard.
Floors - May include, carpet,
vinyl tile, or ceramic tile (standard
for judiciary) depending on the most
economical.
Walls - May include ceramic
tile where appropriate.
Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Capable of providing an
acceptable operating environment and/or
to remove odors from toilet rooms. BVAC
services including equipment startup and
shutdown will be provided for an 11 hour
day, 5 days a week (excluding holidays).
Service required beyond normal HVAC
equipment operating hours or on week-
ends or holidays are reimbursable. For
further information see FPMR 101-21.300.
Plumbing - As required,
water, gas, waste and floor drain
systems, including normal rough-in and
hookup of fixtures consistent with the
architectural, mechanical, electrical
and structural requirements and limita-
tions. Toilet room fixtures (towel and
toilet tissue dispensers) shall be
standard.
Ceilings and lighting -
Ceiling materials and lighting shall be
in accordance with office standards;
however, fixtures should be compatible
with the function and environmental
(moisture levels, etc.) requirements of
the space.
Appendix A
61
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
OASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space (CONT'D)
IB. Private toilets, clinics and
health facilities (SP-1B)
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTBRATIOBS (SA'S)
* * * « *
Typical above-standard alterations for
SP-1B space are as follows:
o Clinic or health room cabinets
and casework,
o X-ray equipment,
o Backup electrical generators,
and
o Security systems to protect
pharmacies, or medical supplies
and equipment.
Appendix A
62
-------
August 2, 1991
CLASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space
2. Food Service Areas (SP-2) -
Space in buildings devoted to the
preparation and dispensing of foodstuffs
including:
a. Cafeterias (kitchens,
related storage and service areas),
b. Snack bars,
c. Mechanical vending areas
(where plumbing is provided), and
d. Private kitchens with
plumbing (including kitchens in child
care facilities).
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
2. Pood Service Areas - Food
service areas will be provided with
initial alterations in accordance with
the levels specified for office space,
with additions or exceptions as follows:
Floors - With nonslip tile or
quarry tile with cove base molding in
large commercial type kitchen areas;
Partitions arid ceilings -
Smooth surface and washable in food
preparation areas;
Heating, ventilation, and air-
conditioning - Capable of maintaining
an acceptable operating environment in
food preparation areas, vending machine
rooms, and other concession areas having
heat generating equipment. HVAC services
including equipment startup and shutdown
will be provided for an 11 hour day, 5
days a week (excluding holidays).
Service required beyond normal HVAC
equipment operating hours or on weekends
or holidays are reimbursable. For
further information see FPMR 101-21.300.
Electrical service - GSA will
provide "all electrical service" includ-
ing normal hookup, consistent with
architectural, mechanical, electrical
and structural limitations and the
provision and installation of conduit
for telephone distribution. Telephone
service will not be provided by GSA in
concession or blind operated facilities.
Plumbing - As required, water,
gas, and waste systems, including normal
hookup, consistent with architectural,
mechanical, electrical, and structural
limitations.
Special equipment - As deter-
mined by GSA on a case-by-case basis.
Fire * Safety - Buildout shall
be in accordance with the criteria cited
in FPMR 101-20.105.
Appendix A
63 .
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIPICATIOH
C. Special Space
3A. Structurally Changed Areas
(SP-3A) -Areas having architectural
features differing from normal office or
storage areas, such as sloped floors,
high ceilings, increased floor loading.
a. Auditoriums (when ceiling
exceeds 11 feet),
b. Gymnasiums (when ceiling
exceeds 11 feet),
c. Libraries (with special
stacks requiring above-standard floor
loading),
d. Target ranges,
e. 'Security vaults (requiring
structural alterations),
f. Secured Compartmented
Information Facility (SCIF),
g. Detention cells (including
prisoner toilets and sinks) and related
sally ports and attorney/client
consultation cubicles within the cell
block, and
h. Judiciary courtrooms
authorized prior to fiscal year 1992 for
both prospectus and non-prospectus level
projects.
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTERATIOHS (SA'S)
C. Special space (SP-3A) -
Structurally changed areas will be
provided with initial alterations at
levels required to provide standard
features normally associated with the
type of space being provided. Deter-
mination of the normal level will be
made by GSA on a case-by-case basis
using both industry and GSA-recognized
standards. In the case of secured
compartmented information facilities
(SCIF), GSA will determine the standard
level and notify agencies in writing.
Ceiling - Ceiling systems will be
determined on a case-by-case basis
depending on existing or proposed archi-
tectural features, acoustical require-
ments, electrical distribution and HVAC
systems. However, standard level ceil-
ing materials are limited to those which
are readily available in the building
supply market and do not involve unusual
cost to provide, install, and maintain.
Walls - Construction in confor-
mance with applicable GSA criteria for
auditoriums, vaults, holding cells, etc.
Lighting - Accepted architectural
standards for illumination levels will
apply consistent with the type and usage
of the space. Lighting fixtures for
standard alterations are limited to
commercially available units which do
not involve unusual cost to provide,
install, and maintain.
Window treat»ent - Building
standard.
HVAC - Accepted architectural
standard for HVAC systems will apply
consistent with type and use of the
space. HVAC services including equip-
ment startup and shutdown will be
provided for an 11 hour day, 5 days a
week (excluding holidays). Service
required beyond normal HVAC equipment
operating hours or on weekends or
holidays are reimbursable. For further
information see FPMR 101-21.300.
Appendix A
64
-------
Augusr 2, 1991
CLASSIPICATIOS
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
3A. Structurally Changed Areas
(SP-3A)
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD AI.TKRATIOHS (SA *S)
Electrical - Standard electrical
service and connections will be supplied
as required and will be provided consis-
tent with architectural, mechanical, and
structural requirements and limitations
of the space.
Typical above-standard alterations for
SP-3A spaces, are as follows:
o Above-standard wall coverings
(such as padding for gymnasium
walls),
o Built-in book (library) or
storage (vault room) shelving,
o Lockers,
o Platforms or stages in
auditoriums,
o Built-in auditorium or gymnasium
seating, and
o Security systems including
CCTV's, etc. for cell blocks.
Appendix A
65
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATIOM
C. Special Space
3B. Coartrooms -Judiciary (SP-3B).
Courtrooms for U.S. District Court, Tax
Court, United States Claims Court and
D.S. Courts of Appeals requiring above-
standard ceiling heights (more than 10
feet) column-free widths exceeding 30
feet and similar (large courtroom)
features. For judiciary courtrooms
authorized prior to FY 1992. See 3A,
above.
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
3B. Courtrooms - Judiciary (SP-3B).
Court facilities for the U.S. District
Court and U.S. Court of Appeals shall be
designed and constructed in accordance
with the provisions of the most current
"U.S. Court Facility Standard".
Courtroom furniture -
Standard finishes shall include all
courtroom furniture (except chairs for
judges, attorneys, witnesses, juries or
court staff). Courtroom furniture
includes judge's benches, witness and
jury boxes, railings, and spectator
benches.
Doors - Doors into courtrooms
shall contain view windows mounted at an
appropriate height.
Finishes - Ceilings, walls,
wall finishes, floor coverings, window
treatments, and lighting shall be
designed and constructed in accordance
with the standards specified in the
current "U.S. Court Facility Standard".
Finishes of equal or less cost may be
substituted where appropriate. The U.S.
Courts must provide funding for finishes
which exceed "U.S. Court Facility
Standard" or their equivalent. GSA will
make a determination on above-standard
finishes and advise the Administrative
Office of the U.S. Courts prior to
design completion.
Claims Court, Tax Court and
Court of International Trade - U.S.
Claims Court, Tax Court or Court of
International Trade courtrooms which
require above-standard ceiling heights
and column free widths exceeding 30 feet
shall be designed and constructed to a
standard equal to that of the U.S.
District Court and Court of Appeals.
Telecommunications require-
ments - Conduits and ducts will be
provided for courts' telecommunications
(including television cable) require-
ments, but not to exceed a standard of
one telephone and one data instrument
for every 100 square feet of space. Any
requirements above this level are above-
standard and are to be reimbursed to
GSA.
Appendix A
66
-------
August 2, 1991
CLASSIPICATIOH
C. Special Space (COHT»D)
3B. Courtrooms - Judiciary (SP-3B)
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTBSATIOHS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
3B.
(SP-3B)
Courtrooms (Jndiciary) -
Sound systems - Only required
wiring and related conduits (including
built-in speaker enclosures or hangers
for court-furnished audio speakers) will
be provided.
Typical above-standard alterations
include:
o Security systems - All security
measures and systems are
considered above-standard alter-
ations; therefore, are reim-
bursable by the Marshals Service
or D.S. Courts. This includes:
magnetometers, closed-circuit TV
(CCTV), warning signals, X-ray
devices and communications
systems. GSA will provide
conduits, cutouts, mortising,
etc%., only if clear scopes of
work are provided by the
Marshals Service or U.S. Courts
during the design process.
o Clocks,
o Court seals,
o Audio equipment and its install-
ation,
o Ornamental carvings or figures
(such as eagles, stars, etc.) to
be mounted on courtroom walls or
courtroom furnishings,
o Murals,
o Jury or witness box chairs,
o Chairs and tables for judges,
attorneys or court staff, and
o Signaling systems.
Appendix A
67
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATION
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
3B. Coortrooms - Judiciary (SP-3B)
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
3B.
(SP-3B)
Courtrooms (Judiciary) -
OR*: New buildings built by GSA for
use by court activities shall include
elevator service designed to facilitate
the secure movement of judicial
officials and/or Federal prisoners
within the building. Funding for the
elevators will be included in the
construction cost of the building.
New buildings means buildings to be
constructed for courts use or existing
buildings undergoing major repairs,
modernization or where new courtrooms
and related space are to be provided.
Secure elevators required by the Courts
and/or Marshals Service in existing
Courthouse buildings where no major
-repair, modernization or new courtroom
construction are planned shall be
reimbursable.
Fire and Safety - Buildout of
facilities shall be in accordance with
the provisions cited in FPMR 101-20.105.
Appendix A
68
-------
August 2, 1991
CLASSIFICATION
C. Special Space
4. Automatic Data Processing (ADP)
Area (SP-4) - Areas having special
features such as humidity and/or
temperature control, raised flooring,
and ceiling heights exceeding office
standard; and extensive power require-
ments (requiring its own power panels,
etc., including):
a. Computer rooms, telecom-
munication (FBX) rooms with special
environmental requirements;
b. Computer support areas with
special flooring and/or wiring and (with
humidity and/or temperature control);
and
c. Computer tape vaults.
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
4. Automatic Data Processing (ADP)
Area - Automatic data processing areas
will be provided with initial alter-
ations in accordance with levels speci-
fied for office space, with additions or
exceptions as follows:
(a) Raised floors - If
required, installed to provide space for
electrical and/or HVAC service for ADP
equipment;
(b) Ceilings - As determined
by GSA, acoustically treated and sound
conditioned to meet the conditions and
environmental requirements of each
location. Ceiling STC shall not be less
than 40.
(c) Beating, ventilation, and
air-conditioning - Will be capable of
maintaining an operating environment for
the ADP equipment compatible with the
manufacturer's recommendation; NOTE:
HVAC services including equipment
startup and shutdown will be provided
for an 11 hour day, 5 days a week,
(excluding holidays). Service required
beyond normal HVAC equipment operating
hours or on weekends or holidays are
reimbursable. For further information
see FPMR 101-21.300.
(d) Electrical distribution and
electrical services-Includes normal
hookup to a power panel within the ADP
room. NOTE: Electrical services will
be provided on a standard 11 hour shift
5 day week, excluding holidays and
weekends. Services beyond this standard
will be provided on a reimbursable
bas is.
(e) Telecommunications and
local area networks - Will be
installed as appropriate to the
functional requirements of the space.
(f) Sprinkler protection -
Wet pipe in all electronic equipment and
tape storage areas. All Other fire and
safety criteria cited in FPMR 101-20.105
shall be met.
Appendix A
69
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
OASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space
4. Automatic Data Processing (ADP)
Area (SP-4) (COHT'D)
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA *S)
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
4. Automatic Data Processing (ADP)
Area
Typical above-standard alterations for
ADP areas includes:
o Isolation transformers,
o Emergency shutdown control
switches,
o Uninterruptible power supplies,
o Audible and visual alarms,
o Special security locks, and
o Supplemental Balon fire
suppression system.
Appendix A
70
-------
August 2, 1991
Temp. Reg. D_76
CLASSIFICATION
C. Special Space
5A. Conference and Classroom/
Training Facilities (SP-5A)-SFeas
used for conferences,training, library,
hearings or minicomputer use with
supplemental HVAC and/or built-in
special equipment such as blackout
curtains, lighting controls, projection
booths and sounding conditioning, in
addition to office finishes:
a. Conference rooms with special
equipment and/or HVAC,
b. Hearing rooms with special'
equipment and/or HVAC, (does not include
U.S. Court hearing rooms),
c. Classroom/training rooms with
special equipment and/or HVAC,
d. Exhibit areas with special
equipment and/or HVAC,
e. Table areas in cafeterias with
supplementary HVAC or other special
features,
f. Mini-computer/mega frame
equipment rooms adjacent to office area
requiring supplemental HVAC and minor
special buildout such as deadbolt locks,
dedicated electrical outlets, LAN cable
distribution access, etc., (rooms
requiring substantially less than SP-4
buildout),
and
Jury rooms (excluding toilets).
h. Judiciary hearing rooms
authorized prior to fiscal year 1992.
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
5A. Conference and Class-
room/Training Facilities (SP-5A)
Classrooms and training areas will be
provided standard alterations in
accordance with levels specified for
office space, with additions or
exceptions as follows:
a. Partitions - Structural
floor slab to structural ceiling slab
walls with a minimum sound transmission
class (STC) of 45. Halls shall be
constructed to accommodate agency
furnished blackboards, projection
screens or similar items. Entry/exit
doors shall not compromise the STC of 45
requirement. Duct, pipe or other
penetrations shall be properly sealed.
Duct silencers shall be used as required
to ensure the required STC of 45.
b. Ceilings - As determined
by GSA, ceilings acoustically treated to
provide a minimum sound transmission
coefficient of 40 (STC 40); (ceiling
supports for view screens are included);
c. Heating, ventilation, and
air-conditioning - Supplemental,
separately zoned heating, ventilation,
and air-conditioning in conformance with
GSA standards; all duct penetrations
into the room shall be baffled so as not
to compromise the STC requirement of the
wall. HVAC services including equipment
startup and shutdown will be provided
for an 11 hour day, 5 days a week
(excluding holidays). Service required
beyond normal HVAC equipment operating
hours or on weekends or holidays ace
reimbursable. For further information
see FPMR 101-21.300.
d. Special features -
Special features normally associated
with the subcategories of space under
this classification are determined by
GSA on a case-by-case basis. These
include such features as electrical
service and normal hookup to agency
equipment, blackout curtains, lighting
controls, telephone and data lines and
projection booths.
e. Fire t safety - Buildout
shall be done in accordance with the
criteria cited in FPMR 101-20.105.
Appendix A
71
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
5A. Conference and Classroom/
Training Facilities (SP-5AT
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTEHATIOHS (SA'S)
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
£. Telecommunications and local
area networks=Hill be installed as
appropriate to the functional
requirements of the space.
Typical above-standard finishes include;
o Chair rails and paneling,,
o Sound absorbing material mounted
on wall surfaces such as "Arm-
strong Soundsoak" panels, and
o Blackboards and projection
screens.
Appendix A
72
-------
August 2, 1991
CIASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space (COST'D)
SB. Hearing ROOM - Judiciary (SP-
5B). Small court facilities for the use
of senior district court judges, bank-
ruptcy court judges and magistrate
judges. The hearing room typically has
a clear column-free width of less than
30 feet. A ceiling height of less than
10 feet and smaller scale judges
benches, jury and witness boxes and less
spectator seating than large (SP-3B)
courtrooms.
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
SB. Hearing room (Judiciary)
(SP-5B) - Hearing rooms will be
designed in accordance with "O.S. Court
Facility Standard" standards for such
facilities.
Doors, walls, and ceilings -
Wall and ceiling construction shall be
the same as conference and training
space. Doors into the hearing room
shall have a glass view panel installed
at the appropriate height.
Lighting - Lighting levels
and the fixtures used shall be as
specified in the "U.S. Court Facility
Standard". Light switch location shall
not compromise security.
Hearing rooa furniture -
Hearing room furniture, including
judge's bench, jury and witness boxes,
spectator seating and railings are
included. Jury seating, judge,
attorney,\staff and witness chairs and
attorney tables are not included and
must be provided by the courts. See
"U.S. Court Facility Standard" for
furniture details.
Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Shall be separately
zoned and controlled and designed to
operate in accordance with the current
"U.S. Court Facility Standard" criteria.
HVAC services including equipment
startup and shutdown will be provided
for an 11 hour day, 5 days a week
(excluding holidays). Service required
beyond normal HVAC equipment operating
hours or on weekends or holidays are
reimbursable. For further information
see FPMR 101-21.300.
Electrical - As specified in
the "U.S. Court Facility Standard".
Floor covering - As specified
in the "U.S. Court Facility Standard".
Appendix A
73
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATIOR
C. Special Space (CONT'D)
SB. Hearing Room - Judiciary
(SP-5B)
August 2, 1991
STAHDARD ALTKRATIOHS (SA'S)
C. Special Space (COHT'D)
SB. Hearing room (Judiciary)
(SP-5B)
Typical above
include:
standard alterations
o Security devices, including
alarm systems, signaling systems
CCTV equipment, etc., (conduit,'
cutouts and mortising of doors
required will be considered
standard alterations),
o Jury, witness, judge and
attorney chairs and tables, and
o Audio systems (GSA will furnish
conduit, speaker boxes and/or
hangers and electrical service
required to power the equip-
ment .)
BOTE: Executive agency (or Commission)
hearing facilities for Administrative
Law Judges which require a judges bench
shall be classified SP-5A. The judge's
bench is reimbursable.
Appendix A
74
-------
August 2, 1991
OASSIFICATIOH
C. Special Space
5C.
(SP-5C).
Judicial Chambers - D.S. Courts
Chambers for all Article III Federal
Judges, Bankruptcy Court Judges, Claims
Court Judges and Tax Court Judges, and
Magistrate Judges. Chambers typically
have finishes that exceed office space
standards. Included in the chambers
space is the judge's private office,
secretarial and law clerk spaces
(judicial toilets are classified SP-1B).
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
STANDARD ALTERATIOHS (SA'S )
C. Special Space
5C. Judicial Chambers - U.S. Courts
(SP-5C). Design Standard Article III
Judges, Bankruptcy Judges and Magistrate
Judges are covered in the "U.S. Court
Facility Standard". Standards for the
others should be designed with similar
finishes.
Doors, walls and ceiling and
lighting - Walls shall be constructed
to meet a minimum STC of 45. All entry
doors shall be solid core wood.
Ceilings, lighting and interior finishes
shall be in accordance with the O.S.
Court Facility Standard. Built-in
bookcases shall be considered standard
alterations.
Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Separately zoned and
controlled HVAC designed to operate in
accordance with the current "U.S. Court
Facility Standard" criteria. HVAC
services including equipment startup and
shut-down will be provided for an 11
hour day, 5"days a week (excluding
holidays). Service required byond
normal HVAC equipment operating hours or
on wekends or holidays are reimbursable.
For further information see FPMR 101-
21.300.
Electrical -
As provided in
Electrical work
office quality space.
shall also include conduit and related
cutouts, etc., to allow security devices
to be installed by the O.S. Marshals
Service or Courts.
Floor covering - As specified
in the "U.S. Court Facility Standard."
Typical above-standard alterations
include:
o Decorative ceiling work, and
o Decorative light fixtures.
Appendix A
75
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSiriCATIOH
C. Special Space
. Light Industrial Areas (SP-6) -
Areas which may have some or all of the
characteristics of warehouse space but,
in addition, may be provided with one or
more of the following features: air-
conditioning, humidity control; special
power, and a light level equal to or
slightly less than that provided for
office space including:
a. Records storage with humidity
control;
b. Storage type space with air-
conditioning;
c. Printing plants;
d. Product classifying
laboratories;
e. Motor pool service areas;
f. Postal workrooms, swingrooms,
(including swingroom toilets), locker
rooms, mailing vestibules and platforms,
lock box lobbies, and unsuspended
lookout areas;
g. Shop (other than PBS);
h. Loading docks and shipping
platforms;
i. Canopy areas if included in
occupiable area;
j. Vertical improved mail system
areas; and
k. Telephone frame rooms and
unattended switchboards (for specific
agency use).
August 2, 1991
STANDARD ALTKRATIOHS (SA'S)
C. Special Space
6. Light Industrial Areas
Doors, walls and ceiling and
lighting - Light industrial areas will
be provided with initial alterations at
levels required to provide standard
architectural, mechanical, electrical,
telecommunications, and structural
features normally associated with this
type of space. Determination of the
normal level will be made by 6SA on a
case-by-case basis using commercial
standards.
Appendix A
76
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
CLASSIFICATION STANDARD ALTERATIONS (SA'S)
C. Special Space C. Special Space
7. Quarters and Residential 7. Quarters and Residential
Housing - Quarters and residential Housing - Initial alterations will
housing areas (housing and quarters that place quarters and residential housing
do not logically fall in the other . in an occupiable and satisfactory
categories). condition.
Appendix A
77 .
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
1. Space for wellness/fitness facilities. Exercise equipment,
lockers, and nonstandard interior finishes (purchase a lines
installation) are the responsibility of the tenant agencies. In
a multiple tenancy building, a lead agency should be identified
to be the focus of actions relating to a fitness facility and to
request its establishment. Normally, the lead agency would be
the major occupant in the building. Physical fitness facilities
in multiple tenant buildings will be assigned as joint-use space.
a. Exercise rooms. Exercise rooms will be treated the same
as conventional office space and provided building standard
features as follows:
(1) Floor covering such as vinyl tile or equivalent or
acceptable grades of commercial carpet.
(2) Ceilings structurally sound and finished.
(3) Ceiling-high interior partitions.
(4) Heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC)
capable of maintaining the temperature as specified in FPMR 101-
20.107.
(5) Sound attenuation to provide a minimum sound
transmission coefficient of 40 (STC 40).
(6) Adequate lighting to maintain acceptable levels of
illumination.
b. Locker rooms - Locker rooms will be treated as
conventional office space and provided building standard features
as follows:
(1) Ceilings that are structurally sound and finished.
(2) Floors that are concrete or finished with other non-
slip material.
(3) Heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HYAC)
capable of maintaining the temperature as specified in FPMR 101-
20.107.
(4) Sound attenuation to provide a minimum sound
transmission coefficient of 40 (STC 40).
(5) Adequate lighting to maintain acceptable levels of
illumination.
(6) 'Walls that are wallboard or moisture resistant wall-
board, as appropriate, and finished and painted or equivalent.
c. Shower rooms - Shower rooms will be treated as Private
toilets, clinics and health facilities space (SP-1B) and provide
building standard features as follows:
(1) Ceilings that are moisture resistant wallboard or
equivalent.
(2) Floors with non-slip finishes.
rs
Appendix B. We11ness/Physical Fitness Facilities
78
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
(3) Plumbing and fixtures as required, including water
and waste, shower stalls, toilets, and sinks in such numbers as
is consistent with the number or facility users and square
footage available in the shower rooms.
(4) Adequate lighting to maintaining acceptable levels
of illumination.
(5) Heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC)
capable of maintaining the temperature as specified in FPMR 101-
20.107.
(6) Walls that are moisture resistant wallboard and
finished and painted, or equivalent.
2. Criteria for establishing fitness programs. Agencies shall
submit to the appropriate GSA regional office a Standard Form 81,
Request for Space, and a plan for the proposed fitness program.
Agencies may contact the President's Council on Physical Fitness
and Sports for assistance in developing their plan. The plan
should set forth the scope and goals of the proposed program and
include the following elements as outlined by the President's
Council on Physical Fitness and Sports:
(1) a survey indicating employee interest in the program;
(2) a 3 to 5 year implementation plan^demonstrating long-
term commitment to physical fitness/health for employees;
(3) a health related orientation, including screening
procedures, individualized exercise programs, identification of
high-risk individuals, and appropriate follow-up activities;
(4) identification of a person skilled in prescribing
exercise to direct the fitness program;
(5) an approach which will consider key health behavior
related to degenerative disease, including smoking and nutrition;
(6) a modest facility that includes only the essentials
necessary to conduct a program involving cardiovascular and
muscular endurance, strength activities, and flexibility;
(7) provision for equal opportunities for men and women, and
all employees, regardless of grade level.
Depending on the scope and goals of the proposed program, one or
more of the above elements may not apply or may apply only
partially or indirectly. However, every attempt should be made
to show that each of the above has been considered in the
planning effort or are already provided under existing programs
and activities sponsored by the agency personnel office, Public
Health Service (PHS) health unit, employee association, or other
official organization within the agency. For guidance on the
development of health service programs, agencies may consult the
PHS, Department of Health and Human Services.
Appendix B
79
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
A. Basic policy. Pursuant to 40 U.S.C. 490b, Federal agencies
are authorized to allot space in Federal buildings to individuals
or entities who will provide child care services to Federal
employees. Federal agencies in GSA-controlled space are
responsible for determining their respective child care needs and
then requesting the appropriate space from GSA. Upon receipt of
such a request/ along with the result of a needs assessment
survey indicating sufficient agency interest, GSA will provide
the standard alterations for the child care center as defined in
Appendix A. The cost of any other features not specified in
Appendix A will be fully reimbursed to GSA by the user/tenant
agency(ies) except as noted in paragraph (f) below.
Agency(ies) will sponsor child centers for their employees,
submit space requests for their requirements, allocate space
under license or other appropriate authorization document to
either the provider of child care services for an employee user
group, and pay Rent to GSA for the assigned space.
The provider will occupy the designated space pursuant to an
assignment authorizing the sponsoring agency or lead agency (the
agency which issues the Standard Form 81, Request for Space, in
cases involving a joint-use assignment) to allocate the space to
the provider of child care services or an employee user group.
B. Leasing space for a child care center. When necessary, GSA
will acquire leased space to house a child care center or to
relocate agency activities displaced by a child care facility
established in GSA-controlled space. When leasing space speci-
fically for a child care center, the lease term should not exceed
5 years unless otherwise determined by the contracting officer to
be in the best interest* of the Government. In the event the
space for a child care center is part of a larger space acquisi-
tion for an agency or agencies, the lease term for the center
should be coterminous with the other space leased by the
Government in the building.
C. Developing a child care facility out of existing assigned
space. When a portion of an agency's existing assigned space is
made available by the agency for child care center use, the cost
of alterations to the space will be fully reimbursable to GSA.
However, if any of ,the alterations result in a higher space
classification, GSA will fund the alterations for the upgrading
of the space to be classified.
D. New construction or use of modular buildings for child care.
Space solely for the purpose of providing a child care center
normally will not be made available by GSA through new
construction nor through the purchase or lease of modular
Append-ix C. Child Care Centers
80
-------
August 2, 1991 FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76
buildings. However, in special circumstances, where no other
space can be economically developed and made available for child
care use, modular buildings can be considered. In such circimv-
stances, GSA shall be responsible for all expenses associated
with site preparation and the purchase or lease of modular build-
ings including design services and water, sewer, and utility
service installation costs.
E. Space classification. Space in child care centers will be
classified in accordance with the standards specified in Appendix
A.
F. Special buildout considerations. In addition to the standard
alterations (SA'S)specified in Appendix A, child care center
space will have all built-in features such as kitchen counters,
shelves, cabinets, bookcases, closets, mailboxes, sinks and
basins required throughout the center furnished and installed as
part of the normal buildout. All rest rooms which will be
utilized by children from the center should contain child-size
toilets, handicapped accessible toilets and child accessible
drinking fountains.
Floors in child care centers shall be covered with an acceptable
grade of anti-static carpet or tile as appropriate.
All landscaping required to prepare outdoor play areas will be
covered by GSA as a part of the standard alterations for a child
care center. The purchase and installation of playground equip-
ment will be the responsibility of the sponsoring agency(ies).
G. Special cleaning provisions. For reasons of safety and
health, the entire child care center will be cleaned in the same
manner as clinical space (i.e., Health Unit), regardless of the
space classification.
H. Compliance with State and local requirements. To the maximum
extent practical, GSA will comply with State and local laws and
regulations relating to the development of facilities for use as
child care centers.
I. Special safety and environmental considerations. Every
effort shall be made to minimize safety and environmental hazards
in the child care center space and play areas as well as in
adjacent areas of a building frequented by children. Construc-
tion work on a center shall be done in a manner which will
minimize sharp corners, tripping hazards, or other problems which
may increase the potential for injury to children.
Appendix C
81
-------
FPMR Temp. Reg. D-76 August 2, 1991
All lead base paint, even lead base paint in layers below exist-
ing coats, shall be removed from all surfaces in space to be
utilized as a child care center. All other applicable Federal
safety and environmental regulations or requirements; including
those outlined in FPMR 101-20, must be also be met.
Appendix C
CSA DC-8911102573 82
-------
-------
* : Basic Edition
-- - -.--.
,\v; ^-?> Seotember 13,1991
-;? ;~,~.
Furniture Systems
Systems Furniture, Workstation
Clusters, Demountable Walls and
Leased Systems Furniture and
Workstation Clusters
.
>
FSC Group 71
Part II
Section E
FSC Class 7110
g Multiple Award
£
J£ For the period
£ October 1,1991
g . through
^ September 30,1996
CB
V
V
Federal Beeycfing Program 1L2§ Printed on Recycled Paper
-------
SCHEDULE
CUSTOMER SURVEY
The Federal Supply Service (FSS) of GSA wants to offer
products that meet your needs. "Service" is FSS's last
name, and one we take very seriously. The success of our
various supply programs is ultimately determined by you,
our customer. We are therefore soliciting your comments
on our Federal Supply Schedules. You rate with us, and it
is equally important that we rate with you. We would
appreciate your taking time to complete this survey. Your
responses wfll be used to enhance the quality of the
products avaiable through our schedules program, as well
as improving the way we publicize the schedule contracts
to our customers.
Thank you for your input*
Schedule Number 71IIE
Schedule Title: Furniture Systems
Issue Date of Schedule: September 13,1991
Mailing Code: OOSC 7167
1. The cover page is eye-appealing and provides an
adequate description of the major types of items included
in the schedule.
Q Strongly Agree
Q Agree
Q Disagree
Q Strongly Disagree
Q No Opinion
2. Schedules and incorporated references contain
adequate information on how to use the schedules.
Q Strongly Agree
Q Agree
Q Disagree
Q Strongly Disagree
Q No Opinion
3. Item descriptions are well defined and are not too
broad or too restrictive.
Q Strongly Agree
Q Agree
Q Disagree
Q Strongly Disagree
' Q No Opinion
4. Do you receive schedules and subsequent
amendments and cumulatives in a timely manner?
Q Yes
Q No
5. Do you receive contractor catalogs and price lists in a
timely manner?
Q Yes
Q No
6. Contractors' catalogs are generally self-explanatory,
with pricing and discount information dearly presented.
Q Strongly Agree
a Agree
Q Disagree
Q Strongly Disagree
Q No Opinion
7. If this schedule contains a matrix, has it been helpful
in selecting the appropriate, lowest cost item to satisfy your
requirements?
Q Yes, the matrix is a major asset
Q Yes, the matrix has been helpful
Q No, the matrix has not been helpful
Q Schedule does not contain a matrix
a Would you Ike to see a matrix in this schedule?
Q Yes
3 No
9. How important would a matrix be on a scale of 1 (little
assistance) to 10 (tremendous assistance)? Identify the
Special Item Number for which you would most Ike a
matrix developed.
_ Importance of a riutiix
_ SpedaThem Number
10. The primary reason I use this schedule is because:
Q I am a mandatory user
Q Ordering is convenient
Q Ordering is convenient and prices are great
11. When I have questions regarding this schedule, I
usually:
Q Call the FSS Information Center
Q Call the GSA Contracting Office
Q Call the Schedule Contractor
Q Buy from a nonschedule source
12. Photographs and line drawings are welcomed
enhancements to the schedules.
Q Yes
Q No
Q No opinion
13. The best thing about the schedule is:
14. The least desirable feature of the schedule is:.
-------
15. Have you, or your office, ever responded to customer
surveys on the FSS Federal Supply Schedule Program?
Q Yes
Q No
16. If you responded "Yes* to question 15, how would you
rate the quality of the schedule program since your
response to the previous survey?
Q Much better
Q Better
3 Same, quality standard has always
been high
Q Same, quality standard is just as
mediocre as previously noted
Q Worse
Q Much worse
17. The color code identification program is being utilized
in key Federal Supply Schedules (copiers, typewriters).
The color code program arrays products by price in
ascending order. When applicable, Life Cycle Cost and
other quality government factors are considered. Would
you Ike to see the color code identification approach in
this schedule?
Q Yes
Q No
18. Single Award Federal Supply Schedules provide
optimum cost savings to the user. Conversions from a
Multiple Award Schedule to a Single Award Schedule
generally realize cost savings of approximately 40 percent
Should GSA begin an examination into a more cost-
effective method of supply change covering this schedule?
Q
Q
Yes
No
If -Yes,' which SINs or products?
19. Rease provide any additional comments.
Name & Title
Agency
Address
(Area Code) Telephone
ssary to sign Ws survey, we would appreciate it if you would provide us with your name, office and telephone number
in order to contact you if we have any questions concerning your responses. THANK YOU FOR YOUR HELP! Don't delay: maii your survey today!
NOTE: Although it is not i
General Services Aduiimstieilion
Centralized Mafling List Service (7CAFL)
4900 Hemphai St
Warehouse 4, Dock 1
PO Box 6477
Ft Worth, TX 76115
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
Official Business
Penalty for Private Use $300
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
RRSTCLASS PERMIT 12710
WASHINGTON, DC
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
General Services Administration
GSA/FSS/5FK
Ann: Mike Czosnyka
230 S Dearborn St
Rm 3470, MS34-1
Chicago, IL 60604
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HOW TO GET
ASSISTANCE
How to Get Assistance
Furniture Checklist
General lufuiiution
Systems and Ouster Acquisition Guide
Special Proviso's (Requote and Leasing)
Other Features of this Schedule
Evaluation Criteria
Supplies and/or Services
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes
Product Information .
General Specifications far Furniture Systems
Sample 'Request for Quotations* Forms
Product Illustrations
1
2
2
3
4
7
7
11
l2
13
15
15-
20
25
GSA CONTACTS
Contracting Officer
General Services Administration (3FCNS-B-CO)
(FSC Group 71 Part II Section E)
Washington, DC 20406
(COM)FTS: (703) 557-3840
For Additional Copies of Schedules
General Services Administration
Centralized Mailing List Service (7CAFL)
4900 Hemphai St
Warehouse 4, Dock 1
PO Box 6477
Ft Worth, TX 76115
(COM)FTS: (817) 334-5215
For General Information
General Services Administration
FSS Information Center (FFN)
Washington, DC 20406
(COM)FTS: (703) 557-8177
AUTOVON: 225-9684
CONTRACTOR PUBLICATIONS
Refer to the contractor's catalog/price list to determine:
Point of production
Ordering address
Payment address
Models and/or offered services
Foreign items
Prices
Discounts
payment terms
Maximum order limitations
Minimum order quantity
Credit card acceptance
Delivery area
Delivery time
Delivery point
Warranty
Export packing charges
Rental terms and conditions
Maintenance and repair terms and condition
Installation terms and conditions
B«*lc Edition
-------
FURNITURE
CHECKLIST
GENERAL
INFORMATION
AVOID UNNECESSARY DELAY
WHEN ORDERING
12-Polnt Check System
Q National Stock Number and/or Special Item Number
Q Part Number
Q Color
Q Upholstery (Nylon or Naugahyde)
Q Finish (Type of Wood or Plastic Laminate)
Q Style
Q Manufacturer
Special Ordering Instructions
Q Verify your Unit of Issue. Is it correct?
Q Include acceptable substitute if possible.
Q Domestic ordering activities include name and commer-
cial (not AUTOVON) telephone number of person
responsible for placing order.
Q Overseas ordering activities include name and
AUTOVON telephone number of person responsible for
placing order.
GEOGRAPHIC COVERAGE
states and Washing-
This schedule covers the 48 contiguoi
ton, DC.
MANDATORY USERS
All departments and independent establishments, occluding
wholly owned government corporations, in the executive
branch of the federal government except the US Postal
Service and DOD.
INCORPORATION OF FORMS
Federal Supply Schedules incorporate the following form(s)
containing provisions and/or contract clauses by reference.
with the same force and effect as if they were included in full
text Upon request, the cm m acting officer will make the
forms available. Questions concerning the forms should be
directed to the contracting officer.
GSA Form 2891, Federal Supply Schedule Clauses
GSA Form 3507, GSA Supply Contract Clauses
PUBLICIZING CONTRACT ACTIONS
The solicitation and resulting contracts of this Federal Sup-
ply Schedule have been synopstzed in the Commerce Busi-
ness Daily and satisfy the requirements of the Competition in
Contracting Act (Pub L 98 369) and FAR Part 5, Publicizing
Contract Action.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Placement of Orders
Ordering activities should place orders directly with the con-
tractor. Delivery orders should include the description and
model number contained in the contractor's catalog/price
list The delivery orders should also reference delivery and
invoicing instructions, and any other special instructions
within the terms of the schedule cum act
UNICOR Products
UNICOR {Federal Prison Industries Inc) provides items simi-
lar to some or all of the items included in this schedule Or-
dering agencies should check with UNICOR to see if
UNICOR's product meets their specific need prior to making
a purchase from the schedule. For your convenience, this
check can be made quickly by calling the UNICOR Cus-
tomer Service Group at (800) 827-3168.
71 HE
-------
Small Requirements
To meet small supply requirements, the government may
opt not to place orders below $300 with the schedule con-
tractor. The contractor is obligated, however, to accept any
order between the minimum and maximum order limitations.
Refer to the contractor's catalog/price list for the minimum
and maximum order quantities.
Maximum Order Limitation (MOL)
SO workstations not to exceed $125,000 net product value.
For orders in excess of the MOL see The Requote Proce-
dure' section on page 4.
Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs)
^Micui Utt ///ft/icw 4^ p.wwc fjaiiH O. ;^^iay.c ..c.:,' r-,. '. it. cx.^>;
ing workstations.
The contractor agrees to enter into Blanket Purchase Agree-
ment with ordering activities provided that:
(a) Only items covered by the contract are ordered under
such agreements.
(b) The period of time covered by such agreements shall not
exceed the fiscal year unless ordering activity has authority
to obligate funds in excess of the period.
(c) Blank Purchase Agreements (BPAs) should not be estab-
lished when an agency has a known requirement under the
schedule that will exceed the Minimum Order Limitation
(MOL). BPAs under this schedule shall be limited to piece
parts or replacement parts for existing workstations. BPAs
may not be utilized to purchase complete workstations. In
conjunction, ordering agencies are reminded that splitting
requisitions in an effect to avoid the requote procedure is a
violation of FPMR 101-26.106 and is prohibited.
In the event the cumulative total of orders placed does not
reach the quantity level at which the BPA was established,
the contractor may invoice at the price at the applicable
quantity level.
Foreign Sates
Foreign sales for items covered by this schedule should be
purchased under the International Federal Supply Schedule.
The International Schedule should be used as the first
source of supply for foreign shipments. Vendors holding
contracts for furniture systems and cluster workstations un-
der the International Schedule have international dealers
available to provide design and installation services at for-
eign destinations. For information regarding the International
Schedule call (COM)FTS: (703) 603-1387.
Award Pending
For acquisition of items appearing herein as 'Award Pend-
ing* ordering activities should contact the contracting officer
shown on page 1 of this schedule.
CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE
Inspection
This schedule provides for inspection at destination
Packaging and Packing
Standard commercial practice.
Export Packing
For shipments to the point of domestic embarkation, order-
ing activities are not obligated to utilize the contractor's ser-
vices for export packing accepted under this schedule and
may obtain such services elsewhere if desired. However, the
contractor shall furnish items export packed when such
packing is specified on the purchase order.
Systems and Cluster Acquisition Guide
The methodology developed is in response to the complex-
ity of systems and cluster furniture and its use represents a
means of obtaining the most competitive pricing possible for
the-govemment Due to the complex nature of the methodol-
ogy developed for the acquisition of items covered by this
schedule, it is recommended that requote project solicitation
and evaluation be assigned to contracting personnel rather
than small purchase or procurement assistant employees.
\
Additions to New Schedule
In conjunction with the use of this schedule, using activities
must comply with applicable GSA and/or agency regulations
for the design and layout of systems furniture. (Contact the
Safety and Environmental Management Branch in your local
GSA for more information.)
During initial design of the systems furniture layout, agencies
should carefully determine their electrical requirements (Le.,
computer and power supplies). As a result of overheating of
full-size neutral conductors, possible nonlinear load prob-
lems may occur. However, in order to alleviate this potential
problem, initial design should allow for an adequate supply
of neutral conductors or oversize neutral conductors. Prod-
ucts furnished by current contractors are sufficient to ad-
dress this concern and therefore should not be a problem 9
consideration is given during the initial furniture and electri-
cal layout preparation.
Contracts Will Be Used in the Following Ways
(a) Each contrao-bas^SO workstation, not to exceed
$125,000 net product vaTuer^Maximum Order Limitation
(MOL). Negotiated discounts under the contracts apply to
orders up to the MOL Using activities w3l evaluate the offer
of each contractor, selecting the lowest cost item(s) that best
meets their needs and place an order.
(b) All requirements exceeding the MOL are subject to a
procedure known as 'requoting* - Vendors are given the
chance to improve or "requote" their discount on a project-
by-project basis to maximize discounts based on volume,
plant capacity and other considerations. Using activities shall
issue a Request for Quotation (RFQ), SF-18, to all schedule
Basic .bomon
-------
vendors only. RFQs for systems furniture shall be issued to
all contractors listed under SIN 512-1; RFQs for clusters
shall be issued to all tuntiactuii. listed under SIN 512-2.
Synopsis is not required. The RFQ should cover all aspects
of the particular project-quantities and types of workstations,
design layout requirements, installation schedules, etc. Or-
ders will be placed with the contractor offering the lowest
evaluated price responsive to the specific requote request
Multi-year requirements are acceptable as long as the total.
requirement is stated and the term is specified. Funding
requirements shall be satisfied in accordance with FAR and
individual agency regulations. Muttiyear requirements and
projects utilizing phased delivery schedules may not exceed
five years from date of award through project completion.
The basis for obtaining pricing under the RFQ must be ge-
neric or nonbrand specific workstation prototypicate that will
be typical of the actual workstations purchased. Having ven-
dors price out generic stations puts each vendor on an
equal basis for evaluation purposes. Once the generic sta-
tions have been priced and returned by the RFQ dosing
date along with prices for design and installation, each ven-
dor will be evaluated and the lowest weighted responsive
offerer is selected. The selected vendor will begin doing an
actual design and layout based on the physical properties of
the site. From the design an actual bffl-of-materials will be
developed to form the basis for a delivery order.
Waiver Requests
Submit waiver requests to the following address:
GSA, FSS, 3FN
Director, National Furniture Center
Washington. DC 20406
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
THE REQUOTE PROCEDURE
Requotes shall be forwarded for procurement to:
GSA/FSS
Furniture Center (3FNS-B[CO])
Washington, DC 20406
The MOL of any contract resulting from this solicitation for
offers will be 50 workstations, not to exceed $125,000 (net
product value). Any requirement in excess of the MOL will
be procured through the issuance of an SF-18, Request for
Quotation (RFQ), where schedule contractors will requote
their discounts to agencies on a project by project ^ag'?
The requote process will not trigger the Price Reduction
Clause of this solicitation. This will allow contractors to taBor
the volume of business to their capacity and provide a more
flexible discount structure for orders in excess of the sched-
ule's MOL
Contractors are prohibited from accepting any orders in ex-
cess of the MOL, unless the order is issued as a result of a
requote project Violation of this prohibition may result in
termination of the contract pursuant to the Default Clause of
Ordering activities will, in accordance with FPMR
101-26.106, consolidate their requirements whenever feasi-
ble so as to take advantage of price savings available
through the requote procedure for requirements that exceed
the MOL
In responding to an RFQ (requote), contractors may either
quote lower prices or quote the lowest price already avail-
able under their Federal Supply Schedule contract Prices
offered in response to an RFQ (requote) that are higher than
the lowest price already available under the contractor's
current schedule contract wil not be considered.
Participation in the requote process is limited to vendors
awarded contracts under Federal Supply Schedule 71,
Part II, Section E for the specific SIN covered by the RFQ.
All requote proposals must be submitted in the name of and
signed by an authorized, bona fide employee of the GSA
Federal Supply Schedule contractor. A requote proposal
submitted in the name of or signed by any other source will
be disqualified from consideration. AH offerers have submit-
ted a complete list of the names of bona fide employees
authorized to negotiate on their behalf, which can be found
on pages 13 and 14, "Individuals Authorized to Sign
Requotes.*
71
-------
Under the requcte procedure, contractors may only offer
products that are contained on their contract under Federal
Supply Schedule 71, Part II, Section E at the date of issu-
ance of the requote. The offering of items not contained on
Federal Supply Schedule 71, Part II, Section E contracts w3l
result in rejection of a proposal.
The provisions of FAR clause 52215-10, 'Late Submissions,
Modifications and Withdrawals of Proposals,' shall apply to
all proposals submitted in response to RFQs issued under
the requote procedure.
All contractors under this schedule have been assigned
technical evaluation scores based upon an analysis of their
product line as demonstrated at the mock-up presentations
required by the solicitation. These technical scores shall be
applied to the prices offered on all requote projects, whether
issued by an individual agency or by GSA, to determine the
successful offerer under each requote. The technical evalu-
ation scores wBI only be applied to the prices offered for
products; the scores are not applicable to the prices offeied
for design or installation services. Agencies have the option
of separately evaluating and scoring the design and installa-
tion services offered by a cuuiiaoui in response to a re-
quote. See sample evaluation, page 22, Technical evaluation
scores are confidential. Contractors have been advised of
their own score. The scores assigned to other <
! of three
will not be disclosed. The technical evaluation scores as-
signed by GSA will remain constant throughout the life of the
contract; however, contractors wOl have the opportunity to
perform additional mock-up demonsudlioos of their product
lines during scheduled "open seasons" for this Federal Sup-
ply Schedule. Agencies using the requote procedure should
contact GSA for current technical scores for offers received.
Revised technical scores wSI be applied to all RFQs (re-
quotes) whose issue date is on or after the effective date of
the revised technical score. See "Other Features of this
Schedule" on page 7 for detaied information.
Once the requote offers have been evaluated to determine
the low, weighted offerer or the successful vendor wfll be
notified of their offer acceptance and will begin design work
within the scope of design services within the RFQ. After
design completion and acceptance, a delivery order wffl be
placed with the vendor covering the bill of materials gener-
ated from the design. The delivery order will be placed un-
der the vendor's current contract number for Federal Supply
Schedule 71, Pan II, Section E. All other contract terms and
conditions will apply to the requote delivery order.
Note: Add-ons are allowed.
LEASING
Agencies should refer to OMB Circular A-104 for information
on leases.
The following provisions have been incorporated in all con-
tracts that cover the leasing option, SINs 512-3 and 512-4:
(a) The leasing program(s) offered shall be lease with pur-
chase option arid be for a one-year lease with annual one-
year renewal options for total p
or five years.
(b) The leasing program(s) submitted by offerers is commer-
cial as defined by Section E. FAR 15.804.
(c) The leasing program(s) is national in scope,
(d) The leasing program(s) contains provisions for user ori-
entation to assure maximum utility of the installation.
(e) The leasing program(s) allows for add-on items that the
leasing agency can use to increase trie number of worksta-
tions during the period of the lease (basic plus renewals) 9
needed, not to exceed original term of lease and lease rates
awarded.
(f) The leasing program(s) runs on a fiscal year basis (Octo-
ber to September). Renewal of leases is subject to avaiabi-
ity of funding. K a lease is initially entered into for a period of
time less than the fiscal year October 1 through September
30 time frame, the lease for the partial period of the initial
lease will be the applicable lease rate for the anticipated
term of the lease.
(g) The leasing program contains provisions for buyout,*
i.e., purchase of all leased furniture, by the government at
any time during the lease, prior to the time for exercising the
purchase option, amount established as the 'residual value."
The buyout is determined by a straight Iffie amortization
method of the original purchase cost. For example: an
agency is leasing $75,000 (purchase cost) of furniture on a
five-year lease basis; at the end of two years the agency
decides to "buyout" the furniture. The buyout price wffl be
determined by deducting 20% from the purchase cost per
year.
Net Purchase Cost $75,000
First Year (minus) -15,000
Second Year (minus) -15,000
Buyout Price (equals) 45,000
Plus Residual Value (10%) 7.500
Buyout Total 52,500
SimSarty, if the lease is on a three-year term, the original
price minus residual value should be reduced by 33.3% per
year. The residual value is paid to the vendor as a lump sum
payment at the time the buyout option is exercised.
(h) Each leasing program should contain a prevision for
residual value purchase of any or all of the leased furniture
at the conclusion of the term of the lease. The residual value
is a fixed percentage on awards or issuance of any orders
under resultant oxiuacih. All furniture systems not pur-
chased by the government at the conclusion of the lease
shall be dismantled and removed from the government
premises by the cuiiuaum within 90 days from expiration of
the annual lease term, unless otherwise agreed upon by the
contracting officer in writing. Any costs for dismantling and
removal shall be negotiated on a case-by-case basis be-
tween the ordering agency and the contractor.
Basic Edition
-------
(i) Afl furniture offered for lease shall be new and unused. All
furniture shall be in current production. Only furniture sys-
tems accepted under the purchased Special Item Numbers
can be provided under the leasing program(s).
(j) As is now required for purchase, the leasing program(s)
must include provisions for the replacement or availability of
the same furniture for add-on to the furniture system for a
period of eight years. Approved contractors on 71II E have
certified concurrence with the above requirement
(k) FAR 52212-4 Liquidated Damages - Supplies, Services
or Research and Development.
(1) If the contractor fails to deliver the supplies or perform
the services within the time specified in the contract, or any
extension, the uuiiti actor shall, in place of actual damages,
pay to the government as fixed, agreed and liquidated darn-
ages, for each calendar day of delay, the sum of cost per
day above cost if project were on time. Each delivery order
issued under this contract will specify actual liquidated dam-
ages that wil be assessed.
(2) Alternatively, if delivery or performance is so delayed, the
government may terminate this contract in whole or in pan
under the Termination of Default-Supplies and Services
clause in this contract and in that event, the contractor shall
be liable for fixed, agreed and liquidated damages accruing
untfl the time the government may reasonably obtain deliv-
ery or performance of similar supplies or services. The liqui-
dated darrages shall be in addition to excess costs under
the Termination clause.
(3) The contractor shall not be charged with liquidated dam-
ages when delay hi delivery or performance arises out of
causes beyond the control arid without the fault or negli-
gence of the contractor as defined in the Termination for
DefaultSupplies and Services clause in this contract.
(I) Scheduling of Work. Before installation is started, the con-
tractor shall arrange with the contracting officer or his repre-
sentative a means of access to the premises, delivery and
storage of materials and equipment, use of approaches,
corridors, stairways, elevators. Any requests received by the
contractor to change the sequence or scope of work shall be
referred to the contracting officer issuing the purchase order.
(m) Additional Payment Terms. The contractor shall be paid
in accordance with the procedures of the Prompt Payment
Act, Public Law 97-177 (96 Slat 85 31 USC 1801), which
requires the submission of proper invoices. Any credits due
the government may be applied against the contractor's
invoice with appropriate information attached. Payment for
less than one month shall be prorated at 1/SOth of the
monthly rate for each calendar day.
Payments under this leasing provision shall be due on the
30th calendar day after the date of receipt of proper invoice
in the government office designated to receive invoices.
Date of receipt shall be the last day of the month in which
invoice is received.
(n) FAR 52299-1 State and Local Taxes (Apr 1984). Not-
withstanding the terms of the Federal, State and Local Taxes
clause, the contract price excludes all state and local taxes
levied on or measured by the contract or sales price of the
services or completed supplies furnished under this con-
tract The contractor shall state separately on its invoices,
taxes excluded from the contract price, and the government
agrees either to pay the amount of the taxes to the contrac-
tor or provide evidence necessary to sustain an exemption.
(o) Trie. Assignment of title by the contractor for any leased
furniture wfll not relieve the contractor of any responsibility of
the contract
(p) LJabaity and Insurance - Leased Furniture Systems. The
government shall be responsibile for loss of or damage to
leased furniture systems:
(1) Except for (i) normal wear and tear and (ii) loss or dam-
age caused by the negligence of the contractor, its agents
or employees.
(2) The contractor shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and
hold the government harmless against all actions or claims
for loss of or damage to property or the injury or death of
persons resulting from the fault, negligence or wrongful act
or omission of the contractor, its agents or employees. Fur-
ther, the contractor warrants that the contract price includes
no cost for insurance or contingency to cover such actions
or claims.
(3) If the government has to pay for any loss or damage
pursuant to this clause, such payments shall not exceed the
amount of appropriations available to the ordering agency,
at the time of the loss, for purposes of leasing furniture sys-
tems. For any losses exceeding the amount of available
leasing appropriations, the procedures outlined in FAR Part
33 shall apply.
(q) Reassignment of Leases and Options. If a government
activity enters into any lease agreement, such agreement
may be reassigned to another government activity. The as-
signee shall succeed to all rights vested with the govern-
ment, including buyout or purchase option. The lease pro-
gram is not intended to cover the cost of any movement or
reconfiguration required as a result of a reassignment of
lease agreements. Any cost for movement or reconfiguration
occasioned by reassignment shall be negotiated on a case-
by-case basis between the ordering agency and the con-
tractor.
(r) Termination for Convenience. The government reserves
the right to terminate this agreement, at any time, under, the
provision of Termination for Convenience of the Govern-
ment" FAR 52249-2. The Annual Percentage Rates (APR)
covered by this contract apply to leases under 50 worksta-
tions, not to exceed $125,000 (net product purchase value).
For leases over the MOL, APRs are to be quoted on a case-
by-case basis. The MOL figure of $125,000 is intended to
cover net product costs only. Residual cost percentages are
a fixed percentage under the contract whether below or
above the MOL
6
71 HE
-------
(s) Design and/or installation costs are not covered by the
tease provisions. Requirements for these services are to be
negotiated on a case-by-case basis, and payment shall be
handled under separate purchase order/invoicing docu-
ments and paid upon completion. Score request must be
submitted by the contracting officer after receipt of requote
proposals and technical review has been completed.
Clarification of Lease Terms and Payments. The dollar
amount to be amortized over the anticipated term of the
lease is the net product cost For example, if the net product
cost of the furniture is $50,000, the cost to be aroortized un-
der the lease is $50,000 minus 10% ($5000) or $45,000.
Remember,
These
costs must be paid fivfull to the respective vendor at the
time design and installation are satisfactorty completed.
For lease requirements under the schedule's Maximum Or-
der Limitation (MOL), the lease rate factor, corresponding
annual percentage rate and residual value are set For lease
requirements exceeding the MOL, only the residual values
are set. Users exceeding the MOL must include a require-
ment for responding vendors to provide both the lease rate
factor and the corresponding annual percentage rate.
During evaluation of the lease requotes, ordering agencies
are cautioned to verify that the lease rate factor quoted cor-
responds to the annual percentage rate quoted. Verification
requires the use of a programmable financial calculator.
Agencies are cautioned that Prompt Payment Discounts do
not apply to monthly lease payments.
Agencies are advised that some lease terms contain a pre-
payment premium that is paid over and above the buy-out
terms. Agencies should not execute a lease for short periods
of time in anticipation of receiving funding for purchase. The
decision to lease should be based on sound financial deci-
sions and not anticipated funding.
OTHER FEATURES OF THIS SCHEDULE
Technical Evaluation Score
A major feature of this schedule is a technical evaluation
score developed and assigned to each vendor who suc-
cessfully negotiates a schedule contract. This score is used
to weight the pricing of each vendor offering on a project,
ensuring that vendor selection is a combination of low price
and technical merit The evaluation criteria used to develop
the technical scores appear on this page. Mechanics of
applying the technical score are contained in the sample
Requote on page 22.
Weight evaluation scores and weighted requote prices are to
be kept confidential and w3l not be released.
Agencies conducting a requote may obtain the technical
evaluation scores by making a written request to:
GSA/FSS
Furniture Systems Management Div (3FCNS-B-CO)
Washington, DC 20406
Score request must be submitted by the contracting officer
after receipt of requote proposals and technical review has
been completed.
Requesting agencies should identify the following in their
request for technical scores.
(a) Vendor
(b) Individual signing offer
(c) Percent discount from list offwud
(d) Total list price value of offer
Note: The technical evaluation scores maintained by the
Furniture Commodity Center should not be supplemented
by the addition of any other product evaluation criteria.
Evaluation Criteria
(a) Conformity of Demonstration Sample to Requirement
This category is a measurement of a product's ability to form
basic workstations commonly used in government projects
and an offerer's responsiveness to stated project require-
ments. It also, is intended to insure a consistent evaluation of
all product lines offered.
0 Demonstration sample matches requirement AD speci-
fied demonstrations have been completed.
2 M inor variations from requirement A few smaD compo-
nents are missing.
4 Demonstration sample significantly differs from require-
ment Panels and/or work surfaces are not of the type
specified. Many components missing. Components not .
located as specified. Keys not provided for locks.
(b) Ease of Assembly. This category is a measurement of
the product's ease of assembly and considers whether an
agency would be able to reconfigure the workstations
through use of in-house personnel and the level of training
required for such personnel. This category also considers a
product's susceptibility to damage through disassembly and
reassembly and the potential for improper assembly. The
necessity to adjust or align components after installation for
proper operation is also considered.
0 Assembly simple to perform. Shelves, cabinets and work
surfaces are easBy assembled and mounted using com-
mon tods. Cabinets and shelves are easSy moved.
2 Assembly more difficult Mounting of components may
require special tools or training.
4 Assembly difficult to perform. Mounting is difficult with
special tools and knowledge required.
Basic Edition
-------
(c) Workmanship. This category is a measurement of the
apparent quality of workmanship of the product. The cate-
gory considers the workmanship of individual components
and the consistency of workmanship throughout the product
line. The category covers upholstery of panels, lamination
quality, welding and forming quality, panel stability, final
workstation assembly, etc.
0 Panels and components fit properly when in position.
There is a good uniformity in product quality and no
apparent defects. The assembled station is sturdy but
may show slight movement.
2 Panels and components fit properly when in position.
There are minor defects and minor variations in product
quality. The assembled station shows movement.
4 Panels and tables show gaps and unevemess. There
are significant variations in product quality, with product
defects apparent The assembled station shows
instability.
(d) Operation. This category is a measurement of the opera-
tional characteristics of drawers, cabinets, bins and other
moving parts of a product line. In addition to the smooth-
ness and quietness of operation, the category considers
ease of operation based on location of door or drawer pulls,
locks and the safety of operation.
0 All doors, drawers and components work smoothly with-
out binding or racking. Units are very silent, giving a
sense of durability and good quality. There are no fea-
tures that may cause injury or damage during use.
2 Most doors, drawers and components work smoothly
without binding or racking.
4 Several doors, drawers arid components work poorly,
are misaligned or are loose. There are obvious safety
hazards.
(e) Visual Appearance. This category considers the overall
appearance of the product and its applicability to the federal
office space.
0 Product most closely aligns with government office
needs. Product is visually appealing and provides for a
professional, fully integrated, workmanlike appearance.
2 Product moderately aligns with government office needs
and generally is visually appealing with good integration
of furniture components.
4 Product provides a functionally adequate station. Com-
ponents do not appear to be well integrated. Product
visually lacks appeal.
(f) Ease of Maintenance. This category is a measurement of
the ease of maintaining the product. The category considers
product requirements for maintenance and repair, the ease
of panel upholstery, deaning requirements, the abitty to
dean the surrounding area, etc.
0 Product and surrounding area are easy to maintain. Gen-
eral maintenance and repair can be performed by in-
house personnel with minimal instruction and common
tools. Panel fabrics are easy to replace. Special deaners
are not required.
2 Product is more difficult to maintain Most general main-
tenance and repair can be performed by in-house staff
after detailed instruction and demonstration by qualified
' personnel. Specialized tools may be required.
4 Product is difficult to maintain. Most general mainte-
nance arid repair can be performed only by certified
representatives of the manufacturer.
(g) Product Design. This category considers the product
design and construction of the furniture systems including
those features which are incorporated into the product line
to provide for a quality product Areas of consideration «v
dude the design and construction of panels, panel connec-
tors, leveling devices, raceways, electrical systems, cabinets,
shelves, pedestals, work surfaces, safety mechanisms, sus-
pensions, etc.
0 Excellent product design and construction of an compo-
nents and items are exhibited. Components, connectors,
safety mechanisms, accessories, etc. are well designed
and fully integrated. A quality product is shown.
2 Good product design and construction of most compo-
nents and items are exhibited. Product is fully functional.
4 Requires additional product design. Product is less func-
tional. Improvements are desirable in many areas.
Technical Requirements/Prototypicals
CAUTION: The use of brand name or equal descriptions or
a technical package developed in-house or under an A & E
(Architect and Engineer) contract that is based on a single or
limited group of vendor lines will almost always be protested
as unjustifiably restrictive. GSA and agency experience with
the generic prototypical approach over the past years has
been highly successful and requires significantly less time to
develop and use. Examples are illustrated in this schedule
beginning on page 24.
Adequate preparation of technical requirements is crucial for
the success of any systems project To assist in this process
each ex* manor prints and distributes a brochure that Olus-
trates and prices items covered under GSA contract Copies
are available from the contractor directly. Most systems on
the commercial market today are dynamic products that are
continually adapting to evolving needs and changing re-
quirements. Agencies are encouraged to be expansive
rather than restrictive when developing technical require-
ments and issuing RFQs. When developing technical re-
quirements to meet specific needs to exclude any contrac-
tor's project line, the purchase file must be documented
outlining the specific objective, technical or functional needs
that justify such restrictions of competition. This justification
wBI be essential in the event a dispute arises or an audit of
the project is performed. It is suggested that this justification
be prepared and coordinated by the user's technical, con-
tracting, legal and Competition Advocate staff. Requote re-
quests must be sent to all contractors to ensure considera-
tion of the maximum number of solutions for projects.
Generic designs developed in the cost analysis phase of
project justifications (see FPMR Bulletin E215 for guidance)
should fully define the technical requirements of the worksta-
tion in a nonbrand specific manner. These prototypical sta-
tions will become the basis for the technical portion of the
requeue package sent to each contractor. Generic designs
8
71 HE
-------
are required to ensure maximum i
pricing.
ampetition and effective
Issuing Requote RFQs
Agencies will utilize the Standard Perm 18, "Request for
Quotations," as the vehicle to obtain pricing on projects over
the MOL The RFQ must be sent to all eligible <
on schedule for the Special hem Number being procured
(i.e., 512-1 for systems and 512-2 for clusters). Keep in
mind that unacceptable solutions can be rejected in the re-
view process. The package developed to send to contrac-
tors for a requote of pricing should include at a minimum:
(a) Standard Form 18.
(b) Prototypical workstations/quantities with space for pricing
discount information.
(c) Floor plans, if avaBable.
(d) Delivery/installation schedule.
(e) Design/layout requirements.
(f) Installation conditions (loading dock restriction, freight
elevators, installation time restrictions, storage and staging
areas available, phased delivery requested etc).
(g) Place for vendor to indicate design time required and
hourly rate accepted under cam act
(h) Specifications. A base specification is a part of this
schedule. Particulars of the project over and above these
specifications must be included in the requote request
Note: Agencies must ensure that access and aisles in pre-
liminary and final design layouts meet fire and safety re-
quirements in federal offices.
Evaluation of Requotes
Responses by contractors willing to quote on the project
should be received by the time specified on Standard Form
18 and must be signed by an authorized representative of
the company. A list of authorized individuals appears on
pages 13 and 14 of this schedule. When the proposals are
received, each should be reviewed for technical compliance.
This 'e an involved process and should be performed by a
team consisting of at least the user, technical and contract-
ing staff. The procedure we have found most expeditious is
outlined below. This procedure is only intended as a guide;
users will be responsible for establishing and documenting
their own review process.
(a) Review each product line against the contract brochure.
This assures "open market" items are not included in the
solution. Only those items under contract can be procured
through this requote procedure. A waiver from GSA w3l be
required to purchase "off-schedule" items.
(b) Review each proposal against the functional require-
ments stated in your request Care should be taken to as-
sure each contractor's offer is submitted on an equal basis.
Some areas for consideration would be the number of eiec-
trical panels, duplex outlet requirements, amount of storage
space, overall workstation size, lighting, posts, connectors
and hardware needed to assemble complete workstations,
etc.
In addition to the technical review, evaluated prices must be
determined. On page 22 is a sample method evaluation for
requctes received from three vendors.
Note: Requests for Requote are negotiated procurements
and offerers should be given a chance to correct deficien-
cies in their Best and Final.
Do's and Don'ts for Requotes
(a) Do not use brand-specific references in RFQs.
(b) Use of the technical evaluation score is mandatory on
projects over the MOL and optional for those under the
MOL
(c) Do not request vendors to provide product mockups.
Contracts contain a clause prohibiting this.
(d) Dp not require vendors to provide complete layouts as a
condition for offering on an RFQ. Use typical, generic work-
stations as a basis for quotation on requotes and request for
pricing on orders under the MOL Do not request vendors to
provide complete and free design services as a condition for
consideration on any size order.
(e) Do not restrict specifications on nonfunctional require-
ments. Do not>specffy design requirements such as width of
panel or construction materials.
(f) Do not release technical evaluation scores or weighted
purchase prices to any offerer.
(g) Do not request "desirable" features. State your minimum
needs and evaluate offers against those needs.
(h) Do not require or expect a vendor to store your project
without storage charges once it has been produced arid
delivery cannot be accepted. There will be an additional
charge for this service and it must be negotiated on a case-
by-case basis. If storage exceeds 30 days, GSA recom-
mends partial payment to the contractor for up to 80% of the
value of the stored product The remaining 20% would be
paid upon delivery of product in accordance with the sched-
ule payment clause.
(i) Do not specify items contained on other Federal Supply
Schedules. Review each Bfll of Materials to ensure only
schedule items are offered.
Q) All orders issued must cite the GSA contract number. A
requote is not a new contract
(k) Do not establish unrealistic delivery dates for your pro-
ject Normal leadtimes (from the date that you begin work
on the acquisition to the date installation begins) average
from six to eight months. If the project timeline is altered due
to delays in design approvals, renovation schedules, etc,
delivery dates should be renegotiated.
Basic Edition
-------
(I) Ordering activities may contact FCNS, Washington, DC,
for assistance in developing an RFQ for furniture systems.
(m) Do not in
rate the attached specifications into the
RFQ. The specifications on pages 15 to 19 are for informa-
tion purposes and are in the schedule contractor's contract
(n) Do not require vendors to supply a licensed electrician to
connect stations to building power source.
(o) Do not require vendors to supply test data that was re-
quired for basic contract award (Le., fire, smoke, acoustic.
etc).
(p) Sole Source requirements must be purchased in accor-
dance with FAR 6.3, and may not be accomplished under
this schedule. Add-on requirements for less than $125,000
to an existing retaliation that must be purchased from the
original vendor may be placed under this schedule with the
proper documentation to the fie as to the criteria for source
selection.
The actual monthly lease cost paid will be the net purchase
cost x lease factor x term of the lease. The weighted cost is
used for evaluation purposes ONLY. The residual value is
added back in as the total cost of the product
The design and installation costs wil be paid in a lump sum
as an upftbnt cost These costs wBI not be a pan of the ac-
tual monthly lease cost paid for the furniture.
In the event the option to purchase is exercised, the 'pur-
chase cost" for the purposes of buyout is the cost that wffl
appear on the cost ad bffl of materials resulting from the final
approved design and layout This cost shaO remain constant
and is not subject to change.
See page 22 for sample method.
(q) No panel sharing factor shall be included in the offer
submitted.
(r) Do not incorporate detafled specifications requiring spe-
cific materials, methods of construction, colors and tests for
which there is no adopted standard. This schedule covers
procurement of commercial items and not items built to gov-
ernment specification.
Alternative Method of Evaluation Leasing
The technical evaluation ranking factors established under
the schedule cam act win be used in determining the lowest
weighted option for award purposes.
Discounted Purchase Price x Product Line Technical
Evaluation Score = Weight Factor
Discounted Purchase Price plus weight factor = Weighted
Purchase Price
Design and Installation Cost x Designer/Installer Technical .
Score = Designer/Installer Weight Factor (if used)
The method of evaluation shall be:
(a) Weighted purchase price x lease rate factor x anticipated
tease term = Lease Cost
(b) Lease cost plus contract residual value for anticipated
term = Evaluated Overall Lease Cost
(c) Design cost plus installation cost plus designer/installer
weight factor = Weighted Design/Installation Price
(o> Evaluated overall lease cost plus weighted design/instal-
lation price = Overall Cost to Determine Low Weighted
Offerer
10
71 HE
-------
SUPPLIES AND/OR
SERVICES
Shaw Walker-Knoll North America Inc
SMI/FEI Div-KAB Office Systems Inc
Techniques in Wood -Techniques in Wood, An Eltrex Co
Tibbet-Tibbet Inc
TranswaliTranswall Corp
Commodity Listing Information
Spec/a/ Item Numbers.
Descriptions.
Brand names and awarded contractors. Brand names are
listed alphabetically on the left, with contractors listed in
boldface immediately following on the right. For example:
Brand Name-Contractor
See "Contractors* section for complete contractor names,
addresses, telephone numbers, contract numbers and con-
tract effective dates.
Note to Ordering Agencies
This schedule covers the procurement of entire w
and is not to be utilized for the purchase of individual com-
ponent items (e.g., panels only or task tables only). Individ-
ual components may be purchased separately but only as
supplements to or replacement pieces for existing Furniture
Systems Installation. Justification should appear in f9e for
such purchases.
Furniture Systems
512-1
Furniture Systems
In accordance with FCNE 87-441.
A system of furniture components designed to provide a
comprehensive office furniture environment, through the
ability to create a variety of workstation configurations. The
furniture system is based on interconnecting, structural pan-
els as a central, integrating element In addition to the pan-
els, the system shall include panel supported storage, task
management devices, electrical and wire management
components and panel supported and/or freestanding work
surfaces.
Acoustical Partitions- Chas G Stott & Co Inc
Allsteel-Allsteel Inc
Artec Oiv of Kimball-Kimban International Marketing Inc
ArtopexArtopex (US) Inc
Aspects-Aspects Inc
Domore-Domore Corp
Flex-Y-Plan-Flex-Y-Plan Industries Inc
Haworth - Haworth Inc
KruegarKruegar International Inc
Herman Miller-Herman Miller Inc
Glen O'Brien-Trie Glen O'Brien Movable Partition Co Inc
Packard - Packard Industries Inc
Rosemount Private Spaces-Rosemount Office
Systems Inc
512-2
Workstation Clusters
In accordance with FCNE 87-442.
A fixed group of workstations arranged around a central
point or core. Clusters shall be available in three, four, five
and six station groups. The duster shall be a basic unit pro-
viding the specified number of stations and including panels
and work surfaces. The cluster station may be expanded but
not reconfigured. Fractional dusters to provide improved
space utilization may be provided, work surfaces may be
panel supported or freestanding. The duster system shafl
include overhead storage units, drawer pedestals, fighting
and electrical and wire management.
Acoustical Partitions-Chas G Stott & Co Inc
DatumDatum Filing Systems
PackardPackard Industries Inc
512-3
Leased Furniture Systems
Award Pending
512-4
Leased Workstation Clusters
Award Pending
572-5
Demountable Walls
In accordance with FCNE 87-445.
A full-height, floor-to-ceding partition system designed to
provide fully enclosed office spaces without requiring per-
manent attachment to fte building. Partitions shall be
factory-assembled, modular units. The wall system shall
include solid-faced panels and door panels.
TranswallTranswall Corp
512-6
Design/Layout Services
$ per hour.
Interior design services include a wide range of services,
and are intended to assist users in project planning and/or
execution. Service may include basic conversion of generic
workstations and floor plans to brand specific stations or
comprehensive design services, including development of
adjacencies, workstation designs and floor plans. Design/
layout services may include use of CAD/CAP systems for
development of workstations, component lists for order
placement, development of electrical, telephone and cable
management plans, and generation of color and installation
plans. Agencies are required to define the scope of services
they require, regardless of the dollar value of the project
Based on the scope defined by the agency, vendors win
quote a number of design hours at the hourly contract rate
or a rate (less than the contract rate) commensurate with the
level of effort
Basic Edition
11
-------
This SIN may not be used to develop generic workstation
designs for requeue packages.
Acoustical Partitions Chas G Stott & Co Inc
Allsteel-Allsteellnc
Artec Dh/ of Kimball-Klmball international Marketing Inc
Artopex Artopex (US) Inc
Aspects Aspects Inc
Datum Datum Filing Systems
Domore Oomore Corp
Flex-Y-Plan-Ftex-Y-Plan Industries Inc
Haworth-Haworth Inc
Kruegar Kruegar International Inc
Herman MOIer- Herman Miller Inc
Glen O'Brien-The Glen O'Brien Movable Partition Co Inc
CONTRACTORS
Rosemount Private Spaces- Rosemount Office
Systems Inc
Shaw Walker- Knoll North America Inc
SMI/FEI Dtv-K&B Office Systems Inc
Techniques in Wood Techniques in Wood, An EKrex Co
Tibbet-Tibbet Inc
512-7
Installation Services
Includes product delivery coordination, unpacking, inspec-
tion of product for shipping damage, assembly of product to
conform to final design drawings, removal of packing materi-
als and cleaning of product Agencies will negotiate installa-
tion on a project-by-project basis, requesting an installation
price quotation for each project regardless of dollar value of
the project Agencies must fully define the scope of required
services under installation in order to facilitate realistic price
quotations.
Acoustical Partitions Chas G Stott & Co Inc
Allsteel-Altsteel Inc
Artec Div of Kimball Kimball International Marketing Inc
Artopex-Artopex (US) Inc
Aspects Aspects Inc
Datum Datum Piling Systems
Domore Domore Corp
Hex-Y-Plan-Ftex-Y-Plan Industries me
Haworth-Haworth Inc
Kruegar Kruegar International me
Herman Miler- Herman Miller Inc
den O'Brien-The Glen O'Brien Movable Partition Co Inc
Packard Packard Industries Inc
Rosemount Private Spaces -Rosemount Office
Systems me
Shaw Walker- Knot! North America Inc
SMI/FEI Dhr-K&B Office Systems Inc
Techniques in Wood Techniques in Wood, An Ettrex Co
Tibbet Tiooet Inc
Orders for SINs 512-6 and 512-7 can only be placed in
conjunction with orders, for product under SINs 512-1.
512-2, 512-3 or 512-4. The design/layout SIN cannot be
utilized to develop workstation prototypcals to be used in
purchases above or below the MOL The installation SIN is
to be used only for the initial furniture systems installation.
This schedule is not to be used for furniture moves, redesign
or reconfiguration.
Award Information
Contractor's name, address ana telephone number.
Business Size and Minority Business Enterprise indica-
tors: *s ' for small business, "o'for other than small busi-
ness, "a * for minority business enterprises, "b'for other
than minority business enterprises and ~w* for woman
owned.
m ocwu/oci iiumuct ounj cunt/oCt e/»t»ci/Vc
AHsteellnc
Allsteel Dr
Aurora, II 60507
(708) 859-2600
0/0 GS-OOF-5073A 1Oct91
Artopex (US) Inc
Merchandise Mart. 1085
Chicago. IL 60654
(312)644-1049 ^
0/0 GS-OOF-5074A 1O&91
Aspects Inc
9477 N Opal Ave
Redlands, CA 92373
(714) 794-7722
sib GS-OOF-SOTSA 1 0ct91
Datum Filing Systems Inc
270 Adams Blvd
Farmingdale, NY 11735-6684
(800) 828-6018
sib GS-OOF-5066A 1Oct91
Domore Corp
2400 Sterling Ave
Elknart, IN 46516
(219) 293-0621
Sib GS-OOF-508SA 10&91
Flex-Y-Plan Industries Inc
6960 W Ridge Rd
POBoxCC
Fairview, PA 16415-0829
(814) 474-1565
sib GS-OOF-5090A 1 0ct91
Haworthlnc
One Haworth Center
Holland, Ml 49423-9576
(616) 393-3000
o/o GS-OOF-5083A lOct91
12
-------
K&B Office Systems Inc
3609 Saunders Ave
Richmond, VA 23227
(804) 355-7055
sit) GS-OOF-5087A 1 Oct Q1
Kimbal! International Marketing Inc
KimbaJI International
Artec Div
1600 Royal St
Jasper, IN 47549
(812) 482-1600
0/6 GS-OOF-5075A 1 Oct 91
(Shaw Walker)
PO Box 157
Water St
East Greenvffle, PA 18401
(412) 642-3546
0/6 GS-OOF-5079A 1 Oct 91
Kruegar International Ine
1300 Bellevue St
Green Bay, Wl 54308-8100
(414) 468-8100
0/6 GS-OOF-S08QA 1 Oct 91
Herman Miller Inc
8500 Byron Rd
Zeetand, Ml 49464
(616) 772-3300
0/6 GS-OOF-5O92A 1 Oct 91
The Glen O'Brien Movable Partition Co Inc
,5301 E 59th St
Kansas City, MO 64130-0200
(816) 523-7416
sib GS-OOF-5088A 1 Oct 91
Packard Industries Inc
1515 US 31 N
NBes, Ml 49120
(800)253-0866
S/6 GS-OOF-5094A 1 Oct 91
Rosemount Office Systems Inc
21785 Hamburg Ave
Lakevflle, MN 55044-9035
(612) 469-4416
0/6 GS-OOF-5091A 1 Oct 91
Chas G Stott & Co Inc
9301 Largo Or W
Landover, MO 20785
(301) 499-5838 ~
sib GS-OOF-5096A 1 Oct 91
Techniques in Wood, An Eitrex Co
8 Cairn St
Rochester. NY 14611
(716) 328-3800
sib GS-OOF-5072A 1 Oct 91
Tibbetlnc
155 S Superior St
PO Box 2266
Toledo, OH 43603
(419) 244-9558
S/b GS-COF-S086A 1 Oct 91
Transws" Ccrp
i^iw -.'-:'i.". ,.-'
PO Box 1930
West Chester, PA 19380
(215) 429-1400
s/6 GS-OOF-S101A 1 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes
The following is a list provided by the contractors of those
individuals who are authorized to sign requotes on their
behalf. If a requote proposal is submitted in the name of
or signed by anyone other than those authorized, the
proposal is invalid and should be disqualified from further
consideration:
Allsteel Inc
MDAssell
RS Broome
DTCosgrove
JM Froisland
PKJeska
Artopex (US) Inc
Cheryl Carmack
Mat Doonan
Deborah Horrworth
Serge MacOuff
Steve Seres
Aspects Ine
Gary Meier
RalfGZacky
Datum Filing Systems Inc
Stephen Potter
Thomas Potter
William Potter
DomoreCorp
DonBerger
TrixieHawley
David Kebrdle
Ellen Schrock
Basic Edition
13
-------
Ftex-Y-Plan Industries Inc
Kathy Griffith
Thomas Hutzdman
EricPfeiffer
Donald Worthington
Haworthlne
JohnCBerreQ
Nancy Courser
Patrick McCarthy
Timothy McGee
MarkMcKinney
Loren Schrotenboer
Laura I Vriesman
Michael Wiener
K&B Office Systems Inc
Josepn T Aooooui
Stephen L Barnes
Kimball International Marketing Inc
John Dittmer
Waiiam FarreH
LenLorey
Knoll North America Inc
JoeBucara
Bay Chamberlain
Robert Chevalier
Peter Cohen
TomFarreH
Charlie Gaul
EarlGeiger
Marsha Goodman
Cam Jewell
Steve Robinson
Kruegar International Inc
John Anderson
James Falck
C Scott Fitzgerald
Herb Franz
PautH Meeuwsen
Terry Picard
Jim Vandenberg
VeraWard
Herman Miller Inc
Ed Charles
Ruben Derdorian
Bart Franey
Elsie Friborg
David Oilman
Dawn Johnson
M3t Knee
Mite Kratt
Jack McDermott
Ross Rhodes
DeanRodgers
DaveTeerman
Jim Woodcock
The Glen O'Brien Movable Partition Co Inc
R Tim Hotting
Jim Hubachor
Donald E Jackson
Glenn Moss
Richard O'Brien
Stephen R Nichols
Patrick Schmidt
Dan Smith
Packard Industries Inc
Gerald Carlson
John DiCostanzo
Edward Mark
Louis Mark
itosemount Office Systems tnc
Triuri&s F Canfielcl
Richard F Chaffee
JimAColaizy
Wayne S Doeden
Timothy Groves
Lloyd C Moilenkopf
Timothy Vaughan
Chas G Stott & Co Inc
Paul J Leonard
John J Rutrdedge
Reed Smith \
Techniques in Wood, An Ettrex Co
Matthew Augustine
Melody Cofield
Victor E Ruscto
Tibbetlnc
James Black
Susan F Kaplan
Transwall Corp
Hugh Averts Jr
Jay Aikens
Thomas Bain
Gregory Schwind
14
71 UE
-------
PRODUCT
INFORMATION
Note: Product lines under contract have already been
determined to meet the following specifications and test
requirements.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
FURNITURE SYSTEMS
Scope
This description covers office furniture systems designed to
provide comprehensive office furniture environments
through the abiity to form a variety of workstation configura-
tions. The furniture systems consist of connecting structural
panels with provisions for mounting a wide range of furniture
components, panel supported and/or freestanding work
surfaces and drawer pedestals meeting the requirements
specified herein.
Salient Characteristics
The requirements contained herein are the minimum re-
quired features to be accepted under this contract The
manufacturer may offer additional products which are de-
signed to enhance the function of the furniture system. Ac-
ceptance of products not specified herein is at the contract-
General
All products furnished under this description shall be of a
design and materials to withstand hard daily use with a mini-
mum of maintenance and repair.
Panels
Panels offered under this description may include acoustical
and nonacoustical, safety glazed, open, tackable. electrified
(a) Flammabilfcy. All panels offered shall have a maximum
smoke development rating of 150 and a maximum spread
rating of 25 when tested as specified herein. The fabric cov-
ering shall be flame resistant
(b) Acoustics. All panels offered shall have a minimum noise
reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.80 when tested as specified
herein. Alternatively, the acoustical panel shall have a mini-
mum noise isolation dass (NIC) of 20 in the barrier and
flanking positions.
(c) Dimensions. Panels shall be available in a variety of
heights and widths.
(d) Raceway. Panel raceways shall be avaBable. Panel race-
ways shall be designed to provide distribution of electrical
and/or communication cables. Raceways shall provide ca-
pacity for a minimum of four 25 pair cables with two connec-
tors and the panel electrical system. The raceways on elec-
trified panels shall provide access points for placement of
receptacles. Unused access points shall be covered to pre-
vent unsightly holes. Covers shall be replaceable or the
raceway cover shall be easily replaced without disassembly
of the panel.
(e) Connections. The panel system shall be capable of con-
necting in a variety of configurations including connection of
panels of differing heights and connection of two, three or
four panels from a single point.
(f) Component Mounting. The system shall provide lor sus-
pending components at varying heights on both sides of the
panel.
(g) Leveling and Alignment The system shall provide pre-
cise alignment of adjacent panels and shall include leveling
glides to compensate for uneven floors. A minimum 3/4*
adjustment range is required. When placed on a level sur-
face with the glides fully retracted the maximum distance
between the panel and the floor shall be 1".
Work Surfaces
(a) Types. The furniture system shall include work surfaces
which are panel supported and/or freestanding. When panel
supported and freestanding surfaces are offered, they shall
be of similar construction and appearance and shall allow
the integration of both types within a workstation. Panel sup-
ported surfaces may include cantilever and end supported.
Freestanding surfaces may include open base (C- or T-ieg)
and panel end. Adjustable height, single and dual surface
tables and printer stands designed for support of computers
and other AOP equipment are acceptable.
(b) Construction. Top surfaces shall be high-pressure plastic
laminate or wood veneer. The top shall be balanced to resist
warping, and the underside shall be smoothly finished.
Edges shall be post formed, solid wood, vinyl T-molding or
self edge. When self edging is used, the comers shall be
cscsd.
(c) Dimensions. The system shall include work surface
depths between 18 and 30" and widths between 30 and 60*.
Dimensions outside these ranges are also acceptable.
Drawer Pedestals
(a) Types. The furniture system shall include drawer pedes-
tals or individual drawer units that can form pedestals. Types
may include surface-mounted, freestanding and moofle
pedestals. Freestanding and mobile pedestals shall be de-
signed to allow use beneath a work surface and shall not
exceed 30" in height
(b) Drawers. Drawer types shall include pencB or personal
drawers, box drawers and file drawers.
Basic Edition
15
-------
(c) Locks. Pedestals shall be avaBable with locks or locking
devices. Units may be gang locks or may be individual
drawer locks.
Shelves and Cabinets
The furniture systems shall include shelves and cabinets in
at least two widths. Cabinets shall be provided with a reced-
ing door or may be formed from a shelf and separate top
and door assembly. Cabinet locks shall be available.
Lateral Files and File Bins
Panel supported lateral files and file bins may be offered.
Freestanding lateral files, specifically designed to be used
beneath a work surface (no top surface) may be included.
Lighting
The furniture systems shall include task lighting. As a mini-
mum, task lights shall be capable of mounting beneath a
shelf or cabinet Articulated arm task lights that are panel
mounted, ambient lights and under-counter or panel-
mounted lights are also acceptable. Variable intensity or
adjustable task lights are also acceptable. All lights offered
shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) approved or ap-
proved by other independent testing laboratories using rec-
ognized industry standards. Task lights shall have individual
on/off switches and shall be equipped with a diffusion lens
to provide glare-free light. Lights shall be shielded to pre-
vent direct viewing of the lamp or bulb at eye level from a
seated position.
Electrical System
The furniture system shall have an electrical system capable
of distributing electrical service to several workstations from
a central feed point The electrical system shall have a mini-
mum capacity for three 20 amp circuits. The system shall
provide access to electrical power through receptacles lo-
cated in the panel raceway. The system may include desk
height or desk mounted receptacles. All electrical compo-
nents shall be UL listed and labeled or tested and labeled by
other independent testing laboratories using recognized
industry standards.
Testing
The furniture system shall be tested in accordance with the
requirements listed below. All products offered by the manu-
facturer shall be tested in accordance with the applicable
requirements, even if the product is not a required feature of
the system. All testing shall be conducted in accordance
with the test standard in effect at the time of the test, unless
otherwise noted. Copies of the test reports shall be furnished
for review. Test reports shall specifically cite the date of the
test, the test procedure used, the part number(s) of the sam-
ple tested and multiple variations of the same basic con-
struction, which are not specifically distinguished in the test
standard. The representative sample shall be the worst case
for the test involved..
(a) Panel Flammability. The fire test shall be conducted in
accordance with ASTM Standard E-84, Standard Method of
Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materi-
als, by an independent laboratory. The test report shall be
not more than one year old, and testing shall be conducted
on a yearly basis during the term of any contract The test
shall be conducted on the entire assembled panel (the com-
plete core, adhesive, decorative fabric, frame and joining
components). The test must be conducted on each different
fabric, and interior construction. Alternatively, testing may be
conducted in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories
(UL) Standard No. 723 or National Fire Protection Associa-
tion (NFPA) Standard No. 255.
(b) Fabric RammabHity. Fabric flame resistance shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 701.
(c) Panel Ac
The acoustical test for the NRC shall be
by an independent laboratory, in accordance
with ASTM Standard C-423, Sound Absorption and Sound
Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method.
NIC shall be measured in accordance with the General Serv-
ices Administration, Public Buildings Service Standard
Method of Test PBS-c.2, Procedure III-S, Test Method for
the Sufficient Verification of Speech Privacy Potential (SPP)
based on Objective Measurements Including Methods for
the Rating of Functional Interzone Attenuation and NC Back-
ground.
The test report shall be not more than three years old at the
time set for receipt of offers, and new testing shall be con-
ducted within three.years of the test date. The test shall be
conducted on the entire assembled panel, full face area (the
complete core, adhesive, decorative fabric, frame raceway
and joining components). NRC shall utilize an average
measurement over the four standard octave intervals: 250,
500, 1000 and 2000 Hz. Both sides of the panel shall be
tested. The test must be conducted on each different interior
construction offered as an acoustical panel.
(d) Panel Electrical System. The panel electrical system shall
meet the requirements of UL Standard 1286.
(e) Panel and Panel-Supported Components. Panels and
panel supported components shad be tested in accordance
with the requirements of the American National Standard
ANSl/BIFMA X5.6-1986. Representative items shall be se-
lected for testing based on worst case situations (Le., the
deepest and widest work surface or shelf).
(f) Freestanding Work Surfaces. Freestanding work surfaces
shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard
ANSl/BIFMA X5.5-1989, with the following exceptions:
(1) For open base tables, the deflection under load and the
permanent set shall be measured within 1* of the front cor-
ners as well as within 1* of the front edge at the center of the
top. The maximum deflection under load at the comers shall
not exceed 0.30". The total deflection at the center shall not
exceed 0.010" per inch of top length. The permanent set
shall not exceed 0.06" at the leg and 0.002" per inch of top
i at the center.
(2) The leg impact test shall be conducted with the weight
striking the table leg at the most forward point of the leg.
16
71I1E
-------
(3) Adjustment Operation Test The work surface shall be
placed on a flat, level surface. A load shall be applied
through a 12" disk, placed within 1" of the front edge of the
top at the center. For a single-surface unit the load shall be
300 Ib. For a dual surface stand the load shall be 75 Ib for
the keyboard surface and 200 Ib for the CRT surface. The
sand shall be operated-through the entire adjustment range,
without binding or damage to the mechanism. The load
shall then be moved to within 1" of the left or right edge of
the stand and the test repeated.
(g) Freestanding and Mobile Pedestals. Drawer pedestals
shall be tested in accordance with Sections 6,7,8,9,16 and
17 of ANSI/BIFMA X5.5-1989 with the following exceptions:
(1) Data printout file drawers shall be loaded with 2-1/4 Ib
per linear inch of depth.
(2) The stabBfty test. Sections 13, shall be conducted with all
drawers empty, except the drawer with the largest capacity
which shall be loaded in as specified in 13.23. Any devices
used to maintain the stability of the unit, such as counter-
weights, shall be included in all products furnished under
the contract.
(3) Caster Durability Test The pedestal shall be loaded with
two Ib per linear inch in all drawers (not including conven-
ience tray). The complete unit shall be pushed forward and
pulled backward over a barrier strip 1/8" high, minimum, at a
rate of 7 to 10 cydes per minute for 20,000 cycles. One cy-
cle is a forward and backward stroke. Structural faflure,
damage, deformation or loosening of parts that affect stabil-
ity or serviceab3ity or could cause personal injury to a user
is cause for rejection.
(h) Keyboard Drawer or Shelf Test Apply a 50-lb load to the
center of the keyboard shelf for a period of five minutes. Any
loosening of attachments, permanent deflection or damage
to the operation of the drawer or shelf shall be cause for
rejection.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
WORKSTATION CLUSTERS
Scope
This description covers office workstation clusters. The clus-
ters consist of connecting, structural panels with provisions
for mounting a range of furniture components, panel sup-
ported and/or freestanding work surfaces and drawer ped-
estals meeting the requirements specified herein. The duster
is based on a fixed unit designed to provide three, four, five
or six workstations arranged around a central point or core.
Design
The workstation duster shall be ergonomicalty designed to
provide an aesthetically pleasing, space efficient, self-
contained grouping of workstations designed and marketed
as an integral unit for heavy-duty, long-term office use.
Salient Characteristics
The requirements contained herein are the minimum re-
quired features to be accepted under this contract. The
manufacturer may offer additional products which are de-
signed to enhance the function of the duster. Acceptance of
products not specified herein is at the cor m acting officer's
option.
General
All products furnished under this description shall be of a
design and materials to withstand hard daSy use with a mini-
mum of maintenance and repair.
Panels
Panels offered under this description may indude acoustical
and nonacoustical, glazed, tackable.
(a) Ftammabiiity. Ait panels offered shall nave a maximum
smoke development rating of 150 and a maximum flame
spread rating of 25 when tested as specified herein. Fabric
coverings shall be flame resistant
(b) Acoustics. Acoustical panels shall have a minimum noise
reduction coefficient (NRC) of 0.80 when tested as specified
herein. Alternatively, the acoustical panels shall have a mini-
mum noise isolation dass (NIC) of 20 in the barrier and
flanking positions.
(c) Dimensions. Panels shall be avaflable in a variety of
heights.
(d) Component Mounting. The duster shall allow suspend-
ing components on both sides of the shared panels.
(e) Leveling and Alignment The duster shall provide precise
alignment of adjacent panels and shall indude leveling
glides to compensate for uneven floors. A minimum 3/4*
adjustment range is required. When placed on a level sur-
face with the glides fully retracted the maximum distance
between the panel and the floor shall be 1".
Work Surfaces
(a) Types. The workstation duster shall indude work sur-
faces that are panel supported and/or freestanding. When
panel-supported and freestanding surfaces are offered, they
shall be of similar construction and appearance and shall
allow the integration of both units within a workstation. Free-
standing surfaces may indude open base (C- or T-leg) and
panel end. Dual surface units designed for support of com-
puters or other ADP equipment are acceptable.
(b) Construction. Top surface shad be high-pressure plastic
laminate or wood veneer. The top shall be balanced to resist
warping, and the underside shall be smoothly finished.
Edges shall be post formed, solid wood, vinyl T-molding or
self-edge. When self-edging is used, the comers shall be
Drawer Pedestals
(a) Types. The workstation duster shall indude drawer ped-
estals or individual drawer units which can form pedestals.
Types may indude surface mounted, freestanding and mo-
bile pedestals. Freestanding and mobile pedestal shall be
designed to allow use beneath a work surface and shall not
exceed 30" in height
Basic Edition
17
-------
(b) Drawers. Drawer types shall include pencfl or personal
drawers, box drawers and file drawers.
(c) Locks. Pedestals shall be available with locks or locking
devices. Units may be gang locked or may have individual
drawer locks.
Shelves and Cabinets
The workstation clusters shall include shelves and cabinets
in at least two widths. Cabinets shall be provided with a re-
ceding door or may be formed from a shelf and separate
top and door assembly. Cabinet locks shall be available.
Lighting
The workstation dusters shall include task lighting. As a
minimum the task lighting shall be capable of mounting be-
neath a shelf or cabinet Articulating arm task lights that are
panel mounted, ambient lights and under-counter or panel-
mounted lights are also acceptable. Variable intensity or
adjustable task lights are also acceptable. All lights offered
shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) approved or ap-
proved by other independent testing laboratories using rec-
ognized UL standards. Task lights shall have individual on/
off switches and shall be equipped with a diffusion lens to
provide glare-free light Lights shall be shielded to prevent
direct viewing of the lamp or bulb at eye level from a seated
position.
Electrical System
The workstation cluster shall have an electrical system capa-
ble of distributing electrical service to the workstations from
a central feed point The system shad provide access to the
electrical system through receptacles located in the panels
or panel raceway. The duster may indude desk height or
desk-mounted receptacles. All electrical components shall
be UL listed and labeled or tested and labeled by other
independent laboratories using recognized industry
standards.
Testing
The furniture system shall be tested in accordance with the
requirements listed below. All products offered by the manu-
facturer shall be tested in accordance with the applicable
requirements, even if the product is not a required feature of
the system. All testing shall be conducted in accordance
with the test standard in effect at the time of the test, unless
otherwise noted below. Copies of the test reports shall be
furnished for review. Test reports shall specifically cite the
date of the test, the test procedure used, the part numbers)
of the sample tested and multiple variations of the same
basic construction, which are not specifically distinguished
in the test standard. The representative sample shall be the
worst case for the test involved.
(a) Panel Rammabfltty. The fire test shall be conducted in
accordance with ASTM Standard E-84, Standard Method of
Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Striding Materi-
als, by an independent laboratory. The test report shall be
not more than one year old. and testing shall be conducted
on a yearly basis during the term of any contract The test
shall be conducted on the entire assembled panel (the com-
plete core, adhesive, decorative fabric, frame and joining
components). The test must be conducted on each different
fabric, and interior construction. Alternatively, testing may be
conducted in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories
(UL) Standard No. 723 or National Fire Protection Associa-
tion (NFPA) Standard No. 255.
(b) Fabric FlammabBrty. Fabric flame resistance shall be
tested in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 701.
(c) Panel Acoustics. The acoustical test for the NRC shall be
conducted by an independent laboratory, in accordance
with ASTM Standard C-423, Sound Absorption and Sound
Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method.
NIC shall be measured in accordance with the General Serv-
ices Administration, Public Buildings Service Standard
Method of Test PBS-&2, Procedure III-S, Test Method for
the Sufficient Verification of Speech Privacy Potential (SPP)
based on Objective Measurements Induding Methods for
the Rating of Functional Interzone Attenuation and NC Back-
ground.
The test report shall be not more than three years old at the
time set for receipt of offers, and new testing shall be con-
ducted within three years of the test date. The test shall be
conducted on the entire assembled panel, full face area (the
complete core, adhesive, decorative fabric, frame raceway
and joining components). NRC shall utilize an average
measurement ovec the four standard octave intervals: 250,
500,1000 and 2000 Hz. Both sides of the panel shall be
tested. The test must be conducted on each different interior
construction offered as an acoustical panel
(d) Panel Electrical System. The panel electrical system shall
meet the requirements of UL Standard 1286.
(e) Panel and Panel Supported Components. Panels and
panel-supported components shall be tested in accordance
with the requirements of the American National Standard
ANSl/BIFMA X5.6-1986. Representative items shall be se-
lected for testing based on worst case situations (i.e., the
deepest and widest work surface or shelf).
(f) Freestanding Work Surfaces. Freestanding work surfaces
shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard
ANSl/BIFMA X5.5-1989, with the following exceptions:
(1) For open base tables, the deflection under load and the
petriianent set shall be mea&widd within 1" of the front tu-
ners as well as within 1" of the front edge at the center of the
top. The maximum deflection under load at the comers shall
not exceed 0.30". The total deflection at the center shaD not
exceed 0.010" per inch of top length. The permanent set
shall not exceed 0.08* at the leg and 0.002" per inch of top
length at the center.
(2) The leg impact test shall be conducted with the weight
striking the table leg at the most forward point of the leg.
(3) Adjustment Operation Test The work surface shall be
placed on a flat, level surface. A load shall be applied
through a 12* disk, placed within 1" of the front edge of the
top at the center. For a single-surface unit the load shall be
18
-------
300 Ib. For a dual-surface stand the load shall be 75 Ib for
the keyboard surface and 200 Ib for the CRT surface. The
stand shall be operated through the entire adjustment range,
without binding or damage to the mechanism. The load
shall then be moved to within 1" of the left or right'edge of
the stand and the test repeated.
(g) Freestanding and Mobfle Pedestals. Drawer pedestals
shall be tested in accordance with Sections 6,7, 8,9,16 and
17 of ANSI/BIFMA X5.5-1989 with the following exceptions:
(1) Data printout file drawers shall be loaded with 2-1/4 Ib
per linear inch, of depth.
(2) The stabflity test, Section 13, shall be conducted with all
drawers empty, except the drawer with the largest capacity,
which shall be loaded in as specified in 13.23. Any devices
used to maintain the stabBity of the unit, such as counter-
weights, shall be included in all products furnished under
the contract
(3) Caster Durability Test The pedestal shall be loaded with
two Ib per linear inch in all drawers (not including conven-
ience tray). The complete unit shall be pushed forward and
pulled backward over a barrier strip 1/8" high, minimum, at a
rate of 7 to 10 cycles per minute for 20,000 cycles. One cy-
cle is a forward and backward stroke. Structural failure,
damage, deformation or loosening of parts which affect sta-
bility or serviceabaity or could cause personal injury to a
user is cause for rejection.
(h) Keyboard Drawer or Shelf Test Apply a 50-lb load to the
center of the keyboard sherf for a period of five minutes. Any
loosening of attachments, permanent deflection or damage
to the operation of the drawer or shelf shall be cause for
rejection.
Note
Standards are available from:
ANSI
American Standards Institute tnc
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race St
Philadelphia. PA 19103
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
Extern/march Park
Quincy, MA 02269
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc
333 Pfingston Rd
Northbrock. IL 60062
Basic Edition
-------
SAMPLE
Request for Quotations (for use with requirements in excess of $125,000 government net)
REQUEST FOR QUOTATIONS
(THIS IS HOT AM OKDCHI
Th» Ha<&BtSn<»uBvt**B-SrniafviamiS*i-»taian*»i*mm«l*mlam *ACC Of MCts
n» n*-* § i *
1. MCOUCST NO. 2. QATC IS&UCD I). UtOVfilTION/^USCHASt WtOUtST
90-02-130 8/5/90 | "°
SA, ISSUED rr DepartBent Oj p
Procurement Div
120 Park St.
Washington. DC
iperwork
Lslon
20051
Contract Specialist (701) 995-3100
. TO. MAMC AMD AODftCS*. IMCLUO**
IO.>ICASE FUMNISM QUOTATIONS TO
roiu cuose or IUSIMCSS tt>*ti>
8/21/90 4:30PM EDT
c xi> coot
«. CE"T. K)« NAT. O£P. «ATINC
uNOEHBasAMEc.2 *
AND/OB OMS REG. 1
12/1/90
7. DCL4VKB*
SPO8 PI OTHER
OESTMATION LJ » i*l«l*tl
same as SA
|~~1 SMALL Q OTMEB TNAN SMALL (~l OSAOVAMTACEO |"1 WOMEEfcOWNED
UVOKTAMT: Ttw a noun fer Nilerimticn. h naum dm net commit ift> CoommKi »p»» «BY co»n «xf«d <« n» p^o^iio" o' i*»mbn>nie«»ot itiaoueatiane
r»ic». Sue&H met dc«n«Bic enf*t
r en m* form and mtura
llo' mjaoiai or
t tor Ouotttiom
12. SCHEDULE
u&i fniml. Sort** lac* was)
ITEM NO.
to)
SUWLIESSERVICES
Ibl
This request for qootations Is issued p
CSA Federal Supply Schedule 71. Pare II
The Department of Paperwork solicits qu
oa che following furniture systeas requ
in attached drawings per specifications
exceptions noted
WORKSTATION "A"
WORKSTATION "B"
WORKSTATION "C"
WOSKSTXTIOJ: "a"
WORKSTATION "E"
13. DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT ^
10 C*UC.NO** OAVS
%
NOTE: R«er»fnun*l«ofato3m«l«t(db)niw«uow.
14. NAME AN3 AOOAtti Of QUO'CO (3BRI. CIO
arc«*u
. cowtn. Sutt m*
OUANTITV
Id
irsuant to the
Section E.
itation of dls
.reaeat: Work
under FSS 71,
)
75
60
SO
150
70
2O CAUCNOA9 OAV3
%
UNIT
(01
pro
oan
itat
Par
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
UNIT PRICE
M
lednres establ
s under CSA c
.ons coaposed
: II. Section
$
$
S
$
J
AMOUNT
(0
shed under
ntract terms
if components
E with any
$
*
)
«
$
M CACCNOAM 0*V& CACKMQAR OA^S
% %
SlCN OUOTATIOM
1 7. NAMC AMO TI TUE o^ SICMCH tTyff » **wxt
QUOTATION
l»*ttut»MOMC ^«O.
ffn il^< fit nrtit
HCVIOUS COITION NOT U1A»U
rrANOAiio pom w t»tv. j
20
71HE
-------
SAMPLE
Request for Quotations-Continuation Sheet
RCa"C«CNCC MO. O*1" OQCUMCMT EIMG CQMTIMUEO ***OC C
CONTINUATION SHEET 90-02-130 2
***" ^^
ITEM NO.
-
-
ktUU V*4 Wts^VI ITm. »«*
su**uES/sEftvcEs
paspriml ing eospanias Tfr*M £ azniAb * parts list coal
CCA contract that will nek* op each workstation.
Delivery reqoiressmts ar* aa follows :
SO stations 25 cations A
30 Stations 30 Station* B
25 stations 25 Stations C
75 Stations 75 Stations B
20 Stations by 12/1/»0 SO Stations t by 1/15/1
Cesigc Boors «. S per boar (not to exceed t
Installation Conditions: Installation ia at 120 Park
Tbere is * loading dock that can eccoanodata ap to
reserved if toe department is given 24 boors notici
first pbaae (do* by 12/1/»0) «nat to installed at nil
Installation $ .
Interested companies may ->-»-- floor plans at a pi
Angost 12 at tb* sita 120 Park St.. Waahington, EC. 1
Contact on
Matted of Order Placement: An order will be placed
PJUCI. Tbe total waiont pries will be arrived at by
Technical scon <* Height Factor. Weighted Factor *
for Supplies.
Design Cost * Installation Cost X Designer/Installer
lation. vaiebt Factor for Design/Installation » Dee
Price for Services.
Initial Weighted Price for Sappliara » Initial Veiobi
See axanpl* below:
$350. OOO 0.215
7S.JSO $150,000
QUANnTY
l*ta w/liat
M boorly r<
St., waabii
fear 40' t
. Ibsr* ar*
it.
iqaot* walk-
I 501.
lor farther
vith the e«
the follewi
ratal Discoi
Seer* Factc
gn coat *
d Price foi
1
UNIT
pric
e* ai
gton
aila
two
ATOl
info:
idoz
g fe
nted
i
nsta
sar
ff
MCS 1
1
UN IT MICE
ao all prodoc
opted Bndsr 6
SC on the St
S. TWO Of tbi
freigbt eleva
gh of the ins
ution/qoeatio
with the low*
csnla: total B
Pric* Initi
eight Factor i
lation Cost -
10** « total. H
VETC
$
ffiZ2
ntic
S4
AMOUNT
accepted under 1
A contract) . . 1
and S,32S
i I 1»4 O - 441-3TJ (J1JI
STAMDARO FORM M (fttv. JO-»J)
i*c'»MII>yCSA '
FAR («i cmi sxin
Basic Edition
21
-------
SAMPLE
Sample Method Evaluation'
Quantity
Vendor A:
Station 1
Station 2
Stations
Technical Score 20
Vendor B: Station 1
Station 2
Stations
Technical Score 14
Design .Hours SO
Installation
Design Hours 30
Installation
List Disc
@ 40.00
1683 50
1980 100
2211 20
@ 35.00
Price Quant
Total
$84.000.00
192,500.00
42.000.00
$318,500.00
2000
12,750
Total
$84,150.00
198,000.00
44.200.00
Vendor C:
Station 1
Station 2
Stations
$326,350.00
1050
13,050
Total
' $99,000.00
226,000.00
49.560.00
Technical Score 23
Design Hours SO
Installation
@ 35.00
$374,560.00
1750
22,475
The total price for stations 1,2 and 3 (per vendor) wfll then be weighted by the applicable technical
evaluation score factor to determine the initial weighted price.
Total Price Technical
Stations 1-3 Score Factor
Vendor A $318,500 X 0.20 =
Vendor B $326,350 X 0.14 =
Vendor C $374,560 X 0.23 =
63,700.00 +
45,689.00 +
86,148.80 +
Total Price
Stations 1-3
$318,500
$326,350
$374,560
Initial
Weighted Price
$382^00.00
$372,039.00
$460.708.80
The initial weighted price is then added to the design cost and the installation cost to arrive at the final
weighted price.
Weighted Price Design Cost Installation Cost Fral Weighted Price
Vendor A $38^200.00 + $2000 + $12,750 - $396,950.00
Vendor B $372,039.00 + $1050 + $13,050 = $386,139.00
Vendor C $460,708.80 + $1750 + $22,475 = $484,933.80
In the example, contractor B is the evaluated low offerer and should be the successful offerer on this project
Agencies may choose to further weigh the requoted pricing by applying a service evaluation score if they
include the requirement in the RFQ (Request for Quotations). If agencies choose to apply the service evalu-
ation score, the application and criteria are entirely the responsibOty of the using activity.
A sample form Request for Quotations is included in this schedule, tt includes certain provisions such as
method of award and general technical review language. This is only intended as a guide and is not meant to
be all inclusive.
22
71
-------
SAMPLE
Sample Method Evaluation for Leasing
Vendor A:
Station 1
Station 2
Stations
IM
4800
5550
6000
Technical Score 20
Design Hours 50
IfrirhiHiUlon
Vendor B:
Station 1
Station 2
Stations
5100
6000
6700
Technical Score 14
Vendor C:
Station 1
Station2
Stations
Design Hours 30
Installation
LSI
4950
5650
6195
Pjsc.
65%
65%
65%
Pjsc
67%
67%
67%
Pjsc
60%
60%
60%
1680
1925
2100
Price
1683
1980
2211
Quantity
50
100
20
@ 40.00
50
100
20
@ 35.00
Price Quantity
1980
2260
2478
Technical Score 23
Design Hours 50
installation
Vendor A
VendorB
VendorC
Discounted Technical Weight
Purchase Price Score Factor Factor
$318,500 X 0.20= 63,700.00
$326,350 X 0.14= 45,689.00
$374,560 X 0.23= 86,148.80
Lease Rate
Weighted Factor
Purchase Price (From Vendor)
+
+
50>
100
20
@ 35.00
Discounted
Purchase Price
$318,500
$326,350
$374,560
Lease Term
(No. of Months)
Total
$34.000.00
192£00.00
42.000.00
$318,500.00
2000
12,750
Total
$84,150.00
198,000.00
44.200.00
$326 350.00
1050
13,050
Total
$99,000.00
226,000.00
49.560.00
$374,560.00
1750
22,475
Weighted
Purchase Price
$382,200.00
$372,039.00
$460,708.80
Anticipated
Lease Cost
Vendor b
VendorC
Vendor A
VendorB
VendorC
$460,708.80
Anticipated
Lease Cost
$463,685.04
$468,768.96
$514,150.92
XC.03aJ;
X 0.0310
lo.U2l.36 X
14,281.97 X
ou
36
= $514,150.92
Residual Value % of
Discounted Purchase Price
$31.850 (10% Of $318,500)
$39,162 (12% Of $326,350)
$56,184 (15% Of $374,560)
Evaluated Overall
Lease Cost
$495,535.04
$507,930.96
$570^34.92
Weighted or unweighted design and installation prices must be added to Evaluated Overall Lease Cost to
determine overall low offerer.
Easic
-------
SAMPLE
Request tor QuotationContinuation Sheet
CONTINUATION SHEET
90-02-130
ITEM NO.
SU-auESOEMVICES
tlemeat* which are B»p*nrt*Bt oa loc«l nnortitinn* wil
ear* will b* applied to tb* weighted bid price tt
detarmia* the eaaeeaafal bidder.
(rovide a abort evnopei* ef tb* experience ot tb* t
will a* werkiag ce thi* job if TOO are tb* *ace*a
ayaapeia, provide J reference* for th* d**ioa*r and
over S250.000 withia th* pur J year* is the (iaa*
ptuject air* (aoaber of workatatioa* *ad dollar v»la
involved. It i» aaeeatial that tbe point of contact
BBOKTS
O-eeaigaar ba* aiaaif icaat experience
a-eeeigaer ba. aaa* experience oa « f «
experience oa miaar project*.
C-Deaigaer ba* miaiael -mrvrii^-r in i
oa miaor project*.
*. Irotallar project experience
O^Zaataller fr** aicaif icast *"|' * riiPBi
3-Xa*taller ba* aoa* experieoce on a i
experience oa miaer project*.
t Tn«Ti11*r ba* ainimil experience ia
eacperiAaee oa miaor project*.
wnuaunt* tc&gw.
Cleaent
VI.»MI* Mjightil
X. Beaigaex project experience 3
B. Zartallar project experience 2
QUAMTmr
receive *
give fit
ice oraaa;
fal offeror
1 reference
t 9M>«r*pb
1. d*t* aad
for tb* re
provided.
is ***er*l I
' major pro;
»jor project
oa aevaral
w majar pn
i*jor projec
Voiat
9 f to
Z
Z __
UNIT
*iat
tl w
wti<
lai
for
e ar
«ta
rai
'^
.jar
eta
> *ac
joi
ecu
t* 41
Sea
UNIT PRICE
iag factor. TJ
lightad price
B «ad tb* ia*
laded *» pa
tb* ia*t*ai*r
4). InrlBd* 4
it of de*iea/i
mm b* familu
fid aaa*
ome aaperiar
project*.
end eoae
d vm.
e eeigbtMf
AMOUNT
weigbtad
ibich will
allar that
t ef tbi*
oa project
fea oa tb*
tallatioa
with tb*
ftTANOAMO FOMM 3§ (Mv. lft«D
24
-------
PRODUCT
ILLUSTRATIONS
LEGEND
Pedestal/Drawer Unit
Cabinet
Shelf
Work Surface
FS
Freestanding Work Surface
Duplex Receptacle
25
-------
Manager Workstation
112 square feet
Q.
.... o
Items -
Panels
Wcxk surfaces
D-shaped convergent
Cabinets w/tocks
Shelves
Drawers w/locks
Task lights
Size
75-85'h
24" d
72"wx36'd
Box w/penca tray
Box \
Re
Quantity
40 linear feet
13 linear feet
1
8 linear feet
5 linear feet
2
2
2
3
Supervisor Workstation
96 square feet
?/
1
p
Uft
I
^
O
p
Items Size
Panels 65-6Th
Work surfaces 24'd
Cabinets w/locks
Drawers w/locks
Task lights
Box w/penci tray
Box
Re
Quantity
36 linear feet
18 linear feet
8 linear feet
2
2
2
'2
26
71 HE
-------
o
Professional Workstation
64squarefeet
Panels
Work surfaces
Cabinets w/lock
Drawers w/lcck
Task light
Size
65-67-h
24'd
Box
Box
Re
Quantity
29 linear feet
14 linear feet
8 linear feet
1.
1
1
1
Professional Workstation
64 square feet
_»
-»*
o
FS
111
Items
"ar.els
o o
_***
J"
Size
es-erh
Worksurfaces
Panel supported
Freestanding-open base
Cabinets w/lock
Mobile pedestal w/lock
Task light
24" d
72'wx24-dx29'h
Box/Box/File
Quantity
29 linear feet
8 linear feet
1
8 linear feet
1
1
Note: Workstation includes a combination of panel-
supported and freestanding work surfaces.
Basic Edition
27
-------
Professional Workstation
64 square feet
Panels
Freestanding work surfaces
Cabinets w/tocks
Shelves
Mobile pedestal w/lock
Task lights
Size
6S-6rh
72"wx24"dx29-h
60"wx24"dx29-h
Box/Box/FHe,
Quantity
29lriearfeet
1
1
6 linear feet
5 linear feet
1
2
Note: This workstation includes freestanding work surfaces.
Clerical Workstation
Items
Panels
Work surfaces
Shelves
Drawers w/Tock
Task lights
Size
60-53'h
24'd
Box w/penc8 tray
Box
Re
Quantity
16 linear feet
10 linear feet
4 linear feet
1
1
1
1
71 HE
-------
Computer Workstation
36 square feet
Items
Panels
Work surfaces
Cabinet w/Iock
Shelf
Drawers w/lock
Task lights
Size
60-63' h
24" d
36*wx24'd
Box w/pentil tray
Box
Re
Quantity
16 linear feet
6 linear feet
1
3 linear feet
3 linear feet
1
1
1
2
4-Man Workstation
Cluster
Items
Panels
Work surfaces
Cabinets w/locks
Shelves
Pedestals
Task lights
Size
60-62" h
min. 30" w
min.30"w
Box w/pencfl tray
Box
Re
Quantity
As shown
As shown
4
4
4
4
4
4
Basic Edition
29
-------
FSS 71 II E, Furniture Systems
Address Change:
KNOLL NORTH AMERICA, INC
(Shaw Walker)
P.O. Box 209
921 W. Western
Muskegon, MI 49443
(616) 755-2270
o/b GS
Mailing address for Aspects
Aspects, Inc.
P.O. Box 1799
Redlands, CA 92373
Additional Awards:
>
1.
SINS 512-1, 512-6 and 512-7
Teknion, Inc.
17 West Stow Rd.
P.O. Box 562
Marlton, NJ 08053
(609) 596-7608
o/b GS-OOF-9024A
Individuals authorized to sign requotes
Stephen M. Miner
Brian J. Schazinger
2.
SINs 512-1, 512-6 and 512-7
Pleion Corp.
1402 E. Chestnut Ave
Santa Ana, CA 92701
(714) 835-9101
s/b GS-OOF-9014A 24 Oct 91
Individuals authorized to sign requotes
John Lerch
Clifford Gartung
Adrian VanDonkelaar
-------
3.
SINs 5.12-1, 512-6 and 512-7
Structural Concepts Corp.
17237 Van Wagoner Rd .
Spring Lake, MI 49456
(616) 846-3300
s/b GS-OOF-9016A 30 Oct 91
Individuals authorized to sign reguotes:
James -Doss, W. David Kendrick, Russell Nag el
and Vicki Neiderheide
SINs 512-1, 512-2, 512-5, 512-6, 512-7
Trend way Corp.
13467 Quincy St.
P.O. Box 9016
Holland, MI 49422-9016
(616) 399-3900
s/b GS-OOF-9020A 20 Nov 91
Individuals authorized to sign requotes:
Donald Keeringa, James Heeringa, David Field,
Harlan Sprik, David VanderKooi and Char Francis
5.
SINs 512-1, 512-6 and 512-7
Cano Corp.
225 Industrial Rd .
Fitchburg, MA 01420
(508) 342-0.953
s/b GS-OOF-9011A 9 Dec 91"
Individuals authorized to sign requotes:
Jan Kapstad
6.
The following existing contractors have been added
for SIN 512-3, Leased Furniture Systems:
Herman Miller, American Seating Co., Knoll North America, Inc.
(Westinghouse Furniture Systems), Knoll North America, Inc. (Shaw
Walker)
7.
Correction - Add Transwall Corp. to SINs 512-6 and 512-7
-------
8. Herman Miller GS-OOF-5092A - Delete the following names from
list of individuals authorized to sign requotes: Milt Knee and
Dean Rodgers. Add the following name: Gary Kemp
9.
Additional Award:
SINs 512-1, 512-6 and 512-7
M.S. Ginn
(Barter/Integrated Systems)
Federal Contract Division
1899 "L" Street, NW
Washington, DC 20036
(202)467-0036
o/b GS-OOF-9006A 3 Jan 92
Individuals authorized to sign requotes:
George Stone
Brian Caskie \
Henry Powell
C.J. Carmmarito
10. Page 5 of the schedule under "Note" should read: Add-ons
are allowed up to $125,000.
11. Additional Award:
SINs 512-1, 512-6, 512-7
Executive Office Concepts
1705 Anderson Avenue
Compton, CA 90220
(213) 537-1657
s/b GS-OOF-9002A 9 Jan 92
Individuals authorized to sign requotes:
.Richard Sinclair, Frank Jeffreys, and Kenneth Maplesden
-------
In addition to Evaluation of Requotes, Page 9: Add (c)
If an offerer's solution to the protypical workstations results
in an offer that falls below the schedule's Maximum Order
Limitation (MOL)/ the offerer is required to offer discounts
applicable to contract terms. This will be determined by
comparing the total list price value of the products offered in
response to the RFQ to the contractors maximum order list value
under contract. Should any offer or offers be received which
qualify as below the MOL, orders will be placed with the
Contractor offering the lowest overall contract price. All
other offers received (i.e./ those offers submitted above the
MOL) will be rejected from further consideration, regardless of
the overall net value of the offers.
-------
Changes to the Basic Edition
Issued September 13. 1991
FSC Group
Part
Section
FSC Class
71
II
E
7110
Contracting Officer:
(COM)FTS: (703) 557-3840
ADDITIONAL AWARDS
Hawortn Inc, an existing contractor, has been added for
SIN 512-3, "Leased Furniture Systems."
The following contractors have been added for SINs 512-1,
512-6 and 512-7:
American Seating Co
901 Broadway NW
Grand Rapids. Ml 49504
(616) 732-6600
0/6 GS-OOF-9021A 2Oct91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
Bruce Benedict, Robert Benedict, Richard Brom, John Godwin,
Matt Hinueber, Al Mayne, John Meroin, Jim Stelly, Dennis
Tarrant, Jim Van Slee and Nelson Wilfore
GF Office Furniture Ltd
POBox 1108
Youngstown, OH 44501
(216) 759-8888
0/6 GS-OOF-9017A 8 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
AH Brcgan and James Hildsbranc!
The Harter Group
2200 Wilson Blvd
#405
Arlington. VA 22201
(703) 522-6773
s/6' GS-OOF-9023A 7 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
Richard Berdah and Stuart R Foster
Knoll North America Inc
Westinghouse Furniture Systems Div
4300 36th St SE
Grand Rapids, Ml 49518
(616) 949-1050
0/6 GS-OOF-5100A 1 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
Joe Bucara, Bay Chamberlain, Robert Chevalier, Peter Cohen,
Tom Farrell, Charlie Gaul, Eart Geiger, Marsha Goodman, Cam'
Jewell and Steve Robinson
Trie Marvel Group Inc
Quorum Office Furniture Div
3800 W 44th St
Chicago, IL 60632
(312) 523-8968
0/6 GS-OOF-S098A 1 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
Mark Ciabattari, Donald H Cutlip, Roger E Hayes Jr. Roger E
Hayes Sr and Vemon S Schroeder
Steelcase Inc
901 44th St SE
PO Bo* 1967
Grand Rapids, Ml 49501
(616) 246-9463
0/6 GS-OOF-5093A 1 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
Greg Engelsma, Georgia Everse, Kim Gilpin, Larry Leete, John
Monroe, Dave O'Brien and Jim Vanderkodde
The following contractor has been added for SINs 512-1,512-2,
512-6 and 512-7.
Tab Products Co
1400 Page Mill Rd
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(301) 229-9400
0/6 GS-OOF-9018A 8 Oct 91
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes:
Pauline Beale, Ken Disselkoen, James Gibson, David Price,
Rick Saunders and Tom Stacy
CORRECTION TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The Requote Procedure
GSA is available to perform your requote requirements. Agencies
that require assistance in performing their requotes should sub-
mit their requirements to:
GSA/FSS
Furniture Center (3FNS-8[COJ)
Washington, DC 2O406
CHANGE TO AUTHORIZED SIGNERS
Cheryl Carmack has been removed from the list of individuals^
authorized to sign requotes for Artopex (US) Inc,
GS-OOF-5074A.
-------
GENERAL ^ . /ICES AOMINIST NATION
Centralized Mailing List Service (7C AFL)
4900 Hemphill St
Warehouse 4, Dock 1
PO Box 6477
Ft Worth. TX 76115
Official Business
Penalty for Private Use $300
OOSC7167
Postage and Fees Paid
General Services
Administration
GSA-361
FIRST CLASS
474222202008
GSA 3FN SYS MGMT DIV
ATTNPAT WILLS CM 4 RM 403
1941 JEFFERSON DAVIS HWY
ARLINGTON VA 22202
-------
Amendment No. 1
Februarys, 1992
Furniture Systems
Systems Furniture, Workstation
Clusters, Demountable Walls and
Leased Systems Furniture and
Workstation Clusters
FSC Group 71
Part II
Section E
FSC Class . 7110
C
O
«
g Multiple Award
g
.2 For ff?e period
J3 October 1,1991
*g through
Jg September 30,1996
^ This document is to be
V used in conjunction with
.££ . the Basic Edition issued
> September 13,1991.
t*
V
Federal Recycling ProgramL2 Printed on Recycled Paper
-------
HOW TO GET
ASSISTANCE
SIGNIFICANT
CHANGES
GSA CONTACTS
Contracting Officer
General Services Administration (3FCNS-B-CO)
(FSC Group 71 Part II Section E)
Washington, DC 20406
COM: (703) 305-5340
FTS: 365-5840
For Additional Copies of Schedules
General Services Administration
Centralized Mailing List Service (7CAFL)
4900 Hemphill St
PO Box 6477
Ft Worth, TX 76115
(COM)FTS: (817) 334-5215
AUTOVON: 739-7369
For General Information
General Services Administration
FSS Information Center (FCOS)
Washington, DC 20406
COM: (703) 305-6477
FTS: 365-6477
AUTOVON: 327-1022
ADDITIONAL AWARDS
Cano Corp
DO3 Systems Inc
Executive Office Concepts
MSGinn
Pteion Corp
Structural Concepts Corp
Teknion Inc
Trendway Corp
MODIFICATIONS TO CURRENT
CONTRACTS
The following contracts now include SIN 512-3:
American Seating Co :
Haworthlnfc
Herman Miller Inc
Knoll North America Inc (Shaw Walker)
Knoll North America Inc (Westinghouse Furniture Systems)
The following contract now includes SINs 512-6 and 512-7:
Transwall Corp
REQUOTE AUTHORIZATION CHANGES
Herman Miller Inc (GS-OOF-5092A) has revised its "Individu-
als Authorized to Sign Requotes" section. See page 5 of this
amendment.
CORRECTIONS
On page 5 of the basic edition, the "Note" should read:
Add-ons are allowed up to $125,000.
On page 9 of the basic edition, "Evaluation of Requotes,"
add:
(c) If an offerer's solution to the protypical workstations re-
sults in an offer that falls below the schedule's Maximum
Order Limitation (MOL), the offerer is required to offer dis-
counts applicable to contract terms. This wfll be determined
by comparing the total list price value of the products of-
fered in response to the RFQ to the contractors maximum
order list value under contract Should any offer or offers be
received which qualify as below the MOL, orders wfll be
placed with the contractor offering the lowest overall contract
price. All other offers received (i.e., those offers submitted
above the MOL) will be rejected from further consideration,
regardless of the overall net value of the offers.
Amendment No. 1
-------
ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER
CHANGES
Please note the following address and phone number
changes: '
Aspects Ine
PO Box 1799
Badlands, CA 92373
Knoll North America Inc
(Shaw Walker)
PO Box 209
921 W Western
Muskegon, Ml 49443-
(616) 755-2270
SUPPLIES AND/OR
SERVICES
Commodity Listing Information
Special Item Numbers.
m Descriptions.
Brand names and awarded contractors. Brand names are
listed alphabetically on the left, with contractors listed in
boldface immediately following on the right For example:
Brand NameContractor
See the "Contractors" section for complete contractor
names, addresses, telephone numbers, contract numbers
and contract effective dates.
Note to Ordering Agencies
This schedule covers the procurement of entire workstations
and is not to be utilized for the purchase of individual com-
ponent items (e.g., panels only or task tables only). Individ- .
ual components may be purchased separately, but only as
supplements to or replacement pieces for existing Furniture
Systems Installation. Justification should appear on file for
such purchases.
Furniture Systems
512-1
Furniture Systems
In accordance with FCNE 87-441.
A system of furniture components designed to provide a
comprehensive office furniture environment through the abil-
ity to create a variety of workstation configurations. The fur-
niture system is based on interconnecting, structural panels
as a central, integrating element. In addition, the system
shall include panel-supported storage, task management
devices, electrical and wire management components and
panel-supported and/or freestanding work surfaces.
CanoCano Corp
DOS SystemsDO3 Systems Inc
Executive Office Concepts-Executive Office Concepts
Harter Integrated Systems-MS Gfnn Co
PleionPlelon Corp
Structural Concepts-Structural Concepts Corp
Teknion-Teknlon Inc
Space Management Systems-Trendway Corp
71 HE
-------
572-2
Workstation Clusters
In accordance with FCNE 87-442.
A fixed group of workstations arranged around a central
point or core. Ousters shall be available in three, four, five
and six station groups. The duster shall be a basic unit pro-
viding the specified number of stations and including panels
and work surfaces. The cluster station may be expanded but
not reconfigured. Fractional dusters to provide improved
space utilization may be provided. Work surfaces may be
panel supported or freestanding. The duster system shall
include overhead storage units, drawer pedestals, lighting
and electrical and wire management.
Trendway CorpTrend way Corp
512-3
Leased Furniture Systems
American Seating-American Seating Co
HaworthHaworth Inc
Herman Miller-Herman Miller Inc .
Shaw Walker-Knoll North America Inc
Westinghouse Furniture SystemsKnoll North America Inc
512-4
Leased Workstation Clusters
Award Pending
512-5
Demountable Walls
In accordance with FCNE 87-445.
A full-height, floor-to-ceiling partition system designed to
provide fully endosed office spaces without requiring per-
manent attachment to the building. Partitions shall be
factory-assembled, modular units. The wall system shall
include solid-faced panels and door panels.
Space Management SystemsTrendway Corp
Orders for SIN 512-5 can only be placed in conjunction with
an order for furniture systems components that will integrate
with the demountable walls.
512-6
Design/Layout Services
$ per hour.
Interior design services indude a wide range of services
intended to assist users in project planning and/or execu-
tion. Service may indude basic conversion of generic work-
stations and floor plans to brand specific stations or compre-
hensive design services, induding development of adjacen-
cies, workstation designs and floor plans. Design/layout
services may indude use of CAD/CAP systems for develop-
ment of workstations, component lists for order placement,
development of electrical, telephone and cable management
plans, and generation of color and installation plans. Agen-
cies are required to define the scope of services they re-
quire, regardless of the dollar value of the project Based on
the scope defined by the agency, vendors will quote a num-
ber of design hours at the hourly contract rate or a rate less'
than the contract rate (for orders over the MOL) commensu-
rate with the level of effort
CanoCano Corp
DOS Systems-003 Systems Inc
Executive Office ConceptsExecutive Office Concepts
Harter Integrated SystemsMS Glnn Co
Pleion-Ptelon Inc
Structural ConceptsStructural Concepts Corp
TeknionTeknion Inc
TranswallTranswall Corp
Space Management Systems-Trendway Corp
This SIN may not be used to develop generic workstation
designs for requote packages.
572-7
Installation Services
Includes product delivery coordination, unpacking, inspec-
tion of product for shipping damage, assembly of product to
conform to final design drawings, removal of packing materi-
als and cleaning of product. Agencies will negotiate installa-
tion on a project-by-project basis, requesting an installation
price quotation for each project regardless of dollar value of
the project. Agencies must fully define the scope of required
services under installation in order to facilitate realistic price
quotations.
Cano - Cano Corp
DO3 SystemsDOS Systems Inc
Executive Office ConceptsExecutive Office Concepts
Harter Integrated Systems-MS Ginn Co
Pleion-Pleion Corp
Structural Concepts-Structural Concepts Corp
TeknionTeknion Inc
Transwall-Transwall Corp
Space Management SystemsTrendway Corp
Orders for SINs 512-6 and 512-7 can only be placed in
conjunction with orders for product under SINs 512-1,
512-2,512-3, 512-4 or 512-5. The design/layout SIN can-
not be utilized to develop workstation prototypicals to be
used in purchases above or below the MOL The installation
SIN is to be used only for the initial furniture systems' instal-
lation. This schedule is not to be used for furniture moves,
redesign or reconfiguration.
Amendment No. 1
-------
CONTRACTORS
Award Information
Contractor's name, address and telephone number.
Business Size and Minority Business Enterprise indica-
tors: "s~ for small business, "o" for other than small busi-
ness, "a" for minority business enterprises, "b'for other
than minority business enterprises and "w" for woman
owned.
Contract number and contract effective date.
Cano Corp
225 Industrial Rd
Ftehburg. MA 01420
(508) 342-0953
sib GS-OOF-9011A 9 Dec 91
DOS Systems Inc
2550 SOW Center Rd
Willoughby Hills, OH 44094
(216) 943-1700
Sib GS-OOF-9008A 14 Jan 92
Executive Office Concepts
1705 Anderson Ave
Compton, CA 90220
(213) 537-1657
s/b GS-OOF-9002A 9 Jan 92
MS Ginn Co
(Harter/lntegrated System)
Federal Contract Oiv
1899 "L" St NW
Washington, DC 20036
(202) 467-0036
0/b GS-OOF-9006A 3 Jan 92
Teknlon Inc
17 W Stow Rd
, PO Box 562
Martton, NJ 08053
(609) 596-7608
O/o GS-OOF-9024A 18Oct91
TrendwayCorp
13467 Quincy St
PO Box 9016
Holland, Ml 49422-9016
(616) 399-3900
s/b GS-OOF-9020A 20Nov91
PtetonCorp
1402 E Chestnut Ave
Santa Ana, CA 92701
(714) 835-9101
sib GS-OOF-9014A 24Oct91
Structural Concepts Corp
17237 Van Wagoner Rd
Spring Lake. Ml 49456
(616) 846-3300
sib GS-OOF-9016A 30 Octet
71 HE
-------
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requotes
The following is a list provided by the contractors of those
individuals who are authorized to sign requotes on their
behalf. If a requote proposal is submitted hi the name of
or signed by anyone other than those authorized, the
proposal is invalid and should be disqualified from further
consideration:
Cano Corp
Jan Kapstad
DO3 Systems
DA Haring
Carl J Sexton
Executive Office Concepts
Frank Jeffreys
Kenneth J Maplesden
Richard L Sinclair
MS Glnn
CJ Carmmarito
Brian Caskie
Henry Powell
George Stone
Herman Miller Inc
Ed Charles
Ruben Derdorian
Bart Franey
Elsie Friborg
David Gillman
Dawn Johnson
Gary Kemp
Mike Kratt
Jack McDermott
Ross Rhodes
Dave Teerman
Jim Woodcock
Pteion Corp
Clifford W Gartung
John W Lerch
Adrian VanDonkelaar
. Structural Concepts Corp
James Doss
W David Kendrick
Russell Nagel
Vicki Neiderheide
Teknlon Inc
Joel Appel
Stephen M Miner
Brian J Schatzinger
Trendway Corp
David Field
Char Francis
Donald G Heeringa
James P Heeringa _
Harlan Sprik
David Vanderkooi
Amendment No. 1
-------
Amendment No. 2
June 1.1992
Furniture Systems
Systems Furniture, Workstation
Ousters, Demountable Walls and
Leased Systems Furniture and
Workstation Clusters
FSC Group
Part'
Section
FSC Class
71
II
E
7110
Multiple Award
For the period
Octoben,l991
through
1996
This document is to be
used in conjunction with
the Basic Edition issued
September 13, 1991 and
Amendment No. 1 issued
Februarys, 1992.
Prinad an ftocyctad P»p«r
-------
HOW TO GET
ASSISTANCE
SIGNIFICANT
CHANGES
GSA CONTACTS
Contracting Officer
General Services Administration (3FNS-B-CO)
(FSC Group 71 Pan II Section E)
Washington, DC 20406
COM/FTS: (703) 305-5840
For Copies of Schedules
Ordering activities req
contact:
General Services Administration
Centralized MaJing List Service (7CAFL)
4900 Hemphil St
PO Box 6477
R Worth, TX 76115
COM/FTS: (617) 334-5215
AUTOVON: 739-7369
(Of schedules should
Federal Supply Schedule <
ttactc
questing
copies of schedules must contact the FSS Schedule Infor-
mation Center listed below.
For General Information
General Services Administration
FSS Schedule Information Center (FCOS)
Washington, DC 20406
COM/FTS: (703) 305-6477
AUTOVON: 327-1022
ADDITIONAL AWARDS
Centeroore tnc
Douronlnc
Hamfton Sorter Co Inc
MODIFICATION TO CURRENT AWARD
Knoll North America Inc has been awarded conn act No.
GS-OOF-flOOQA effective February 12,1992 in addition to its
current contracts GS-OOF-5079A and GS-OOF-5100A.
REQUOTE ARRANGEMENTS
As a result of a February 19,1992 General Accounting Office
decision on a vendor protest, the Requote Arrangements
clause in this schedule was determined to be in violation of
the Competition in Contracting Act. As a result, agencies
may not use the requote aiiaiiueiiienis procedures for over
the Maximum Order Limitation (MOL) procurements. All
mandatory users are required to submit their over the MOL
requirements to GSA, National Furniture Center, Washing-
ton, DC 20406. GSA wffl be synopsaing an requirements
and may issue a modified requote if no new sources re-
spond. Agencies wishing to do their own procurement for
over the MObquantities must request a Delegation of Pro-
curement Authority from the aforementioned address. Agen-
cies granted this delegation wfll be required to use approved
wthods, not requotes.
CORRECTIONS
On page 10 of the Basic Edition, the first sentence of the tret
paragraph In the right-hand column should read: The antici-
pated lease cost pairfwil be ihe net purchase cost x lease
factor x term of the lease.
Under AIMeet liWs list of Individuals Authorized to Sign
Requotas, delete JM Froistond and add IE Riuanj.
ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER
CHANGE
PMonCorp
1241 E Dyer Rd
Santa Ana, CA 92705
(714) 556-9101
Amendment No. 2
-------
SUPPLIES AND/OR
SERVICES
Commodity Listing Information
Special Item Numbers.
Descriptions.
Brand names and/or awarded contractors. When applica-
ble, brand names are listed alphabetically on the left, with
contractors listed in boldface immediately following on the
right For example:
Brand 'NameContractor
See the "Contractors" section for complete contractor infor-
mation, including contractor names, addresses and tele-
phone numbers, contract numbers and contract effective
dates.
Note to Ordering Agencies
This schedule covers the prc
nt of entire workstations
and is not to be utflized for the purchase of individual com-
ponent items (e.g.. panels only or task tables only). Individ-
ual components may be purchased separately, but only as
supplements to or replacement pieces for existing Furniture
Systems Installation. Justification should appear on fie for
such purchases.
Furniture Systems
5t2-1
Furniture Systems
In accordance with FCNE 87-441:
A system of furniture components designed to provide a
comprehensive office furniture enviuruiieiil through the abil-
ity to create a variety of workstation configurations. The fur-
niture system is based on interconnecting, structural panels-
as a central, integrating element. In addition, the system
shall include panel-supported storage, task management
devices, electrical and wire management components and
panel-supported and/or freestanding work surfaces.
DouronDouron Inc
Knoll Morrison-Knoll North America Inc
Trianon Systems 2000-Centorcor* Inc
512-2
Workstation Clusters
In accordance with FCNE 87-442.
A fixed group of workstations arranged around a central
point or core. Clusters shall be available in three, four, five
and six station groups. The cluster shall be a basic unit pro-
viding the specified number of stations and including panels
and work surfaces. The duster station may be expanded but
not reconfigured. Fractional dusters to provide improved
space utBization may be provided. Work surfaces may be
panel supported or freestanding. The duster system shall
include overhead storage units, drawer pedestals, lighting
and electrical and wire management
Hamilton Hamilton Sorter Co Inc
Spacemaker 2000- Centercore Inc
5)2-3
Leased Furniture Systems
Krxxl Morrison-Knoll North America me
512-6
Design/Layout Services
$ _ per hour.
Interior design services indude a wide range of services
intended to assist users in project planning and/or execu-
tion. Service may indude basic conversion of generic work-
stations and floor plans to ur&nd specific Mnlimrf or compre-
hensive design services, including development of adjacen-
cies, workstation designs and floor plans. Design/layout
services may indude use of CAD/CAP systems for develop-
ment of woriuuaiiuiri>, component Ists for ordei placement,
development of electrical, telephone and cable management
plans, and gen
>,
ctrical, telephone and cable managem
ation of color and installation plans. Agen-
cies are required to define the scope of services they re-
quire, regardless of the dollar value of the project Based on
the scope defined by the agency, vendors wil quote a num-
ber of design hours at the hourly cm m act rate or a rate less
than the contract rate (for orders over the MOL) commensu-
rate with the level of effort
Centercore Inc
Douron Inc
Hamilton Sorter Co Inc
Knoll North America Inc
This SIN may not be used to develop generic workstation
designs for requote packages.
S12-7
Installation Services
Includes product delivery coordination, unpacking, inspec-
tion of product for shipping damage, assembly of pioduct to
cm if mil i to final design drawings, removal of packing materi-
als and deaning of product Agencies wfll negotiate installa-
tion on a project-by-project basis, requesting an installation
price quotation for each project regardless of dollar valued
the project Agencies must fully define the scope of required
services under installation in order to facilitate realistic price
quotations.
Centercore Inc
Douron Inc
Hamiton Sorter Co Inc
Knoll North America Inc
tt »r
-------
Orders for SINs 512-6 and 512-7 can only be placed in
conjunction with orders for product under SINs 512-1,
512-2,512-3,512-4 or 512-5. The design/layout SIN can-
not be utflized to develop workstation prototypicaJs to be
used in purchases above or below the MOL The installation
SIN is to be used only for the initial furniture systems' instal-
lation. This schedule is not to be used for furniture moves,
redesign orreconfig
CONTRACTORS
Award] IftfonruiUoo
Contractor's name, address and telephone number.
Business Size and Minority Business enterprise indica-
tors: "s" for small business, "o" for other than small busi-
ness, "a" for minority business enterprises, 'b'for other
than minority business enterprises, V for woman owned,
~v" for veteran owned and T for labor surplus concern.
Contract number and contract effective date.
Cerrtarcont Inc
435 Devon Park Dr
Ste802
Wayne, PA 19087
(215)975-9099
0/b GS-OOF-9003A 31Jan02
Oourenlne
40 New Plant Ct
Owings Mite, MD 21117-3577
(410) 383-2600
Sib GS-OOF-8980A 27 Apr 92
Hamilton Sorter Co Inc
3158 Production Dr
POBoxS
FaMeld, OH 45014
(513)870-4424
Sib GS-OOF-6996A 8 Apr 92
Knoll North America tnc
(Knoll Morrison)
Water St
PO Box 157
East Qreenvile, PA 18041
(412) 642-3546
olb GS-OOF-900QA 12 Fat 92
it No. 2
-------
Individuals Authorized to Sign Requote*
The following is a list provided by the contractors of those
individuals who are authorized to sign requotes on their
behalf. If a requote proposal is submitted in the name of
or signed by anyone other than those authorized, the
proposal is invalid and should be disqualified from further
Centercore Inc
Richard A Byrd
George E Mitchell
Jeffrey P Woodward
Douron Inc
Ronald Hux
Bryan Simmons
Ward Street
Hamilton Sorter Co Inc
William Reischer
Timothy Hanks
Thaddeus Jaroszewcz
Grant Weame
James Weisberg
Knoll North America Inc
Same as other Knoll contracts
-------
G OFFICES
FEDERAL SUPPLY
SCHEDULE
Issued April 3. 1992
General Services Administration
GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
Centralized Mailing List Service (7CAFL)
4900 Hemphill St
PO Box 6477
Ft Worth, TX 76115
Official Business
Penalty for Private Use $300
Postage and Fees Paid
General Services
Administration
GSA-361
FIRST CLASS
470720406030
GSA/FSS/FCN/FCNS
CM BG#4, ROOM 400
WASHINGTON DC 20406
REQUOTE ARRANGEMENTS
On February 19,1992, the General Accounting Office
(GAO) sustained a vendor protest against the Requote
Arrangements clause contained in many Multiple Award
Federal Supply Schedule solicitations. Their decision
ruled that GSA did not properly justify use of the Re-
quote Arrangements clause in the solicitation under pro-
test and therefore violated the Competition in Contracting
Act (CICA) requirements.
GSA has begun the process of deleting the Requote
Arrangements clause from all solicitations and contracts;
therefore, using agencies should no longer perform re-
quotes under any Multiple Award schedule.
If your office has any questions concerning how this will
impact ordering over the Maximum Order Limitation
(MOL) quantities of a particular commodity on schedule,
please contact the contracting officer identified in the
schedule for that commodity.
-------
SENEftAL SERVICES ADMINIStRATION
entrelized Mallng List Service (7CAFL)
HOHemphMSt .
0 Box 6477
Worth. TX 78115
Postage and Fees Paid
mcWBuehew
malty tor Private UM $300
FIRST CLASS
«C 7167
474220406005
QSA, FSS, 3FNSB
ATTN: JUANITA BLASSIQAME
CMB *4, RM 403
WASHINGTON DC 20406
-------
(SfO).
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
THE GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY EXPANSION SPACE
48,500 TO 50,000 HE? USABLE SQUARE FEST (NUSF) OF OFFiCs
AND RELATED SPACE IN WASHINGTON, D.C.
NAME: RONALD KENBAIL
TITLE: CONTRACTING OFFICSR
THE INFORMATION COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS
SOLICITATION/CONTRACT, THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED BT REGULATION, HAVE SEEN
APPROVED 3? THE OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET PURSUANT TO THE PAPERWORK
REDUCTION ACT AND ASSIGNED THE OMB CONTROL NO. 3090-0163.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SUMMARY 1
1.1 AMOUNT AND TYPE OF SPACE 1
1.2 AREA OF CONSIDERATION 1
1.3 LOCATION: CITY CENTER 1
1.4 UNIQUE REQUIREMENTS 1
l.S LEASE TERM 1
1.5 OFFER DUE DATS 1
1.7 OCCUPANCY DATS 1
1.8 HOW TO OFFER 1
1.9 NEGOTIATIONS 2
1.10 PRICE EVALUATION (PRESENT VALUE) 2
1.11 AWARD 3
1.12 FIRE PROT OCCUP HEALTH ENV SAFETY 3
1.13 HANDICAP ACCESS FOR NEW CONSTRUC 3
2.0 AWARD FACTORS 4
2.1 AWARD FACTORS: GENERAL 4
2.2 HANDICAPPED 4
2.3 OTHER FACTORS 5
3.0 MISCELLANEOUS 6
3.1 UNIT COSTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS 6
3.2 ALTERATIONS 25,000 OR LESS 6
3.3 TAX ADJUSTMENT GSAR 552.270-24 (6/95) 6
3.4 OPERATING COSTS GSAR 552.270-23 (S/8S) 7
3.5 SET USABLE SPACE. . 7
3.5 APPURTENANT AREAS 8
3.7 LIQ DAMAGES GSAR 552.270-22 (6/85) 8
3.8 VENDING FACILITIES >. . . . 3
3.9 ADJ. FOR VACANT PREMISES GSAR 552.270-25 8
3.10 EVIDENCE OF CAPABILITY TO PERFORM 8
3.11 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 9
3.12 PROGRESS REPORTS 9
3.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS 9
4.0 GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL 10
4.1 QUALITY S APPEAR. OF 3UILDING EXTERIOR 10
4.2 WORK PERFORMANCE ' 10
4.3 BUILDING SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION 10
4.4 SPACE EFFICIENCY LO
4.5 FLOOR PLANS AFTER OCCUPANCY - 10
4.S FLOORS AND FLOOR LOAD . . 10
4.7 EXITS & ACCESS 10
4.8 WINDOWS 10
4.9 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (A-C) 10
4.10 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (D-F) 12
4.11 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (G-I) 12
4.12 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (J-M) 14
4.13 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (N-P) 15
4.14 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (Q) 15
4. IS LANDSCAPING IS
5.0 ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES 17
5.1 LAYOUT AND FINISHES 17
5.2 CEILINGS AND INTERIOR FINISHES 17
5.3 WALL COVERINGS 17
5.4 DOORS: EXTERIOR 18
5.5 DOORS: INTERIOR 18
5.5 DOORS: HARDWARE 13
5.7 DOORS: IDENTIFICATION 13
5.3 PARTITIONS: GENERAL . 18
5.9 PARTITIONS: PERMANENT 13
5.10 PARTITIONS: SUBDIVIDING 13
5.11 FLOOR COVERING AND PERIMETERS.. 18
5.12 TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS 20
5.13 RESILIENT FLOORING 20
5.14 CARPET 20
5.15 CARPET: ADDITIONAL SPECS 21
5.16 ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS 21
5.17 BUILDING DIRECTORY 21
5.18 FLAG POLE. 21
6.0 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING 22
o.l MSCH 2LEC PLUMB: GENERAL 22
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
GSA PUBLIC BCJILDINGS SERVICE
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6.2 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 22
6.3 RESTROOMS 22
6.4 JANITOR CLOSETS ....... 22
6.5 HEATING 5 AIR CONDITIONING 22
6.6 VENTILATION 23
6.7 ELECTRICAL: GENERAL 23
6.8 ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION 23
6.9 ELECTRICAL: ADDITIONAL DIST SPECS 23
6.10 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 23
6.11 LIGHTING: INTERIOR 23
6.12 SWITCHES 24
6.13 ELEVATORS 24
7.0 SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE 25
7.1 SSSV OTTL MAJNT: GENERAL 25
7.2 NORMAL HOURS 25
7.3 OVERTIME USAGE. 25
7.4 . UTILITIES 25
7.5 MAINTENANCE & TESTING OF SYSTEMS , 25
7.5 FLAG DISPLAY. 25
7.7 SECURITY 25
7.8 SECURITY: ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 25
7.9 JANITORIAL SERVICES 26
7.10 SCHEDULE OF PERIODIC SERVICES : . . . 27
7.11 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 27
8.0 SAFETY AND FIRE PREVENTION 28
8.1 CODE VIOLATIONS 28
8.2 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 28
8.3 STANDPIPES 28
8.4 SPRINKLER SYSTEM 28
8.5 ENGINEERED SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS 28
8.6 MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 28
8.7 EXIT 4 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 29
8.8 ALTERNATIVE FIRE-PROTECTION FEATURES. 29
8.9 FIRE DOORS .9
8.10 SAFETY-AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS 29
8.11 INDOOR AIR QUALITY 29
8.12 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQ 30
8.13 OSHA REQUIREMENTS 31
8.14 RADON MEASUREMENT AND CORRECTIVE ACTION 31
9.0 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS .' 33
9.1 SPECIAL-! 33
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
ii
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SUMMARY
THE GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION (GSA) IS INTERESTED IN LEASING A
MINIMUM OF 48,500 SET USABLE SQUARE FEET TO A MAXIMUM OF 50,000 SET
USABLE SQUARE FEET (NUSF).
OFFERS MUST BE FOR SPACE LOCATED IN A QUALITY BUILDING OF SOUND AND
SUBSTANTIAL CONSTRUCTION AS DESCRIBED IN THIS SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS,
HAVE A POTENTIAL FOR EFFICIENT LAYOUT, AND BE WITHIN THE SQUARE FOOTAGE
RANGE TO BE CONSIDERED.
AREA;
SPACE MUST BE WITHIN WASHINGTON, DC. BOUNDED 8? H STREET TO THE NORTH,
INDEPENDENCE AVE ON THE SOUTH 2ND STREET ME ON THE EAST AND 9TH STREET NW
ON THE WEST. THE SPACE MUST BE CONTIGUOUS OR ON CONTIGUOUS FLOORS.
NEIGHBORHOOD:
SPACE MUST BE LOCATED IN A PRIME COMMERCIAL OFFICE DISTRICT WITH
ATTRACTIVE, PRESTIGIOUS, PROFESSIONAL SURROUNDINGS WITH A PREVALENCE OF
MODERN DESIGN AND/OR TASTEFUL REHABILITATION IN MODERN USE. STREETS AND
PUBLIC SIDEWALKS SHOULD BE WELL MAINTAINED.
>
PARKING AND TRANSPORTATION:
HEGULARLT SCHEDULED PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AND/'OR EMPLOYES PARKING WITHIN
2 BLOCKS OF THE OFFERED BUILDING. SUFFICIENT TO COVER COMMUTING NEEDS OF
EMPLOYEES.
LOCATION AMENITIES;
A VARIETY OF INEXPENSIVE AND MODERATELY PRICED FAST FOOD AND/OR SAT-IN
RESTAURANTS MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN 2 BLOCKS OF THE OFFERED BUILDING,
AND OTHER EMPLOYEE SERVICES SUCH* AS RETAIL SHOPS, CLEANERS,
BANKS, ETC., SHOULD BE LOCATED WITHIN 4 SLOCKS OF THE OFFERED BUILDING.
UNIQUE REQUIREMENTS:
1) THIS SOLI TATION HAS UPGRADED VOICE AND DATA SPECIFICATIONS WHICH WILL
BE DETAILED ELSEWHERE IN THIS SOLICTATION.
2) THIS SOLICTATION HAS UPGRADED VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS WHICH WILL BE
DETAILED ELSEWHERE IN THIS SOLICATION.
THE LEASE TERM WILL BE FOR FIVE (5).YEARS WITH THREE, ONE YEAR OPTIONS.
SPACE MUST BE AVAILABLE FOR TENANT BUILDOUT BY SUMMER 1991..
OFFERS ARE DUE BY OCTOBER 15, 1990
AWARD.
AND MUST REMAIN OPEN UNTIL
OCCUPANCY IS REQUIRED BY AUGUST 1, 1991. THE GOVERNMENT MAY ACCEPT
PARTIAL OCCUPANCY ON A FLOOR BY FLOOR BASIS UPON COMPLETION OF ALTERATIONS
PRIOR TO AUGUST 1, 1991.
OFFERS ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER AT:
GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION, 7TH AND 3 STREETS, SW,
WPEB, ROOM 7071, WASHINGTON, DC 20407 ATTJJ: JAMES C SIS50N
NO LATER THAN THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE OFFER DUE DATS THE FOLLOWING
DOCUMENTS, PROPERLY EXECUTED, MUST BE SUBMITTED:
(A) GSA FORM 1364, PROPOSAL TO LEASE SPACE (ENCLOSED).
(B) GSA FORM 1217, LESSOR'S ANNUAL COST STATEMENT (ENCLOSED).'
(C) GSA FORM 3S18, REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (ENCLOSED).
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
1.1 AMOUNT AND TYPE OF SPACE
1.2 AREA OF CONSIDERATION
1.3 LOCATION: CITY CENTER
1.4 UNIQUE REQUIREMENTS
1.5 LEASE TERM
L.6 OFFER DUE DATS
1.7 OCCUPANCY DATE
1.8. HOW TO OFFER
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
PAGZ
1
OF
34-!
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SUMMARY
(D) ONE-EIGHTH INCH (PP.SFErJ.ED) OR LARGER SCALE BLUE LINE PLANS OF THE
SPACS OFFERED. PHOTOSTAT1C COPIES ARS NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL ARCHITECTURAL
FEATURES OF THS SPACS MUST SE ACCURATELY SHOWN. IF CONVERSION OR
RENOVATION OF THE BUILDING IS PLANNED, ALTERATIONS TO MEET THIS
SOLICITATION MUST BE INDICATED. IF REQUESTED, MORE INFORMATIVE PLANS MUST
BE PROVIDED WITHIN THIRTY DAYS.
(E) A LIST OF UNIT COSTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS (SEE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED
"ALTERATIONS COSTING S25,000 OR LESS").
(F) AN HOURLY OVERTIME RATS FOR OVERTIME USE OF HEATING AND COOLING (SEE
PARAGRAPH ENTITLED "OVERTIME USAGE").
(G) A CAD/CAM DISKETTE OF FINAL DESIGN DRAWINGS.
THS OFFSKOR SHOULD ALSO INCLUDE AS PART OF THE OFFER, INFORMATION WHICH
ADDRESSES ANY AWARD FACTORS WHICH ARE LISTED IN THS SOLICITATION PARAGRAPH
ENTITLED "OTHER FACTORS".
SEE GSA FORM 3515, SOLICITATION PROVISIONS, FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS.
IF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NEEDED, THS CONTRACTING OFFICER SHOULD BE
CONTACTED.
THERE WtIL SE NO PUBLIC OPENING OF OFFERS AND ALL OFFERS WILL BE
CONFIDENTIAI UNTIL THS LEASE HAS BEEN AWARDED; HOWEVER, THE GOVERNMENT MAY
RELEASE PROPOSALS OUTSIDE THE GOVERNMENT TO A GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
CONTRACTOR TO ASSIST IN THE EVALUATION OF OFFERS. SUCH GOVERNMENT
CONTRACTORS SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE DATA FROM UNAUTHORIZED
DISCLOSURE. OFFERCRS WHO DESIRE TO MAXIMIZE PROTECTION OF INFORMATION IN
THEIR OFFERS MAY APPLY THE RESTRICTION NOTICE TO THEIR OFFERS AS
PRESCRIBED IN THS PROVISION ENTITLED "52.215-12, RESTRICTION ON DISCLOSURE
AND USE OF DATA" (SEE GSA FORM 351S, SOLICITATION PROVISIONS).
NEGOTIATIONS WILL BE CONDUCTED ON BEHALF OF THE GOVERNMENT BY THE GSA 1.9 NEGOTIATIONS
CONTRACTING OFFICER OR OTHER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE. THE GSA .
CONTRACTING OFFICER IS NAMED ON THE COVER OF THIS SOLICITATION. GSA WILL '!
NEGOTIATE RENTAL PRICE - FOR THE INITIAL TERM, ANY RENEWAL PERIODS, AND ANY ![
OTHER ASPECT OF THE OFFER AS DEEMED NECSSSAP.Y.
EVALUATION OF OFFERS WILL BE ON THE BASIS OF THS ANNUAL PRICE PER SQUARS 1.10 PRICE EVALUATION
FOOT, INCLUDING ANY OPTION PERIODS.
(A) IF ANNUAL CPI ADJUSTMENTS IN OPERATING EXPENSES ARS INCLUDES, THS
OFFZROR MUST BREAK OUT THE OFFER TO A 'NET" PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT FOR
RENTAL AND A "BASE" PRICE PER SQUARE FOOT FOR SERVICES AND UTILITIES
(OPERATING EXPENSES) TO BE PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR. THE NET AND BASS
PRICES COMBINED ARS THE TOTAL "GROSS" ANNUAL 'PER SQUARE FOOT PRICE
OFFERS. IF THE OFFER INCLUDES ANNUAL ADJUSTMENTS IN OPERATING EXPENSES,
THE BASS PRICE FROM WHICH ADJUSTMENTS ARE -MADE WILL BE THE BASE PRICE FOR
THE TERM OF THE LEASE, INCLUDING ANY OPTION PERIODS.
(B) THE GOVERNMENT WILL MAKE PRESENT VALUE PRICE EVALUATION BY REDUCING
THE PRICES OFFERED TO A COMPOSITE ANNUAL SQUARE FOOT PRICE, AS FOLLOWS:
(1) PARKING AND WAREYARD AREAS WILL BE EXCLUDED FROM THE TOTAL SQUARE
FOOTAGE, BUT NOT FROM THE PRICE. FOR DIFFERENT TYPES. OF SPACE, THE GROSS
ANNUAL PER SQUARE FOOT PRICE WILL SE DETERMINED 3Y DIVIDING THE TOTAL
ANNUAL RENTAL BY THE TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE MINUS THESE AREAS.
(2)
ANNUAL ADJUSTMENTS IN OPERATING EXPENSES WILL NOT 2E MADS, THE
GROSS ANNUAL PER SQUARS FOOT PRICE WILL BE DISCOUNTED ANNUALLY AT 8
PERCENT TO YIELD A GROSS PRESENT VALUE COST (PVC) PER SQUARE FOOT.
(3) .IF ANNUAL ADJUSTMENTS IN OPERATING SXPSNSSS WILL BE MADE, THE
ANNUAL PER SQUARE FOOT PRICE, MINUS THS BASE COST OF OPERATING EXPENSES,
WILL BE DISCOUNTED ANNUALLY AT 3 PERCENT TO YIELD A NET PVC PER SQUARE
FOOT. THS OPERATING EXPENSES WILL SE ECTK ESCALATED AT 4 PERCENT
COMPORTED ANNUALLY AND DISCOUNTED ANNUALLY AT 8 PERCENT, THEN ADDED TO
THS NET PVC TO YIELD THE GROSS PVC.
(4) TO THE GROSS PVC WILL ES ADDED:
THS COST OF GOVERNMENT PROVIDED SERVICES SOT INCLUDED IN THE RENTAL
ESCALATED AT 4 PERCENT COMPOUNDED ANNUALLY AND DISCOUNTED ANNUALLY AT 8
PERCENT .
INITIALS:
LESSOR
(PRESENT VALUE)
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
PACE
2
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SUMMARY
THE AHNUALIZED (OVER THE FULL TERM) PER SQUARE FOOT COST OF ANY ITEMS
WHICH ARE TO 3E REIMBURSED IN A LUMP SUM PAYMENT. (THE COST OF THESE
ITEMS IS PRESENT VALUE; THEREFORE, IT WILL NOT BE DISCOUNTED.)
(C) THE SUM OF THE ABOVE WILL 3E THE ?ER SQUARE FOOT PRESENT VALUE OF THE
OFFER FOR PRICE EVALUATION PURPOSES.
AFTER CONCLUSION OF NEGOTIATIONS, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL REQUIRE THE
OFFSROR SELECTED FOR AWARD TO EXECUTE THE PROPOSED LEASE PREPARED 37 GSA
WHICH REFLECTS THE PROPOSED AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES.
THE PROPOSED LEASE SHALL CONSIST OF:
(A) STANDARD FORM 2, U.S. GOVERNMENT LEASE FOR REAL PROPERTY,
(B) GSA FORM 3517, GENERAL CLAUSES,
(C) GSA FORM 3513, CERTIFICATIONS AND REPRESENTATIONS,
(D) THE PERTINENT PROVISIONS OF THE OFFER, AND
(E) THE PERTINENT PROVISIONS OF THE SFO.
THE ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER AND AWARD OF THE LEASE BY THE GOVERNMENT
OCCURS UPON NOTIFICATION OF UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE OFFER OR
EXECUTION OF THE LEASE 3Y THE GSA CONTRACTING OFFICER AND MAILING OR
OTHERWISE FURNISHING WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OR THE EXECUTED LEASE TO THE
SUCCESSFUL OFFEROH.
BUILDINGS IN WHICH SPACE IS OFFERED FOR LEASE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE 33A FIRS PROTECTION, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, AND
ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY STANDARDS AS DESCRIBED IN THIS SOLICITATION AND THE
AGENCY HANDBOOK NUMBERED PSS ? 5900.2C. EQUIVALENT PROTECTION, AS
REQUIRED 3Y THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS, SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER. ADDITIONALLY, OFFERS WHICH INCLUDE ALTERNATIVE FIRE PROTECTION
FEATURES MUST INCLUDE A WRITTEN ANALYSIS 3Y A CERTIFIED FIRS PROTECTION
ENGINEER FULLY DESCRIBING ANY EXCEPTIONS TAKEN TO THE FIRE PROTECTION
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SOLICITATION (SEE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED "ALTERNATIVE
FIRE PROTECTION FEATURES" FOR MORE DETAILED REQUIREMENTS).
TO BE CONSIDERED FOR AWARD, 3UILDINGS TO BE CONSTRUCTED MUST FULLY MEET
THE NEW CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNIFORM FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY
STANDARDS (UFAS) (FEDERAL REGISTER VOL. 49, NO. 153, AUGUST 7, 1984).
COPIES OF UFAS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE CONTRACTING OFFICER UPON REQUEST.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOV2RNMEI."
1.11 AWARD
1.12 FIRE PROT OCCUP
ENV SAFETY
1.13 HANDICAP ACCESS FOR NEW
CONSTRUC
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACE 3 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
AWARD FACTORS
THS CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL CONDUCT ORAL OR WRITTEN NEGOTIATIONS WITH ALL
OFFERCS5 THAT ARE WITHIN THE COMPETITIVE RANGE. THE COMPETITIVE RANGE
WILL 3E ESTABLISHED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OH THE BASIS 0? COST OR
PRICE AND OTHER FACTORS (IF ANY) THAT ARE STATED IN THIS SOLICITATION AND
WILL INCLUDE ALL OFFERS THAT HAVE A REASONABLE CHANCE OF BEING SELECTED
FOR AWASC. THS OFFERORS WILL BE PROVIDED A REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY TO
SUBMIT ANY COST OR PRICE, TECHNICAL, OR OTHER REVISIONS TO THEIR OFFERS
THAT MAS RESULT FROM THE NEGOTIATIONS. NEGOTIATIONS WILL BE CLOSED WITH
SUBMISSION OF "BEST AND FINAL" OFFERS.
EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR AWARD ON THE FOLLOWING BASIS:
ALL OFFERS RECEIVED IN RESPONSE TO THS REQUEST FOR "BEST AND FINAL" OFFERS
WILL BE INITIALLY EVALUATED TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE OFFERS FULLY MEET THS
HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION OF THE UNIFORM
FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (UFAS)(49 FR 31528, AUGUST 7, 1984). ALL
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY IN THIS SOLICITATION
ARE THE SAME AS THOSE IN SECTION 4.1.2 ACCESSIBLE BUILDINGS, NEW
CONSTRUCTION, OF UFAS. WHEN CLARIFICATION IS REQUIRED, UFAS SHALL BE
CONSULTED. IF ANY OFFERS ARE RECEIVED WHICH FULLY MEET HANDICAPPED
REQUIREMENTS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, THEN OTHER OFFERS WHICH DO NOT FULLY
MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED.
FULL COMPLIANCE:
"FULLY MEETS" AS USED HEREIN WITH RESPECT TO THE HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS
MEANS THE OFFER ' FULLY COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS STATED IN THE
FOLLOWING SUSPARAGRAPHS OF "HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY":
PARKING AND LOADING ZONES, ROUTE, ENTRANCE AND EGRESS, RAMPS,
STAIRS, HANDRAILS, DOORS, ELEVATORS, TELEPHONES, CONTROLS, SIGNAGE,
ALARMS, DRINKING FOUNTAINS, STORAGE FACILITIES, SEATING AND WORK STATIONS,
ASSEMBLY AREAS, AND RESTRCOMS.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE:
IN ACCORDANCE WITH UFAS, IF NO OFFER IS RECEIVED WHICH FULLY MEETS
HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, BUT AN
OFFER(S) IS RECEIVED WHICH SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS THESE REQUIREMENTS, THEN
OTHER OFFERS WHICH DO NOT SUBSTANTIALLY MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT
BE CONSIDERED. "SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS" AS USED HEREIN WITH RESPECT TO THS
HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS MEANS THE OFFER FULLY COMPLIES WITH THS
REQUIREMENTS STATED IN THE FOLLOWING SUSPARAGRAPHS OF "HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY":
PARKING AND LOADING\ZONES, ROUTE, RAMPS, ENTRANCE AND EGRESS,
STAIRS, DOORS, DRINKING FOUNTAINS, RESTROOMS AND AT LEAST ONE (1) ELEVATOR
WHERE NECESSARY FOR ROUTE.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS;
IN ACCORDANCE WITH UFAS, IF NO OFFER IS RECEIVED WHICH EITHER FULLY OR
SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF NEW
CONSTRUCTION, CONSIDERATION WILL BE GIVEN ONLY TO OFFERS WHICH MEET THS
FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
(1) AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM AN ACCESSIBLE
ENTRANCE TO THS LEASED SPACE AND ALL REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE AREAS. AT LEAST
ONE (1) ELEVATOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE NECESSARY FOR ACCESSIBLE ROUTS.
OTHER HANDICAPPED PARAGRAPHS SHALL APPLY AS NECESSARY, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO CONTROLS AND SIGNAGE.
(2) IF PARKING IS PROVIDED, THEN ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN
CONFORMANCS WITH THE TABLE IN THS HANDICAPPED "PARKING AND LOADING ZONES"
SPECIFICATIONS.
(3) ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOMS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
WHERE MORE THAN ONE TOILET ROOM FOR EACH SEX IS PROVIDED ON A
FLOOR ON WHICH THE GOVERNMENT LEASES SPACE, AT LEAST ONE TOILET ROOM FOR
EACH SEX ON THAT FLOOR SHALL 3E ACCESSIBLE.
* WHERE ONLY ONE TOILET ROOM FOR EACH SEX IS PROVIDED CN A
FLOOR ON WHICH THS GOVERilMEI.T LEASES SPACE, EITHER ONE UNISEX TOILET ROOM
OR ONE TOI1ET ROOM FOR EACH s£X ON THAT FLOOR SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE.
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
2.1 AWAPJ) FACTORS: GENERA!
2.2 HANDICAPPED
GSA PUBLIC BOILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE 4 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
AWARD FACTORS
* WHERE ONLY ONE TOILET ROOM IS PROVIDED IN A BUILDING WHERE
THE GOVERNMENT LEASES SPACE, ONE UNISEX TOILET ROOM SHALL 3E ACCSSSI3LS.
* IN A QUALIFIED HISTORIC 3UILDING WHERE THE ADVISORY COUNCIL
ON HISTORIC PRESERVATION DETERMINES THAT PROVIDING THE ABOVE MINIMUM
ACCESSIBLE TOILET FACILITIES WOULD THREATEN OR DESTROY THE HISTORIC
INTEGRITY OF THE SPACE, AT LEAST ONE UNISEX TOILET ROOM IN THE BUILDING
SHALL 3S ACCESSIBLE.
I? NO OFFER IS RECEIVED WHICH MEETS THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED
ABOVE, OFFERS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS A WAIVES. OF HANDICAPPED
REQUIREMENTS IS REQUESTED 3Y THS CONTRACTING OFFICE?. AND GRANTED BY THE
GSA ADMINISTRATOR.
AFTER REVIEW OF "3SST AND FINAL" OFFERS IS COMPLETED, THE LEASE WILL BE
AWARDED TO THE OFFESOR WHOSE OFFER WILL 3E MOST ADVANTAGEOUS TO THE
GOVERNMENT, PRICE AND OTHER AWARD FACTORS WHICH FOLLOW CONSIDERED.
PRICE IS EQUALLY IMPORTANT TO
FACTORS BELOW.
THE COMBINATION OF
THE FOLLOWING AWARD FACTOR(S), LISTED IN DESENDING ORDER OF IMPORTANCE
WILL BE CONSIDERED IN ADDITION TO PRICE:
1) CAPABILITY OF HVAC SYSTEM TO PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIR TO ALL OFFICE SPACE
UP TO 20 CFM FOR EACH PERSON (283 PERSONS) OR 0.4 CFM PER SQ. FT.,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
2) AVAILABILITY OF CONTIGUOUS EXPANSION SPACE, 20,000 NUSF.
3) POTENTIAL FOR THE MOST EFFICIENT LAYOUT OF SPACE.
4) HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (WHEN NO OFFER FULLY OR SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS
SFO REQUIREMENTS). >
5) THE GOVER.VMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO AWARD TO THE OFFEROR WHOSE OFFER
IS MOST ADVANTAGEOUS TO THE GOVERNMENT, PRICE AND OTHER FACTORS
CONSIDERED EQUAL!?. HOWEVER, THIS IN NO WAY SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS
RESTRICTING THE SIGHT OF THE GOVERNMENT TO AWARD TO OTHER THAN THE
LOWEST RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE OFFEROR.
INITIALS:
LISSOR GOVERNMENT
2.3 OTHER FACTORS
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
PAGE
5
Of
34
September
6.
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
MISCELLANEOUS
SEVERAL PARAGRAPHS IN THIS SFO SPECIFY MEANS FOR DETERMINING QUANTITIES OF
MATERIALS. THESE ARE GOVERNMENT PROJECTIONS TO ASSIST THE OFFSROR IN COST
ESTIMATING. ACTUAL QUANTITIES MA? NOT BE DETERMINED UNTIL AFTER THE LEASE
IS AWAREED AND THE SPACE LAYOUT COMPLETED. TO ENABLE AN EQUITABLE
SETTLEMENT IF THE GOVERNMENT LAYOUT DEPARTS FROM THE PROJECTION, THE
OFFEROR MUST LIST A UNIT COST FOR EACH OF THESE MATERIALS. GSA WILL USE
EACH UNIT COST TO MAKE A LUMP SUM PAYMENT OR RENTAL INCREASE IF THE AMOUNT
OF MATERIAL REQUIRED BY THE LAYOUT IS MORE THAN SPECIFIED OR TAKE CREDIT
FROM RENTAL IF THE AMOUNT IS LESS THAN SPECIFIED. OFFERORS ARE REQUIRED
TO STATE IN THE OFFER OR IN AH ATTACHMENT:
* THE COST PER LINEAR FOOT OF OFFICE SUBDIVIDING CEILING-HIGH
PARTITIONING.
* THE COST PER FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET.
* THE COST PER WAIL MOUNTED DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET.
» THE COST PER FLOOR MOUNTED FOURPLEX (DOUBLE DUPLEX) ELECTRICAL
OUTLET.
* THE COST PER WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX (DOUBLE DUPLEX) ELECTRICAL
OUTLET.
* THE COST PER DEDICATED CLEAN ELECTRICAL COMPUTER RECEPTACLE.
* THE COST PER FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET.
« THE COST PER WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET.
» THE COST PER INTERIOR DOOR.
THE COST PER LOCKED DOORSET
THE COST PER DEDICATED 115/120V CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND
THE COST FOR WIRED DATA CABLE OUTLET
THE COST FOR CIPHER LOCK (SIMPLEX OR EQUAL)
THE COST FOR WIRED OUTLET TO HARDWIRE MODULAR SYSTEMS FURNITURE
CONNECTIONS, (WESTINGHOUSE, STEELCASE OR EQUAL).
THE COST FOR J-SOX CIRCUITS
ALL ITEMS 2-8. 11,12, 14, AND 15 REQUIRE ITEMS TO BE WIRED.
(A) THE VNIT PRICES WHICH THE OFFEROR IS REQUIRED TO LIST WILL BE USED,
UPON ACCEPTANCE BY GSA, DURING THE FIRST YEAH OF THE LEASE TO PRICE
ALTERATIONS COSTING $25,000 OR LESS. THESE PRICES MAY BE INDEXED OR
RENEGOTIATED TO APPLY TO SUBSEQUENT YEARS OF THE LEASE UPON MUTUAL
AGREEMENT OF THE LESSOR AND GOVERNMENT.
(3) WHERE UNIT PRICES TOR ALTERATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, THE LESSOR MAY
BE REQUESTED TO PROVIDE A PRICE PROPOSAL FOR THE ALTERATIONS. ORDERS WILL
BE PLACED BY ISSUANCE OF A GSA FORM 276, SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT, A
GSA FORM 300, OREER FOR SUPPLIES OR SERVICES, OR A TENANT AGENCY APPROVED
FORM. THE CLAUSES ENTITLED "GSAR 552.232-71 PROMPT PAYMENT (APRIL 1989)"
AND "GSAR 552.232-72 INVOICE REQUIREMENTS (VARIATION) (APR 1989)" APPLY TO
ORDERS FOR ALTERATIONS (SEE GSA FORM 3517). ALL ORDERS ARE SUBJECT TO THE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LEASE.
(C) ORDERS MAY BE PLACED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, THE GSA BUILDINGS
MANAGER OR TENANT AGENCY OFFICIALS WHEN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED TO DO SO
BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL PROVIDE THE
LESSOR WITH A LIST OF AGENCY OFFICIALS AUTHORIZED TO PLACE ORDERS AND WILL
SPECIFY ANY LIMITATIONS 'ON THE AUTHORITY DELEGATED TO TENANT AGENCY
OFFICIALS. THE TENANT AGENCY OFFICIALS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO DEAL WITH
THE LESSOR ON ANY OTHER MATTERS.
(D) PAYMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS ORDERED 3Y TENANT AGENCIES
DIRECTLY BY THE AGENCY PLACING THE ORDER.
WILL BE MADE
(A) THE GOVERNMENT SHALL PAY ADDITIONAL RENT FOR ITS SHARE OF INCREASES
IN REAL ESTATE TAXES OVER TAXES PAID FOR 7HS CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH ITS
LEASE COMMENCES (BASE YEAR). PAYMENT WILL BE IN A LUMP SUM AND BECOME DUE
ON THE FIRST WORKDAY OF THE MONTH FOLLOWING THE MONTH IN WHICH PAID TAX
RECEIPTS FOR THE BASE TSAR AND THE CURRENT YEAR ARE PRESENTED, OR THE
ANNIVERSARY DATE OF THE LEASE, WHICHEVER IS LATER. THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT ONLY IF THE RECEIPTS ARE SUBMITTED WITHIN 60
CALENDAR DAYS OF THE DATS THE TAX PAYMENT IS DUE. IF NO FULL TAX
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
3.1
UNIT COSTS FOR
ADJUSTMENTS
3.2
ALTERATIONS 25.00C OR
LESS
3.3
TAX ADJUSTMENT GSAR
552.270-24 (6/35)
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
| PACE
6
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
MISCZLLAWBOOS
ASSESSMENT 13 MADE DURING THE CALENDAR YEAR IN --.-MICH THE GOVERNMENT LEASE
COMMENCES, THE 3A3S TEAS WILL 3S THE FIRS? YEAR Or A FULL ASSESSMENT.
(8) THE GOVERNMENT'S SHAKE OF THE TAX INCREASE WILL 3E 3A5EO ON THE RATIO
OF THE SQUARE FEST OCCUPIED 5Y THE GOVERNMENT TO THE TOTAL RENTABLE SQUARE
FEET IN THE BUILDING. IF THE GOVERNMENT'S LEASE TERMINATES BEFORE THE END
OF A CALENDAR YEAH, PAYMENT WILL BE 3A3ED ON THE PERCENTAGE 0? THE YEAR IN
WHICH THE GOVERNMENT OCCUPIED SPACE. THE PAYMENT WILL NOT INCLUDE
PENALTIES FOR NON-PAYMENT OR DELAY IN PAYMENT. IF THERE IS ANY VARIANCE
BETWEEN THE ASSESSED VALUE OF THE GOVERi.'MENT S SPACE AND OTHER SPACE IN
THE BUILDING, THE GOVERNMENT MAY ADJUST THE BASIS FOR DETERMINING ITS
SHARE OF THE TAX INCREASE.
(C) THE GOVERNMENT MAY CONTEST THE TAX ASSESSMENT BY INITIATING LEGAL
PROCEED INGS ON BEHALF OF THE GOVERNMENT AND THE LESSOR OH THE GOVERNMENT
ALONE. IF THE GOVERNMENT IS PRECLUDED FROM TAKING LEGAL ACTION, THE
LESSOR SHALL CONTEST THE ASSESSMENT UPON REASONABLE NOTICE 37 THE
GOVERNMENT. THE GOVERNMENT SHALL REIMBURSE THE LESSOR FOR ALL COSTS AND
SHALL EXECUTE ALL DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR THE LSG.-.l PROCEEDINGS. THE
LESSOR SHALL AGREE WITH THE ACCURACY OF THE DOCUMENTS. THE GOVERNMENT
SHALL RECEIVE ITS SHARE OF ANY TAX REFUND. IF THE GOVERNMENT ELECTS TO
CONTEST THE TAX ASSESSMENT, PAYMENT OF THE ADJUSTED RENT SHALL BECOME DUE
ON THE FIRST WORKDAY OF TH3 MONTH FOLLOWING CONCLUSION OF THE APPEAL
PROCEEDINGS.
(D) IN THE EVENT OF ANY DECREASES IN REAL ESTATE TAXES OCCURRING DURING
THE TERM OF OCCUPANCY UNDER THE LEASE, THE RENTAL AMOUNT WILL BE REDUCED
ACCORDINGLY. THE AMOUNT OF ANY SUCH REDUCTIONS WILL BE DETERMINED IN THE
SAME MANNER AS INCREASES IN RENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS CLAUSE.
(A) BEGINNING WITH THE SECOND YEAR OF THE LEASE AND SACH>TSAR AFTER, THE
GOVERNMENT SHALL PAY ADJUSTED RENT FOR CHANGES IN COSTS . FOR CLEANING
SERVICES, SUPPLIES, MATERIALS, MAINTENANCE, TRASH REMOVAL, LANDSCAPING,
WATER, SEWER CHARGES. HEATING, ELECTRICITY. AND CERTAIN ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSES ATTRIBUTABLE TO OCCUPANCY. APPLICABLE COSTS LISTED ON G3A FORM
1217, LESSOR'S ANNUAL COST STATEMENT, WHEN NEGOTIATED AND AGREED UPON,
WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE BASS RATS FOR OPERATING COSTS ADJUSTMENT.
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
MXSCZLLANEOOS
BY MEASURING BETWEEN THE INSIDE FINISH OF THE PERMANENT SXTERICR BUILDING
WAILS FROM THE FACE OF THE CONVSC70RS (?I?ES OR OTHER WALL-HUNG FIXTURES)
I? THE CONVECTOR OCCUPIES AT 1EAST SO PERCSNT Or THE LENGTH OF EXTERIOR
WALLS.
I? THE SPACE IS ON A MULTIPLE TENANCY FLOOR, MEASURE FROM THE EXTERIOR
BUILDING WALLS AS ABOVE AND TO THE ROOM SIDE FINISH OF THE FIXED CORRIDOR
AND SHAFT WALLS AND/OR THE CENTER OF TENANT-SEPARATING PARTITIONS.
IN ALL MEASUREMENTS, MAXE NO DEDUCTIONS FOR COLUMNS AND PROJECTIONS
ENCLOSING THE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING AND DEDUCT THE FOLLOWING
FROM THE GROSS ARSA INCLUDING THEIR ENCLOSING WALLS:
TOILETS AND LOUNGES,
STAIRWELLS,
ELEVATORS AND ESCALATOR SHAFTS,
BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND SERVICE AREAS,
ENTRANCE AND ELEVATOR LOBBIES,
STACKS AND SHAFTS, AND
CORRIDORS IN PLACE OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES AND. ORDINANCES.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL REFERENCES IN THIS SOLICITATION TO SQUARE FEET
SHALL MEAN NET USABLE SQUARE FEET.
THE RIGHT TO USE APPURTENANT AREAS AND FACILITIES IS INCLUDED. THE
GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TC POST GOVERNMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS
WHERE THE GOVERNMENT LEASES SPACE.
IN CASE OF FAILURE ON THE PART OF THS LESSOR TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN
TH2 TIMS FIXED IN THE LEASE CONTRACT OS LETTER OF AWARD, THE LESSOR SHALL
PAY THE GOVERNMENT AS FIXED AND AGREED LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, PURSUANT TO
THIS CLAUSE, THE SUM OF SS.SOO FOR EACH AND EVER* CALENDAR DAY THAT THE
DELIVERY IS DELAYED BEYOND THS DATE SPECIFIED FOR DELIVERY OF ALL THE
SPACE READY FOR OCCUPANCY BY THE GOVERNMENT.
APPROXIMATELY 2.50 SQUARE FEET OF THS SPACE IN PARAGRAPH NO. 1 WILL BE USED
FOR THE. OPERATION OF A TENDING FACILITY(IES) BY THE BLIND UNCER THE
PROVISIONS OF THE RANDOLPH-SKEPPARD ACT (20 USC 107 ST. 3EQ.). GSA WILL
CONTROL THE NUMBER, KIND, ANC LOCATIONS CF VENTING FACILITIES AND WILL
CONTROL AND RECEIVE INCOME FROM ALL AUTOMATIC .VENDING MACHINES. THE
LESSOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE NECESSARY UTILITIES AND TO MAKE RELATED
ALTERATIONS. THE COST OF THE IMPROVEMENTS WILL BE NEGOTIATED AND PAYMENT
WILL 3E MADS BY THE GOVERNMENT EITHER X3N A LUMP-SUM BASIS OR A RENTAL
INCREASE.
GSA WILL ASSURE THAT THS FACILITY(IE3) DOES NOT COMPETS WITH OTHER
FACILITIES HAVING EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS IN THE BUILDING. OFFEROR3 MUST ADVISE
GSA I? SUCH RIGHTS SXIST.
IF TKS GOVERNMENT FAILS TO OCCUPY ANY PORTION OF THS LEASED PREMISES OR
VACATES THE PREMISES IN WHOLE OR IN PART PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE FIRM
TERM OF THE LEASE, THE R2NTAL RATE SHALL 3E REDUCED AS FOLLOWS:
THE RATE SHALL BE REDUCED 3Y THAT PORTION OF THE COSTS PER SQUARE FOOT OF
OPERATING EXPENSES NOT REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE. SAID REDUCTION
SHALL OCCUR AFTER THE GOVERNMENT GIVES 30 DAYS PRIOR NOTICE TO THE LESSOR,
AND SHALL CONTINUE IN EFFECT UNTIL THS GOVERNMENT OCCUPIES THE PREMISES OR
THS LEASE EXPIRES OR IS TERMINATED.
(A) AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION OF OFFERS, OFFERORS SHALL SUBMIT TO THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER:
(1) SATISFACTORY EVIDENCE OF AT LEAST A CONDITIONAL COMMITMENT OF FUNDS
IN AN AMOUNT NECESSARY TO PREPARE THS SPACE. SUCH COMMITMENTS MUST BE
SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SANK OFFICER AND AT A MINIMUM MUST STATE: AMOUNT
OF LOAN; TERM IN YEARS; ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATS; LENGTH OF LOAN COMMITMENT.
(2) THS NAME OF THS PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR, AS WELL AS EVIDENCE
OF HIS EXPERIENCE, COMPETENCY, AND PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES WITH
CONSTRUCTION SIMILAR IN SCOPS 70 THAT WHICH IS REQUIRED HEREIN.
(3) THE LICENSE OR CERTIFICATION OF THE INDIVIDUALfS) AND/OR FIRM(S),
PROVIDING ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN SERVICES, TO PRACTICE IN
THE STATS WHERE THS FACILITY IS LOCATED.
(4) COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL ZONING LAWS OR EVIDENCE OF VARIANCES, IF ANY.
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
3.6 APPURTENANT AREAS
3.7
LIQ DAMAGES GSAR
552.270-22 (5/85)
3.8 VENDING FACILITIES
3.9
ADJ. FOR VACANT PRSMISS3
GSAR 552.270-25
3.10 EVIDENCE OF CAPABILITY
TO PERFORM
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE j
PAGE
8
OP
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
MISCELLANEOUS
APPROVED 3Y THE PROPER LOCAL AUTHORITY.
(5) EVIDENCE OF OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF SITS.
(B) AFTER AWARD;
WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER AWARD, THE SUCCESSFUL OFFSROR/LESSOR SHALL
PROVIDE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER EVIDENCE OF:
(1) A FIRM COMMITMENT OF FUNDS IN AN AMOUNT SUFFICIENT TO PERFORM THS
WORK.
(2) AWARD OF A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT WITH A FIRM COMPLETION DATS.
(3) ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT COVERING CONSTRUCTION OF 'THE
IMPROVEMENTS.
WITHIN 20 WKG DAYS AFTER AWARD OF THS LEASE CONTRACT, THE SUCCESSFUL
OFFERCR SHALL 3U3MIT TO THS CONTRACTING OFFICER A.TENTATIVE CONSTRUCTION
SCHEDULE GIVING THS DATES ON WHICH THE VARIOUS PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION WILL
BE COMPLETED TO COINCIDE WITH THS GOVERNMENT'S REQUIRED OCCUPANCY DATE
(SEE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED "OCCUPANCY DATS"). THS FINALIZED SCHEDULE IS TO
BE SUBMITTED NO LATER .THAN 30 WKG DAYS AFTER AWARD.
THE SCHEDULE IS TO INCLUDE TIMING FOR COMPLETION OF DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, (1) SUBMITTAL OF
PRELIMINARY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, (2) SUBMITTAL OF OTHER WORKING
DRAWINGS, (3) ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT, (4) COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS, (5) START OF CONSTRUCTION, (5) COMPLETION OF PRINCIPAL
CATEGORIES OF WORK, f7) PHASED COMPLETION, AND AVAILABILITY FOR OCCUPANCY
OF EACH PORTION OF THE GOVERNMENT SPACE (BY FLOOR, BLOCK, OR OTHER
APPROPRIATE CATEGORY), AND (3) FINAL CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION.
AFTER START OF CONSTRUCTION, THS SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER, WRITTEN PROGRESS REPORTS AT INTERVALS OF 10 WKG DAYS.
THE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE INFORMATION AS TO PERCENTAGE OF THE WORK
COMPLETED 3Y PHASE AND TRADE, A STATEMENT AS TO EXPECTED COMPLETION AND
OCCUPANCY DATS, CHANGES INTRODUCED INTO THE WORK, AND GENERAL REMARKS ON
SUCH ITSM3 AS MATERIAL SHORTAGES, STRIKES, WEATHES, ETC.
(A) CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS WILL BE MADE PERIODICALLY BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER AND/OR DESIGNATED TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVES TO REVIEW COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS AND THE FINAL WORKING DRAWINGS.
(3) PERIODIC REVIEWS, TESTS, AND INSPECTIONS BY THE GOVERNMENT ARE NOT TO
BE INTERPRETED AS RESULTING IN ANY APPROVAL OF THE LESSOR'S APPARENT
PROGRESS TOWARD MEETING THS GOVERNMENT'S OBJECTIVES, 3UT ARE INTENDED TO
DISCOVER ANY INFORMATION WHICH THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY 3E ABLE TO CALL
TO THE LESSOR'S ATTENTION TO PREVENT COSTLY MISDIRECTION OF EFFORT. THS
LESSOR WILL REMAIN COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR - DESIGNING, CONSTRUCTING,
OPERATING, AND MAINTAINING THE BUILDING IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SOLICITATION.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVSR:!M£::T
3.11 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
3.12 PROGRESS REPORTS-
3.13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE 9 OF 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
THE SPACE OFFERED SHOULD 3E LOCATED IN A NEW OR MODERN OFFICE 3UILDING
WITH FACADE OF STONE, MARBLE, BRICK, STAINLESS STEEL, ALUMINUM OR OTHER
PERMANENT MATERIALS IN GOOD CONDITION ACCSPTASLS TO THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER. THE BUILDING SHOULD 3E COMPATIBLE WITH ITS SURROUNDINGS.
OVERALL THE BUILDING SHOULD PROJECT A PROFESSIONAL AND AESTHETICALLY
PLEASING APPEARANCE INCLUDING-AN ATTRACTIVE FRONT AND ENTRANCE WAY. THE
BUILDING SHOULD HAVE ENERGY EFFICIENT WINDOWS OR GLASS ARSAS CONSISTENT
WITH THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING, UNLESS NOT APPROPRIATE FOR
INTENDED USE. THE FACADE, DOWNSPOUTS, ROOF TRIM AND WINCOW CASING ARE TO
BE CLEAN AND IN GOOD CONDITION. I? NOT IN A NEW OR MODERN OFFICE
BUILDING, THE SPACE OFFEREE SHOULD 3E IN A BUILDING THAT HAS UNDERGONE,
OR WILL COMPLETE 3Y OCCUPANCY, FIRST CLASS RESTORATION OR ADAPTIVE REUSE
FOR OFFICE SPACE WITH MODERN CONVENIENCES. IF THE RESTORATION WORK IS
UNDERWAY OR PROPOSED, THEN ARCHITECTURAL PLANS ACCEPTABLE TO THE
CONTRACTING OFFICES MUST 3E SUBMITTED AS PAST OF THE OFFER.
ALL WORK IN PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE MUST SE DONE 'i't SKILLED WCRKSRS OR
MECHANICS AND 3E ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
WHENEVER REQUESTED, THE LESSOR SHALL FURNISH AT NO COST TO GSA A
CERTIFICATION BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL SNGINEER(S) THAT THE 3UILDING
AND ITS SYSTEMS AS DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED WILL SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS
OF THIS LEASE.
THE DESIGN OF THE SPACE OFFERED MUST BE CONDUCIVE TO EFFICIENT LAYOUT AND
GOOD UTILIZATION.
WITHIN TWENTY (20) DAYS AFTER OCCUPANCY, ONE-EIGHTH INCH AS-3UILT MYLAR
REPRODUCIBLE FULL FLOOR PLANS SHOWING THE SPACE UNDER LEASE AS WELL AS
CORRIDORS, STAIRWAYS, AND CORE AREAS MUST 3E PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER.
ALL ADJOINING FLOOR ARSAS MUST BE OF A COMMON LEVEL, NON-SLIP, AND
ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. UNDEXFLOOR SURFACES MUST 3E SMOOTH
AND LEVEL. OFFICE AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LIVE LOAD CAPACITY OF 50
POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PLUS 20 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT FOR MOVEA3LE
PARTITIONS. STORAGE AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LIVE LOAD CAPACITY OF 100
POUNDS SER SQUARE FOOT INCLUDING MOVEABLE PARTITIONS. WRITTEN
CERTIFICATION OF THE FLOOR LOAD CAPACITY, AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT, 3Y
A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. MAY 3E REQUIRED. CALCULATZONS AND
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS MAY ALSO BE REQUIRED.
ALL EXITS. STAIRS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, AND PASSAGEWAYS THAT MAY 3E USED 3Y
THE GOVERNMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH NF?A STANDARD NO. 101, EXCEPT THAT THERE
MUST BE AT LEAST 2 SEPARATE EXITS AVAILABLE FROM EVERY FLOOR. THE MINIMUM
WIDTH OF ANY CORRIDOR OR PASSAGEWAY SERVING AS A REQUIRED EXIT OR MEANS OF
TRAVEL TO OR FROM A REQUIRED EXIT MUST 3E NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES CLEAR
WIDTH. SCISSOR STAIRS ONLY COUNT AS ONE EXIT. THE TWO MOST REMOTE EXITS
ON EACH FLOOR MUST 3E SEPARATED BY A DISTANCE EQUAL TO AT LEAST 2/3 THE
LONG RECTANGULAR DIMENSION OF THE FLOOR, AND THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF
DEAD-END CORRIDORS AND COMMON PATHS OF TRAVEL IS 50 FEET. VESTIBULES
SHALL 3E PROVIDED AT PUBLIC ENTRANCES AND EXITS WHEREVER WEATHER
CONDITIONS AND HEAT LOSS ASS IMPORTANT FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION. IN THE
EVENT OF NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE CONDITIONS, PROVISIONS SHALL :E MADE FOR
EQUALIZING AIR PRESSURE.
OFFICE SPACE MUST HAVE WINDOWS IN EACH EXTERIOR BAY UNLESS WAIVED SY THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
ALL WINDOWS SHALL BE WEATHERTIGHT. OPENING WINDOWS MUST 3E EQUIPPED WITH
LOCKS. OFF-STREST, GROUND LEVEL WINDOWS AND THOSE ACCESSIBLE FROM FIRE
ESCAPES, ADJACENT ROOFS, AND OTHER STRUCTURES THAT CAN 3E OPENED SHALL 3E
FITTED WITH A STURDY LOCKING DEVICE. LOCKS ON WINDOWS OR DOORS LEADING TO
FIRE ESCAPES SHALL BE OF A TYPE THAT CAN EASILY BE OPENED FROM WITHIN THE
BUILDING WITHOUT ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. WINDOWS EXTENDING 18
INCHES FROM THS FLOOR AND LOCATED AT LEAST 4 FSST ABOVE GRADE SHALL 3E
PROVIDED WITH A SAFETY BAR ON THE INTERIOR WINDOW APPROXIMATELY 3 FEET
ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL.
(A) PARKING AND LOADING ZONES:
IF PARKING IS PROVIDED FOR EMPLOYEES OP. VISITORS OR BOTH, THSN LEVEL
ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL 3E PROVIDED AND DESIGNATED IN THE PARKING ARSA(S)
NEAREST AN ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE ON AN ACCSSSI3LS ROUTE IN CONFORMANCS WITH
THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
4.1 QUALITY S APPEAR. OF
BUILDING EXTERIOR
4.2 WORK PERFORMANCE
4.3 BUILDING SYSTEMS
CERTIFICATION
4.4 SPACE EFFICIENCY
4.5 FLOOR PLANS AFTER
OCCUPANCY
4.6 FLOORS AND FLOOR LOAD
4.7 SXTTS S ACCESS
4.S WINDOWS
4.9 HANDICAPPED
.ACCESSIBILITY (A-C)
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE !
PACE
10
OP
34
September
6.
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
TOTAL SPACES
IN LCT(S)
1-25
26 - 50
51 - 75
76 - 100
101 - ISO
151 - 200
201 - 300
301 - 400
401 - 500
501 - 1000
OVER 1000
MINIMUM NUMBER
OF ACCESSIBLE SPACES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
9
2 PERCENT OF TOTAL
20 PLUS I FOR EACH
ICC OVER 1000
ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL 3E AT LEAST 3 ?SST WIDE WITH A 5-FOOT-WIDE ACCESS
AISLE TO WALKS AND RAMPS. TOO SPACES MAY SHARE A COMMON AISLE. THESE
SPACES SHOULD BE DESIGNED SO THE DISABLED ARE NOT COMPELLED TO WHEEL OR
WALK BEHIND PARKED CARS. WHERE PASSENGER LOADING ZONES EXIST, AN ACCESS
AISLE AT LEAST 5 FEET WIDE AND 20 FEET LONG ADJACENT AND PARALLEL TO THE
VEHICLE PULL-UP SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. ACCESSIBLE
SPACES SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS RESERVED FOR THE DISABLED BY A SIGN WITH
THE S7MBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. SUCH SIGN SHALL NOT BE OBSCURED 3Y A
VEHICLE^ PARKED IN THE SPACE.
(3) ROUTE;
(1) AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTS HAVING NO STEPS OR ABRUPT CHANGES IN
LEVEL SHALL CONNECT WITH ALL ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS, SPACES, BUILDINGS, AND
COURSES OF PASSAGE. THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESS53L2 ROUTE SHALL
3E 36 INCHES. IF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTS IS LESS THAN 50 INCHES IN WIDTH THEN
IT SHALL HAVE LEVEL PASSING ZONES, SPACED AT NO MORE THAN 200 FEET APART,
MEASURING A MINIMUM OF 60 INCHES 3Y 50 INCHES.
(2) FLOOR SURFACES AND CARPET SHALL 3E STABLE, SEC'JRS, FIRM AND SLIP
RESISTANT. CHANGES IN LEVEL ;P TO 1/4 INCH MA'/ BE VERTICAL ANC WITHOUT
EDGE TREATMENT. LEVEL CHANGES BETWEEN 1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SHALL BE
BEVELED WITH A SLOPS SO GREATER THAN 1:2. CHANGES EXCEEDING 1/2 INCH
SHALL BE TREATED A3 A RAMP. GRATINGS IN A ROUTE SURFACE SHALL HAVE SPACES
NO WIDER THAN 1/2 INCH IN ONE DIRECTION AND SHALL BE PLACED 30 THAT THE
LONG DIMENSION OF OPENINGS IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOMINANT DIRECTION QF
TRAVEL.
(3) OBJECTS PROJECTING FROM WALLS WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES BETWEEN 27
AND 30 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 4
INCHES INTO AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. FREESTANDING OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS OR
PYLONS MA? OVERHANG 12 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM 27 TO 80 INCHES ABOVE THE
GROUND OR THE FINISHED FLOOR. OBJECTS MOUNTED WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES AT
OR BELOW 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR MAY PROTRUDE ANY DISTANCE.
HOWEVER, NO PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL REDUCE THE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN
ACCESSIBLE ROUTS OR MANEUVERING SPACE. IF VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF AN AREA
ADJOINING AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE IS REDUCED TO LESS THAN 30 INCHES, A BARRIER
TO WARN BLIND OR VISUALLY IMPAIRED PERSONS SHALL BE PROVIDED.
(4) MECHANICAL ROOMS AND SPACES WHICH ARE NOT NORMALLY FREQUENTED BY THE
PUBLIC OR OCCUPANTS AND ARE NOT PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE OR EMERGENCY ROUTS
ARE EXCEPTED AND NEED NOT BE ACCESSIBLE.
(C) ENTRANCE AND SGRESS:
AT LEAST ONE PRINCIPAL ENTRANCE AT EACH GRADE FLOOR LEVEL SHALL BE
ACCESSIBLE. WHEN EXISTING ENTRANCES NORMALLY SERVE ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
FUNCTIONS, THEN AT LEAST ONE OF THE ENTRANCES SERVING EACH FUNCTION SHALL
BE ACCESSIBLE: TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES, PASSENGER LOADING ZONES,
ACCESSIBLE PARKING FACILITIES, TAXI STANDS, PUBLIC STREETS AND SIDEWALKS
OR ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR VERTICAL ACCESS. AN ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE SHALL 3S
PART OF AH ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AND SHALL INCLUDE AN ACCESSIBLE COOR. A
SEP.VICS ENTPJUJCE SHALL NOT BE THE SOLS ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE UNLESS IT IS
THE ONLY ENTRANCE. ACCESSIBLE 'ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE
INTERNATIONAL STMECL OF ACCESSIBILITY. THE SIGNS SHALL 3S LOCATED 30
THAT HANDICAPPED INDIVIDUALS APPROACHING THE BUILDING WILL 3E DIRECTED TO
THE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. ALL APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENTRANCE SHALL
APPLY TO EGRESS. '
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
PAGE
LI
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
(D) RAMPS:
ANY PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTS WITH A SLOPS GREATER THAN 1 FOOT RISE IN
20 FEET SHALL BE CONSIDERED A RAM?. WHERE RAMPS ARE NECESSARY, THEY SHALL
HAVE A NON-SLIP SURFACE WITH A SLOPS NO GREATER THAN 1 FOOT RISE IN 12
FEET'. RAMPS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 3 FEET WITH LEVEL LANDINGS
AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH RAMP RUN. EACH LANDING SHALL SE AT LEAST 5
FEET IN LENGTH AND AS WIDE AS ANY RAMP RON LEADING INTO IT. THE MAXIMUM
RISE FOR ANY RUN SHALL 3E 30 INCHES. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS FOR TURNING
RAMPS SHALL MEASURE A MINIMUM CF 5 FEET BY S FEET. HANDRAILS COMPLYING
WITH "HANDRAILS" SHALL 3E PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL RAMPS WITH A
VERTICAL RISE GREATER THAN 6 INCHES. RAMPS WITH DROP-OFFS SHALL HAVE
CURBS (MINIMUM 2 INCHES HIGH), WALLS, RAILINGS OR PROJECTING SURFACES.
CURB RAMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED WH5RSYSR AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTS CROSSES A CURB.
CURB RAMPS SHALL SOT INTERFERE -'ITH WALXS OR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. THE
MAXIMUM SLOPE OF A CURB RAMP SHALL 3E A 1" RISE PER 12 INCH RUN.. THE
MAXIMUM LENGTH OF A CURB RAMP SHALL BE 6 FEET WITH A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 36*,
EXCLUSIVE OF FLARED SIDES. IF SO OTHER ALTERNATIVE IS FEASIBLE,
ACCESSIBLE PLATFORM LIFTS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF- A RAMP OR ELEVATOR.
LIFTS SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS AND CLEARANCES, SHALL COMPLY WITH
APPLICABLE SAFETY REGULATIONS, AND SHOULD FACILITATE UNASSISTED ENTRY AND
EXIT.
(E) STAIRS;
(1) IF FLOORS ARE SERVICED BY AN ACCESSIBLE ELEVATOR, THEN STAIRS
CONNECTING THESE FLOORS NEED NOT MEET THE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS IS
"STAIRS" AND "HANDRAILS".
(2) ALL STEPS ON A SINGLE FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM RISER
HEIGHTS AND UNIFORM TREAD WIDTHS. OPEN RISER STAIRS ARE NOT PERMITTED.
RISERS SHALL BE SLOPED OR THE UNDERSIDE OF THE NOSING SHALL HAVE AN ANGLE
OF NOT LESS THAN 50 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL.
(3) STAIR TREADS SHALL NOT HAVE ABRUPT NOSINGS AND SHALL BE NO LESS THAN
11 INCHES WIDE. MEASURED FROM RISER TO RISER. THE RADIUS OF CURVATURE AT
THE LEADING EDGE OF THE TREAD SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH. THE
MAXIMUM NOSING PROJECTION SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1-1/2 INCH.
(F) HANDRAILS;
HANDRAILS SHALL 3E PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS AND RAMPS. HANDRAILS
SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES BEYOND THE TOP RISER
AND 12 INCHES PLUS THE WIDTH OF ONE TREAD BEYOND THE BOTTOM RISER. AT THE
TOP, THE 12 INCH EXTENSION SHALL BE PARALLEL WITH THE FLOCR. AT THE
BOTTOM, THE HANDRAIL SHALL CONTINUE TO SLOPS FOR A DISTANCE OF ONE TREAD
WIDTH FROM THE 30TTOM RISES WITH THE 12 INCH REMAINDER BEING HORIZONTAL
AND PARALLEL WITH THE FLOOR. THE INSIDE HANDRAIL ON SWITCHBACK, DOGLEG
STAIRS OR RAMPS SHALL ALWAYS 3E CONTINUOUS. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT PRESENT A
HAZARD AND SHALL 3E EITHER ROUNDED OR RETURNED SMOOTHLY TO THE FLOOR,
WALL, OR. POST. ALL HANDRAILS AND ADJACENT SURFACES SHALL BE FRES OF ANY
SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN HANDRAILS AND THE WALL
SHALL BE 1-1/2 INCHES. GRIPPING SURFACES SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED AND
MOUNTED BETWEEN 30 AND 34 INCHES ABOVE STAIR NOSINGS. THE DIAMETER OR
WIDTH OF THE GRIPPING SURFACES OF A HANDRAIL SHALL BE 1-1/4 INCHES TO
1-1/2 INCHES, OR THE SHAPE SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE.
HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.
(G) DOORS:
(1) AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE DOOR OR OPENING SHALL SERVE EACH ACCESSIBLE
ENTRANCE, SPACE, ROUTE, EGRESS, ANE EMERGENCY PLACE OF REFUGE. REVOLVING
DOORS OR TURNSTILES SHALL NOT BE THE ONLY MEANS OF PASSAGE ALONG AN
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. GATES SHAL1 MEET ALL APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS FOR
DOORS.
(2) DOORWAYS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR .OPENING OF 32 INCHES WITH THE
DOOR OPEN 90 DEGREES, UNLESS A WIDER CLEARANCE IS SPECIFIED WITHIN
"ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES" . IF DOORWAYS HAVE TWO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED
DOOR LEAVES, THEN AT LEAST ONE LEAF SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING
OF. 32 INCHES. DOORS NOT REQUIRING FULL USER PASSAGE, SUCH AS SHALLOW
CLOSETS, MAY KAV3 A MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING OF 20 INCHES. DOORS IN A SERIES
SHALL SWING EITHER IN THE SAMS DIRECTION OR AWAY FROM THE SPACE BETWEEN
THE DOORS. THE MINIMUM SPACE BETWEEN HINGED OS PIVOTED DOORS IN A SERIES
SHALL BS 43 INCHES PLUS THE WIDTH OF ANY DOOR SWINGING INTO THE SPACE.
INITIALS:
LESSOR
4.10 HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY (D-F)
4.11. HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY (G-I)
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACE 12 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
ISFO
90-117
SECTION
GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
(3) RAISED THRESHOLDS AT DOORS SHALL 32 3EVSLSO WITH A SLOPS MO GREATER
THAN 1:2 AND SHALL NOT EXCESS 3/4 :NCH IN HEIGHT FOR EXTERIOR SLID ING
DOORS OR 1/2 INCH FOR OTHER DOORS. OPERATING HARDWARE ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS
SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR AMD
SHALL HAVE A GRIP AND OPERATION WHICH FACILITATES USE WITH ONE HAND
WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. DOORS
LEADING TO AREAS WHICH ARE POTENTIALLY DANGEROUS FOR BLIND INDIVIDUALS
SHALL HAVE TEXTURED WARNING HANDLES OR HANDLE COVERS. I? A DOOR HAS AN
AUTOMATIC CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD SHALL 3E ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN
OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGRESS, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST-3 SECONDS TO MOVE
TO A POINT 3 INCHES FROM THE LATCH. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE THE MINIMUM
OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE 3Y THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. ALL
OTHER INTERIOR DOORS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 FOOT-POUNDS.
IF POWER-OPERATED DOORS ARE PROVIDED, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI A
1SS.10-1979.
(4) CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT DOORS THAT ARE NOT AUTOMATIC OR
POWER ASSISTED AND SHALL COMPLY AS REQUIRED BELOW.
SWING 300R MANEUVERING CLEARANCES;
(I) WHERE THE APPROACH FACES THE DOOR, THE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE
SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF S FEET FROM THE SWING SIDE OF THE DOOR, 4 FEET
FROM THE OPPOSITE SIDE AND A MINIMUM OF 1-1/2 FEET PAST THE LATCH SIDE
(PULL SIDE) AND, FOR DOORS WITH AUTOMATIC CLOSERS, A MINIMUM OF 1 FOOT
PAST THS LATCH SIDE (PUSH SIDE) OF THE DOOR.
(II) WHERE THS APPROACH IS FROM THS HINGE SIDE OF THE DOOR, THS
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET FROM THE SWING SIDE
OF THE DOOR WHEN THE CLEARANCE PAST THE LATCH (PULL SIDE) EXTENDS TO A
MINIMUM OF 3 FEET, 4-1/2 FEET FROM THE SWING SIDE OF THS DOOR WHEN THS
CLEARANCE PAST THE LATCH (PULL SIDE) EXTENDS TO A MINIMUM OF 3-1/2 FEET, 4
FEET FROM THE OPPOSITE SIDE AND A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET PAST THE HINGED SIDE
(PUSH SIDE).
(Ill) WHERE THE APPROACH IS FROM THE LATCH SIDE OF THS DOOR, THE
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE SHALL EXTEND A .MINIMUM OF 4-1/2 FEET FROM THE SWING
SIDE OF THS DOOR, 4 FEET FROM THE OPPOSITE SIDE ANC A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET
PAST THS LATCH SIDE (PUSH AND P'JLL SIDES).
(IV) WKSRS AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS ARE NOT USED AND THE APPROACH IS
FROM THS SIDE, THS ABOVE MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES ARE REDUCED BY 1/2
FOOT FROM 2ITHSR FACE OF THE DOOR EXCEPT ON THS PULL SIDE ON A LATCH SIDE
APPROACH.
SLIDING AND FOLD ING 50CR MANEUVERING CLEARANCES:
(I) WHERE THS APPROACH FACES THE DOOR, THE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE
SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4 FEET FROM THE FACE OF THE DOCR AND HAVE WIDTH
AT LEAST AS WIDE AS THE DOOR.
(II) WHERE THE APPROACH ISrFROM THE SLIDE SIDE OF THE DOOR, THS
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 3 5 1/2 FEET FROM THE FACE
OF THE DOOR AND 4 S 1/2 FEET FROM THS LATCH.
(Ill) WHERE THS APPROACH IS FROM THE LATCH SIDE OF THS DOOR, THE
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 3 5 1/2 FEET FROM THE FACE
OF THS DOOR AND 2 FEET FROM THE LATCH.
(H) ELEVATORS;
ONE ACCESSIBLE PASSENGER ELEVATOR COMPLYING WITH AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARDS INSTITUTE HANDBOOK (ANSI A117.1-1986) AND SECTION 4.10 OF UFAS,
ENTITLED "ELEVATORS," SHALL SERVE EACH LEVEL IN ALL MULTISTORY BUILDINGS
AND FACILITIES. IF MORE THAN ONE PASSENGER SLSVATOR IS PROVIDED, TKSN
EACH ELEVATOR SHALL 3E SQUALLY ACCESSIBLE. ALL ELEVATOR CONTROL BUTTONS
SHALL 3S AT LEAST 3/4 INCH.IN THEIR SMALLEST DIMENSION AND SHALL 3E RAISED
OR FLUSH. ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATORS ARE LOCATED IN THS
"SLSVATORS" PARAGRAPH OF THE 'MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING" SECTION OF
THIS SOLICITATION AND IN THS 'CONTROLS" PARAGRAPH 3ELOW.
(I) TELEPHONES:
IF P'JSLrC TELEPHONES ARE ?ROVIPED, THEN AT LEAST ONE 'JNIT PER FLOOR AND AT
LEAST ONE UNIT PER BANK CF ADJACENT UNITS SHALL PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVSRNWEN-
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE 13 OF 34
September S, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
OPERATION AND COMPLY WITH "CONTROLS". ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES SHALL HAVE
PUSH-3UTTON CONTROLS WHERE AVAILABLE. THE HANDSET ON AN ACCESSIBLE
TELEPHONE SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CORD AT LEAST 29 INCHES LONG AND A
RECEIVER THAT GENERATES A MAGNETIC FIELD IN THE AREA OF THE RECEIVER CAP.
AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC TELEPHONE SHALL BE EQUIPPED .WITH A VOLUME
CONTROL AND CLEARLY IDENTIFIED AS SUCK. TELEPHONE BOOKS SHALL ALSO BE
ACCESSIBLE.
(J) CONTROLS:
ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS ARE REQUIRED IN ACCESSIBLE
SPACES, ALONG ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, OR AS PARTS OF ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS.
ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS SHALL HAVE CLEAR APPROACH AREAS AT LEAST 30 INCHES
WIDE BY 48 INCHES LONG THAT ALLOW EITHER FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH BY A
WHEELCHAIR. ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS SHALL BE BETWEEN 15 INCHES AND 48 INCHES
IN HEIGHT FOR A FORWARD APPROACH OR BETWEEN 9 INCHES AND 54 INCHES FOR A
PARALLEL APPROACH. ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE
OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR
TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE
NO GREATER THAN 5 FOOT-POUNDS.
STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM OUTLETS SHALL
BE AT LEAST 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.
ELEVATOR HALL AND LOBBY CALL BUTTONS SHALL BE CENTERED AT 42 INCHES ABOVE
THE FLOOR AND INTERIOR BUTTONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE HEIGHT
RESTRICTIONS. THE HIGHEST PART OF A TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSIDE
AN ELEVATOR CAB CANNOT EXCEED 48 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR.
(K) SIGNAGE;
HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL
SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: CHARACTERS,
SYMBOLS, AND PICTOGRAPHS SHALL CONTRAST IN COLOR WITH THEIR BACKGROUND AND
SHALL BE RAISED AT LEAST 1/32 INCH. SIGNS SHALL HE MOUNTED ON THE LATCH
SIDE OF DOORS AT A HEIGHT OF 54 TO 56 INCHES. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON
SIGNS SHALL EE SANS SERIF CHARACTERS WITH A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN
3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTK-TO-HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10.
RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL HAVE A HEIGHT OF BETWEEN 5/8 INCH AND 2
INCHES. DOORS TO AREAS POSING DANGER TO THE BLIND SHALL HAVE KNURLED OR
ACCEPTABLE PLASTIC ABRASIVE COATED HANDLES. TACTILE WARNING IND1CATORS
SHALL NOT 3E USED TO IDENTIFY EXIT STAIRS. SIGNAGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
APPROVED LOCATIONS ADJACENT TO OFFICE ENTRANCES.
(L) ALARMS: »
IN ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION, AND IN EXISTING BUILDINGS WHERE THE FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM IS BEING REPLACED OR INSTALLED, THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED
TO HAVE THE FOLLOWING:
(NONCODSD) AUDI3LE AND' VISIBLE ALARM DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) STANDARD NO. 72G
OR
(NONCODED) AUDIBLE AND VISIBLE ALARM DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ASSOCIATION (NFPA) STANDARD NO. 72G AND AN EQUIVALENT SPECIALIZED WARNING
SYSTEM FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED. WHEN UTILIZING VISIBLE ALARM DEVICES,
THE INDIRECT PRIMARY SIGNALING METHOD IS RECOMMENDED TO BE USED. ALSO,
NOTIFICATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ALARM DEVICES SHALL
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72G.
(M) DRINKING FOUNTAINS:
THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE CHILLED 3Ri:iKING FOUNTAIN WITHIN
EVERY 150 FEET OF TRAVEL DISTANCE ON EACH FLOOR OF OFFICE SPACE.
APPROXIMATELY 50 PERCENT OR AT LEAST 1 (WHICHEVER IS GREATER) OF THE WATER
FOUNTAINS ON EACH FLOOR MUST BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. ACCESSIBLE
FOUNTAINS SHALL HAVE SPOUTS AND HAND-OPERATED CONTROLS WHICH ARE
FRONT-MOUNTED AND NO HIGHER THAN 36 INCHES ABCVS THE FINISHED FLOOR. THE
SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE WATER FLOWING AT LEAST 4 INCHES HIGH IN A TRAJECTORY
PARALLEL OR NEARLY PARALLEL TO THE FRONT OF THE UNIT. ACCESSIBLE
FOUNTAINS SHALL MEET THE 'HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY" SUBPARAGRAPH ENTITLED
"CONTROLS." ACCESSIBLE WALL AND POST MOUNTED UNITS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR
KNEE SPACE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON AND THE FLOOR AT LEAST 27
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
4.12 HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY (J-M)
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
PACE
14
OP
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-1L7
SECTION
GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
INCHES HIGH, 30 INCHES WICE, AND 17 TO 19 INCHES 3SSP. UNITS SHALL HAVE A
MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE OF 30 INCHES 3Y 43 INCHES TO ALLOW FORWARD WHEELCHAIR
APPROACH. ONITS MOT HAVING FREE 3PACS UNDER THEM SHALL HAVE A CLEAR FLOOR
SPACE OF 30 INCHES 3V 48 INCHES TO ALLOW A SIDE APPROACH FROM A PERSON IN
A WHEELCHAIR.
(N) STORAGS FACILITIES:
IF STORAGS FACILITIES SUCH AS CABINETS, SHELVES, CR CLOSETS ARS PROVIDED
IN ACCESSIBLE SPACES, AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING
SPECIFICATIONS. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES BY 48 INCHES SHALL
BE PROVIDED THAT ALLOWS EITHER A FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH 3Y A PERSON
IN A WHEEL CHAIR. HARDWARE SHALL 3E INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
CONTROLS PARAGRAPH. ACCESSIBLE STORAGS SPACES SHALL HAVE A REACH RANGE ::0
LOWER THAN 9 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR AND 30 HIGHER THAN 54 INCHES FROM THE
FLOOR.
(0) ASSEMBLY AREAS;
IF PLACES OF ASSEMBLY ARE PROVIDED IN ACCESSIBLE AREAS, THEY SHALL COMPLY
WITH THE FOLLOWING TABLE:
CAPACITY OF SEATING NUMBER OF REQUIRED
AND ASSEMBLY AREAS WHEELCHAIR LOCATIONS
< THAN SO
50-75 .
75 - 100
101 - 150
151 - 200
201 - 300
301 - 400
401 - 500
so: - 1000
> 1000
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2% OF TOTAL
20 - 1 FOR SACH
100 OVER 1000
ASSEMBLY AREAS WITH ACDIO AMPLIFICATION EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVS A LISTENING
SYSTEM FOR A REASONABLE NUMBER OF PEOPLE, BUT NO FEWER THAN 2, WITH A
SEVERE HEARING LOSS. A CLEAR, LEVEL FLOOR SPACE OF 60 INCHES 3Y 55 INCHES
FOR SIDE ACCESS SEATING OR 48 INCHES BY 66 INCHES FOR FORWARD/REAR ACCESS
SEATING SHALL BE PROVIDED.
(P) SEATING AND WORK SURFACES:
IF BUILT IN SEATING OR WORK SURFACES ARS PROVIDED IN ACCESSIBLE AREAS,
THEN 5% OR AT LEAST 1 OF EACH TYPE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. TOPS OF WORK
SURFACES SHALL BE 28 INCHES TO 34 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. KNEE SPACES
SHALL BE AT LEAST 27 INCHES HIGH, 30 INCHES WIDE, AND 19 INCHES DEEP.
ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOMS SHALL BE ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, HAVE ACCESSIBLE
DOORS, AND HAVS AN UNOBSTRUCTED MANEUVERING.CLEARANCES AT LEAST 5 FEET IN
DIAMETER WHICH MAY OVERLAP THE CLEAR SPACE REQUIRED BY OTHER ACCESSIBLE
FEATURES. AT LEAST ONE STANDARD ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL WITH THE
FOLLOWING FEATURES AND CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN EACH ACCESSIBLE
TOILET ROOM:
» ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOMS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH THE INTERNATIONAL
SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, LOCATED ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT
OF 55 INCHES MINIMUM AND 66 INCHES MAXIMUM.
* A STALL SHALL HAVE A CLEAR FLOOR AREA WITH DIMENSIONS AT LEAST 60
INCHES WIDE AND 55 INCHES DEE? FOR WALL MOUNTED CLOSETS OR 59 INCHES DEEP
FOR FLOOR MOUNTED CLOSETS.
* A STALL DOOR SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE CORNER OPPOSITE TH3 TOILET AND
SHALL NOT SWING OVER THE STALL'S MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR AREA.
* THE TOP CENTER OF THE TOILET SEAT SHALL BE LOCATED 17 TO 19 INCHES
ABOVE THE FLOOR AND 18 INCHES FSOM A SI3S STALL WALL. SEATS SHALL NOT BE
SPRUNG TO RETURN TO A LIFTED POSITION.
* TWO STURDY GRAB 3ARS WITH A MINIMUM DIAMETER OF 1-1/4 TO 1-1/2 INCHES
SHALL 3E MOUNTED 1-1/2 INCHES FROM THE WALL AND PARALLEL TO THS FLOOR AT A
HEIGHT OF 33 TO 36 INCHES. ONE 3AR SHALL 3S AT LEAST 3 FEET LONG, RUN
ABOVE THE TOILET, AND BEGIN AT A MAXIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM THE CORNER
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
4.13 HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY (N-P)
4.14 HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY (Q)
GSA PUBLIC BOILDINGS SERVICE
PACE 15 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR
OFFERS
1
SFO
90-117
SECTION
CEHHUU. -ta-ilfc4«u«.
ADJACENT TO THS TOILET. THE SECOND BAR SHALL BEGIN AT A MAXIMUM OF 12
INCHES FROM THE CORNER ADJACENT TO THS TOILET AND SUN TO A POINT AT LEAST
54 INCHES FROM THS REAR WALL. 3ARS SHALL 3E UNOBSTRUCTED AND FREE 0?
SHARP OR ABRASIVE EDGES.
*. TOILET PAPER DISPENSERS HAVING AN UNRESTRICTED PAPER FLOW SHALL BE
LOCATED WITHIN REACH AND AT LEAST 19 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.
* FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE AUTOMATIC OR HAND OPERATED AND MOUNTED ON THE
WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREAS NO MORE THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.
IN INSTANCES OF INITIAL ALTERATIONS WORK VHSRS PROVISIONS FOR A STANDARD
ACCESSIBLE STALL ARE STRUCTURALLY IMPRACTICABLE OR WHERE PLUMBING CODE
REQUIREMENTS PREVENT COMBINING EXISTING STALLS TO PROVIDE SPACE, AN
ALTERNATE STALL MAY BE PROVIDED. ALTERNATE STALLS SHALL HAVE THS
FOLLOWING MINIMUM SUBSTITUTE FEATURES AND CLEARANCES:
* A CLEAR FLOOR AREA SHALL HAVE DIMENSIONS AT LEAST 36 INCHES WIDE AND 56
INCHES EES? FOR WALL MOUNTED CLOSETS OR 59 INCHESDEEP FOR FLOOR MOUNTED
CLOSETS. BARS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON EACH SIDE, 3EGIN AT A MAXIMUM OF 12
INCHES FROM THS REAR WALL, AND RON TO A POINT AT LEAST 54 INCHES FROM THS
REAR WALL.
- OR -
* A CLEAR FLOOR AREA SHALL HAVE DIMENSIONS AT LEAST 48 INCHES WIDE AND 66
INCHES EESP FOR WALL MOUNTED CLOSSTS OR 69 INCHES DEEP FOR FLOOR MOUNTED
CLOSETS. ONS BAR SHALL 3E AT LEAST 3 FEET LONG, RUN ABOVE THE TOILET, AND
BEGIN AT A MAXIMUM OF 5 INCHES FROM THE CORNER ADJACENT TO THE TOILET.
THE SECOND BAR SHALL 3EGIN AT A MAXIMUM OF 12 INCHES FROM THS CORNER
ADJACENT TO THS TOILET AND RUN TO A POINT AT LEAST 54 INCHES FROM THE REAR
WALL.
WHERE URINALS ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE SHALL 3E ACCESSIBLE. ACCESSIBLE
URINALS SHALL 3E STALL-TYPE OR WALL-HUNG WITH AN ELONGATED RIM AT A
MAXIMUM OF 17 INCHES AEOVS THE FLOOR, SHALL HAVE AUTOMATIC OR HAND
OPERATED FLUSH CONTROLS NO MORE THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND SHALL
HAVE A CLEAR' FLOOR SPACE 30 INCHES 3Y 48 INCHES FOR FORWARD APPROACH.
PRIVACY SHIELDS THAT DO NOT EXTENT BEYOND THE FRONT EDGE OF THS URINAL RIM
MAY BE PROVIDED WITH 29 INCHES CLEARANCE BETWEEN THEM.
WHERE LAVATORIES, MIRRORS, CONTROLS, DISPENSERS, RECEPTACLES, OR OTHER
EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE OF EACH SHALL 3S ACCESSIBLE TO THS
HANDICAPPED. ACCESSIBLE MIHHCRS SHALL 3S MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE OF
THE REFLECTING SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR.
ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES SHALL SE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO
HIGHER THAN 34 INCHES AND THE LOWER FRONT EDGE AT LEAST 29 ABOVE THE
FINISHED FLOOR. ACCESSIBLE LAVATORIES SHALL HAVE A KNEE CLEARANCE AT
LEAST 8 INCHES DES? AND 27 INCHES HIGH, A TOE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 9 INCHES
HIGH, AND A CLEAR FORWARD APPROACH AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE AND 48 INCHES
DEEP WHICH EXTENDS 17 TO 19 INCHES UNDERNEATH THE LAVATORY. ACCESSIBLE
LAVATORIES SHALL HAVE ACCESSIBLE FAUCET CONTROLS. SELF-CLOSING FAUCET
VALVES MUST REMAIN OPEN AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. IN THE AREA BENEATH ALL
LAVATORIES, THERE SHALL BE MO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES. HOT WATER AND
DRAIN PIPES SHALL 3E INSULATED OR COVERED AND PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 6
INCHES FROM THE WALL.
WHERE TOPOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS PERMIT, THE SITE SHALL BE LANDSCAPED WITH
TREES AND SHRUBBERY. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER SHALL APPROVE THS
LANDSCAPING TO BE PROVIDED.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
4.15 LANDSCAPING
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
I PAGE 16 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
ALL REQUIRED FINISH SELECTION SAMPLES MUST BE PROVIDED WITHIN FIVE (5)
OAXS OF THE REQUEST FOR SUCH JY THE CONTRACTING OFFICES. GSA SHALL
DELIVER LAYOUT DRAWINGS AND NECESSARY FINISH SELECTIONS TO THE LESSOR
WITHIN NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER AWARD OR AFTER RECEIPT OF PLANS AND SAMPLES,
WHICHEVER IS LATER.
CEILINGS MUST BE AT LEAST S'O" AND MO MORE THAN Ll'O" CLEAR FROM FLOOR TO
THE LOWEST OBSTRUCTION. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF SERVICE AREAS, THEY MUST
HAVE ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, A
FLAMESPREAD OF 25 OR LESS, AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 OR LESS
(ASTM E-84). PROTRUSIONS OF FIXTURES INTO TRAFFIC WAYS SHALL BE AVOIDED.
IN BUILDINGS PROTECTED THROUGHOUT BY A SPRINKLER SYSTEM MEETING THE
GOVERNMENT-3 APPROVAL, CEILINGS AMD INTERIOR FINISHES IN AREAS NOT PART OF
THE NORMAL EXIT MAY HAVE FLAMSSPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT LIMITS OF 200,
IN LIEU OF 25 FOR THE FLAMESPREAD AND SO FOR SMOKE DEVELOPMENT (ASTM
E-84).
IN SPRINKLER PROTECTED EXITS OR ENCLOSED CORRIDORS LEASING TO EXITS,
CEILING AND INTERIOR FINISHES MAY BE COMPOSED OF MATERIALS HAVING A
FLAMESPRSAD RATING OF 75 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 100 OR
LESS IN LIEU OF 25 FOR FLAMESPREAD AND 50 FOR SMOKE DEVELOPMENT (ASTM
E-84).
CEILINGS MUST BE A FLAT PLANE IN EACH ROOM AND SUSPENDED WITH FLUORESCENT
RECESSED FIXTURES AND FINISHED AS FOLLOWS UNLESS AN ALTERNATE FINISH IS
APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER:
» RESTROOMS: PLASTER OR POINTED AND TAPED GYPSUM BOARD
* OFFICES AND CONFERENCE ROOMS: MINERAL AND ACOUSTICAL TILE OR LAY IN
PANELS WITH TEXTURED OH PATTERNED SURFACE AND TEGULAR EDGES OR EQUIVALENT
QUALITY TO BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
PLASTER OR POINTED AND TAPED
» CORRIDORS AND SATING'GALLEY AREAS:
GTPSUM BOARD OR MINERAL ACOUSTICAL TILS.
PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS;
ALL WALL FINISHES MUST HAVE A FLAMESPREAD OF 25 OR LESS, AND A SMOKE
DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 OR LESS. HOWEVER, WHEN THE BUILDING IS PROTECTED
THROUGHOUT BY A SPRINKLER SYSTEM MEETING THE GOVERNMENT'S APPROVAL, WALL
FINISHES IN ALL AREAS. EXCEPT THOSE AREAS WHICH ARE PART OF THE NORMAL
EXITS, MAY HAVE A FLAMESPRSAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT LIMITS OF 200 (ASTM
E-84).
PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, PARTITIONS? OFFICES AND.OPEN OFFICE AREAS ARE TO BE
COVERED WITH VINYL WALL COVERINGS, NOT LESS THAN 13 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD
AS SPECIFIED IN FS CCC-W-408, OR EQUIVALENT QUALITY FINISH APPROVED BY THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
SELECTED OFFICES AND CONFERENCE ROOMS AS SPECIFIED BELOW ARE TO BE COVERED
WITH WOCD PANELING OR TEXTILE COVERING TO BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER.
ALL DIRECTORS AND CONFERENCE ROOMS AS DIRECTED.
PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY ALL RESTROOMS OFFERED TO COMPLY WITH THE RESTRCOM
FIXTURE SCHEDULE OF THIS SOLICITATION MUST HAVE CERAMIC TILE IN SPLASH
AREAS AND VINYL WALL COVERING NOT LESS THAN 13 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD AS
SPECIFIED IN FS CCC-W-408 ON REMAINING WALL AREAS OR EQUIVALENT QUALITY AS
APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, UNLESS AN ALTERNATE FINISH IS
APPROVED yt THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY ALL ELEVATOR AREAS WHICH ACCESS THE GOVERNMENT'S LEASED
SPACE. HALLWAYS WITHIN OR ACCESSING THE GOVERNMENT'S LEASED SPACE AND
EATING/GALLEY AREAS WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT'S LEASED SPACE ARE 70 BE COVERED
WITH VINYL WALLCOVERINGS SOT LESS THAN 22 OUNCES ?ER SQUARE YARD AS
SPECIFIED IN FS CCC-W-408, OR EQUIVALENT QUALITY A3 APPROVED BY THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER, UNLESS AN ALTERNATE FINISH IS APPROVED BY THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
REPLACEMENT ;
ALL WALLCOVERING IS TO BE MAINTAINED IN "LIKE SEW" CONDITION FOR THE LIFE
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
5.1 LAYOUT AND FINISHES
5.2
CEILINGS AND INTERIOR
FINISHES
5.3 WALL COVERINGS
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE |
PAGE
17
OP
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES'
OF THE LEASE. WALLCOVERING MUST BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED AT THE LESSOR'S
EXPENSE, INCLUDING MOVING AND REPLACING FURNISHINGS, (EXCEPT WHERE
WALLCOVERING HAS BEEN DAMAGED CUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT),
ANYTIME DURING THE OCCUPANCY BY THE GOVERNMENT IF IT IS TORN, PEELING OR
PERMANENTLY STAINED; THE CERAMIC TILE IN THE RESTROOMS MUST BE REPLACED
OR REPAIRED IF IT IS LOOSE, CHIPPED, BROKEN OR PERMANENTLY DISCOLORED.
ALL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT WORK IS TO BE DONE AFTER WORKING HOURS.
SAMPLES:
THE LESSOR IS TO PROVIDE AT LEAST FIVE SAMPLES 0? EACH TYPE CF WALL
COVERING TO BE INSTALLED FOR SELECTION BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
PAINTING;
PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY ALL SURFACES DESIGNATED BY GSA FOR PAINTING MUST BE
NEVLY PAINTED - IN COLORS ACCEPTABLE TO GSA. ALL PAINTED SURFACES,
INCLUDING ANY PARTITIONING INSTALLED BY THE GOVERNMENT OR THE LESSOR AFTER
GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY, MUST BE REPAINTED AFTER WORKING HOURS AT LESSOR
EXPENSE AT LEAST EVERY 5 YEARS. THIS INCLUDES MOVING AND RETURN OF
FURNITURE. PUBLIC AREAS MUST BE PAINTED AT LEAST EVERY 3 YEARS.
EXTERIOR DOORS MUST BE HEAVY DUTY, FULL FLUSH, HOLLOW STEEL CONSTRUCTION,
SOLID CORE WOOD, OR INSULATED TEMPERED GLASS. WOOD DCORS SHALL BE AT
LEAST I.75 INCHES THICK. EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE WEATHER-TIGHT, EQUIPPED
WITH AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS AND OPEN OUTWARD. .HINGES, PIVOTS, AND PINS
SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH PREVENTS REMOVAL WHEN THE DOOR IS
CLOSED AND LOCKED.
DOORS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING OF 36 INCHES 3Y 30 INCHES. HOLLOW CORE
WOOD DCORS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. THEY MUST 3E FLUSH, SOLID CORE NATURAL
WOOD, VENEER FACED OR EQUIVALENT FINISH AS APPROVED SY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER. THEY SHALL BE OPERABLE BY A SINGLE EFFORT AND MUST BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. THEY WILL BE
PROVIDED AT A RATIO OF ONE PER 350 NET USABLE SQUARE FEET OF SPACE..
DOORS MUST HAVE HEAVY DUTY HARDWARE WITH HARDWARE STOPS. ALL PUBLIC USE
DOORS MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH KICK PLATES. DOORS MUST ALSO HAVE PULL BARS
OR HANDLES AND AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS. DOOR CLOSERS MUST BE CONCEALED.
CORRIDOR AND OUTSIDE DOORS MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH 5-PIN, TUMBLER CYLINDER
LOCKS AND DOOR CHECKS. ALL LOCKS MUST BE MASTER KEYED. THE GOVERNMENT
MUST BE FURNISHED AT LEAST TWO MASTER KEYS AND TWO KEYS FOR EACH LOCK.
HARDWARE FOR DOORS IN THE MEANS OF SCr.ESS SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA STANDARD
NO. 101.
<
DOOR IDENTIFICATION SHALL SE INSTALLED IN APPROVED LOCATIONS ADJACENT TO
OFFICE ENTRANCES. THE FORM OF DOOR IDENTIFICATION MUST BE APPROVED 3Y THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
PARTITIONS AND DIVIDERS MUST SE PROVIDED AS OUTLINED 3ELCW. PARTITIONING
REQUIREMENTS MAY BE MET WITH EXISTING PARTITIONS IF THEY MEET THE
GOVERNMENT'S STANDARDS AND LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS.
PERMANENT PARTITIONS MUST BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY TO SURROUND STAIRS,
CORRIDORS, ELEVATOR SHAFTS, TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR CLOSETS. THEY SHALL
HAVE A FLAMSSPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMEI.T RATING OF
50 OR LESS (ASTM E-84). STAIRS, ELEVATORS AND OTHER FLOOR OPENINGS SHALL
BE ENCLOSED 3Y PARTITIONS AND HAVE THE FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIRED BY NFPA
NO. 101. THEY SHALL EXTEND FROM THE STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB TO THE
STRUCTURAL CEILING SLAB.
OFFICE SUBDIVIDING PARTITIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE
(DBC) AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. THEY MUST BE PROVIDED AT A RATIO OF ONE
LINEAR FOOT FOR EACH TEN (10) SQUARE FEET OF SPACE PROVIDED. PARTITIONING
OVER INTERIOR OFFICE DOORS IS INCLUDED IN THE MEASUREMENT. THEY MUST
EXTEND FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE FINISHED CEILING AND HAVE A
FLAMESPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 OR
LESS (ASTM £-84).
PARTITIONS MAY BE PREFINISHED OR TAPED AND PAINTED. HVAC MUST BE
REBALANCED AND LIGHTING RSPOSITIONED, AS APPROPRIATE, AFTER INSTALLATION
OF PARTITIONS.
FLCCR COVERING MAY BE EITHER RESILIENT FLOORING OR CARPET, EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SOLICITATION. FLOOR PERIMETERS AT PARTITIONS
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
5.4 DOORS: EXTERIOR.
5.5 DOORS: INTERIOR.
5.5 DOORS: HARDWARE
5.7 DOORS: IDENTIFICATION
5.3 PARTITIONS: GENERAL
5.9 PARTITIONS: PERMANENT
5.10 PARTITIONS: SUBDIVIDING
5.11 FLOOR COVERING AND
PERIMETERS.
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE |
PACE
18
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
ANY EXCEPT IONS MUST BE
MUST HAVE WOOD, RUBBER, VINYL, OR CARPE? BASE.
APPROVED Si THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
OFFICE AREAS:
PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY CARPET OR CARPET TILES MUST COVER ALL OFFICE AREAS
PARTITIONED OR UNPARTITIONSD, INCLUDING INTERIOR HALLWAYS AND CONFERENCE
ROOMS. THE USE OF EXISTING CARPET MAY BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER: HOWEVER, EXISTING CARPET MUST 3E SHAMPOOED BEFORE OCCUPANCY AND
MUST MEET THE STATIC BUILDUP AND FLAMMASILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW CARPET
WHICH FOLLOW IN THIS SOLICITATION.
SPECIALITY AREAS;
RESILIENT FLOORING IS TO 3E 7SED IN REPRODUCTION ROOMS, STORAGE, FILE AND
OTHER SPECIALITY ROOMS LISTED 3ELCW: ADP SPACE, TELECOMMUNICATION SPACE.
TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS;
TERRAZZO, UNGLAZED CERAMIC TILE, AND/OR QUARRY TILE SHALL BE USED IN ALL
TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS UNLESS ANOTHER COVERING IS APPROVED BY THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
CARPET - PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS.-
ANY CARPET TO BE NEWLY INSTALLED MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS:
* PILE YARN CONTENT: CONTINUOUS FILAMENT SOIL-HIDING NYLON, WOOL/NYLON,
OR OLEFIN COMBINATIONS.
* CARPET PILE CONSTRUCTION:
OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE.
LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE,
* PILE WEIGHT: 28 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD MINIMUM.
* SECONDARY BACK: SYNTHETIC FISER OR JUTE FOR GLUE-DOWN INSTALLATION.
* TOTAL WEIGHT: 54 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD MINIMUM.
* FLAMMA3ILITY: IN ALL AREAS EXCEPT EXITS, CARPET MUST HAVE A CRITICAL
RADIANT FLUX (CRF) OF 0.22 OR GREATER WITH A SPECIFIC OPTICAL DENSITY NOT
OVER 450. CARPET IN EXITS MUST HAVE AT LEAST A CRF OF 0.50. CARPET j
PASSING THE CONSIDER PRODUCTS SAFETY COMMISSION FFL-70 (PILL TEST; IS !
ACCEPTABLE FOR OFFICE AREAS. IT MAY ALSO BE USED IN CORRIDORS WHICH ARE
PROTECTED BY AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS.
* STATIC BUILDUP: 3.5 KV MAXIMUM WITH BUILT-IN STATIC DISSIPATION IS
RECOMMENDED; "STATIC-CONTROLLED" IS ACCEPTABLE.
CARPET - SAMPLES:
WHEN CARPET MUST BE NEWLY INSTALLED OR CH^JJCEE, THE OFFEROR SHALL PROVIDE
THE GOVERNMENT WITH A MINIMUM OF 5 COLOR SAMPLES. THE SAMPLE
AND COLOR MUST BE APPROVED BY GSA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NO SUBSTITUTES
MAY BE HADE BY THE OFFEROR AFTER SAMPLE SELECTION.
CARPET - INSTALLATION;
CARPET MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS TO
LAY SMOOTHLY AND EVENLY.
CARPET - REPLACEMENT:
CARPET SHALL 3E REPLACED AT LEAST EVERY 10 YEARS DURING GOVERNMENT
OCCUPANCY OR ANY TIME DURING THE LEASE WHEN:
* BACKING OR UNDERLAYMENT IS EXPOSED.
* THERE ARE NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN SURFACE COLOR OR TEXTURE.
REPLACEMENT INCLUDES MOVING AND RETURN OF FURNITURE.
CARPET - ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS;
IF THE OFFSROR PROPOSES THAT BUILDING MAINTENANCE WILL BE
THE
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE 19 OF 34 .
September 6. 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GOVERNMENT, THE FOLLOWING CARPST SPECIFICATIONS
SHALL ALSO APPLY:
* CARPST CONSTRUCTION: AT LEAST 64 TUFTS PER SQUARE INCH, WITH A
SYNTHETIC PRIMARY 3ACX AND TUFT 3IND OF AT LEAST 10 POUNDS.
* PILE HEIGHT: 3/16 INCH TO 1/2 INCH.
RESILIENT FLOORING - PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS:
WHEN RESILIENT FLOORING MUST BE INSTALLED OR CHANGED, THE OFFEROR SHALL
PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT A MINIMUM CF 5 COLOR SAMPLES. THE
SAMPLE AND COLOR MUST BE APPROVED 3Y GSA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NO
SUBSTITUTES MAY BE MADE BY THE OFFEROR AFTER SAMPLE SELECTION.
RESILIENT FLOORING - REPLACEMENT:
THE FLOORING SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE LESSOR AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT
PRIOR TO OR DURING GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY WHEN IT HAS:
* CURLS, UPTURNED EDGES, OR OTHER NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN TEXTURE.
TERRAZZO, UNGLAZED CERAMIC TILE, AND/OR QUARRY TILE SHALL BE USED IN ALL
TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS UNLESS ANOTHER COVERING IS APPROVED BY THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER.
RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL COVER ADP, TELECOMMUNICATION, BRSAKROOMS, FILE
ROOMS, AND MAIL ROOM.. SAMPLES MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER.
REPLACEMENT; . '
THE FLOORING SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE LESSOR AT SO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT
PRIOR TO OR DURING GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY WHEN IT HAS:
* CURLS, 7PTURNED EDGES, OR OTHER NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN TEXTURE.
CARPET OR CARPST TILES SHALL COVER ALL TENANT OCCUPIED SPACE OTHER THAN
AREAS AS PREVIOUSLY NOTED ELSiWKSRS IN THIS 30LICATION.. THE USE OF
EXISTING CARPST MAY BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. HOWEVER,
EXISTING CARPST MUST BE SHAMPOOED BEFORE OCCUPANCY AND MUST MEET THE
STATIC BUILDUP AND FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOP NEW CARPST WHITH FOLLOW
IN THIS PARAGRAPH.
IF THE CARPST WILL 3E NEWLY INSTALLED, THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS MUST
BE MET:
* PILE YARN CONTENT: CONTINUOUS FILAMENT SOIL-HIDING NYLON, WOOL/NYLON,
OR OLEFIN COMBINATIONS.
* CARPET PILE CONSTRUCTION: LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE,
OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE.
* PILE WEIGHT: 28 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD MINIMUM.
* SECONDARY BACK: SYNTHETIC FIBER OR JUTE FOR GLUE-DOWN INSTALLATION.
* TOTAL WEIGHT: 64 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD MINIMUM.
* FLAMMABILITY: IN ALL AREAS EXCEPT EXITS, CARPET MUST HAVE A CRITICAL
RADIANT FLUX (CRF) OF 0.22 OR GREATER WITH A SPECIFIC OPTICAL DENSITY NOT
OVER 450. CARPET IN EXITS MUST HAVE AT LEAST A CRF OF O.SO. CARPET
PASSING THE CONSUMER PRODUCTS SAFETY COMMISSION FFL-70 {PILL TEST) IS
ACCEPTABLE FOR OFFICE AREAS. IT MAY ALSO BE USED IN CORRIDORS WHICH ARE
PROTECTED 3Y AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS.
* STATIC BUILDUP: 3.5 KV MAXIMUM WITH BUILT-IN STATIC DISSIPATION IS
RECOMMENDED; "STATIC-CONTROLLED" IS ACCEPTABLE.
CARPST; SAMPLES;
WHEN CARPST MUST BE NEWLY INSTALLED OR CHANGE
THE GOVERNMENT A MINIMUM OF COLOR SAMPLES. THE SAMPLE AND
COLOR MUST BE APPROVED BY GSA PRIOR 70 INSTALLATION. NO SUBSTITUTES MAY
BE MADE 3Y THE OFFERCR AFTER SAMPLE SELECTION.
THE OFFSROR SHALL PROVIDE
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
5.12 TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS
5.13 RESILIENT FLOORING
5.14 CARPST
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACE 20 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
CARPET: INSTALLATION;
CARPET MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCOREANCS WITH MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS TO
LAY SMOOTHL? AND EVENLY.
CARPET: REPLACEMENT;
CARPET SHALL 3E REPLACED A? LEAST EVER? 10 TEARS DURING GOVERNMENT
OCCUPANCY OR AT ANT TIME DURING THE LEASE WHEN:
* BACKING OR UNDERLAYMENT IS EXPOSED.
» THERE ARE NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN SURFACE COLOR OR TSXTUHS.
REPLACEMENT INCLUDES MOVING AND RETURN OF FURNITURE.
IF THS OFFSR PROPOSES THAT BUILDING MAINTENANCE WILL 3E THE RESPONSIBILITY
OF THE GOVERNMENT, THE FOLLOWING CARPET SPECIFICATIONS SHALL ALSO APPLT:
CARPET CONSTRUCTION: AT LEAST 64 TUFTS PER SQUARE INCH, WITH A
SYNTHETIC PRIMARY BACK AND TUFT BIND OF AT LEAST 10 POUNDS.
* PILE HEIGHT: 3/16 INCH TO 1/2 INCH.
REVERBERATION CONTROL;
CEILINGS IN CARPSTSD SPACE SHALL HAVE A NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (NHC)
OF NOT LESS THAN 0.55 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C-423. CEILINGS IN OFFICES,
CONFERENCE ROOMS, AND CORRIDORS HAVING RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL HAVE AN
NRC OF NOT LESS THAN 0-7Q \
AMBIENT NOISE CONTROL:
AMBIENT NOISE FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED NOISE CRITERIA
CURVE (NC) 35 IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ASHRAE HANDBOOK IN OFFICES AND
CONFERENCE ROOMS; NC 40 IN CORRIDORS, CAFETERIAS, LOBBIES, AND TOILETS; NC
SO IN OTHER SPACES.
NOISE ISOLATION:
ROOMS SEPARATED FROM ADJACENT SPACES SY CEILING-HIGH PARTITIONS (NOT
INCLUDING DOORS) SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THS FOLLOWING NOISE ISOLATION
CLASS (NIC) STANDARDS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM £-336:
CONFERENCE ROOMS: NIC-4C
OFFICES: NIC-35
CERTIFICATION:
THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY REQUIRE AT SO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT, A
CERTIFICATION ATTESTING THAT ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET.
CERTIFICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED SY TEST REPORTS BY A QUALIFIED
ACOUSTICAL CONSULTANT VERIFYING REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF AMBIENT NOISE
AND NOISE ISOLATION.
THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PARAGRAPH SKALi TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS IN THIS SOLICITATION IF.THERE IS A CONFLICT.
A TAMPER PROOF DIRECTORY WITH LOCK SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THS BUILDING LOBBY
LISTING ALL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES. IT MUST BS ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER.
IF THS GOVERNMENT IS THEm^Jfi1ix:CU?ANT OF THS BUILDING, * FLAG?OL2.33HALL
BE PROVIDED AT A LOCATION TO BE APPROVED BY THS CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE
FLAG WILL 3S PROVIDED BY THS GOVERNMENT. THIS REQUIREMENT MAY BE WAIVED
IF DETERMINED INAPPROPRIATE 3Y G3A.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
S.1S CARPET: ADDITIONAL SPECS
5.16 ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.17 BUILDING DIRECTORY
5.13 FLAG POLE
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE
21
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,
PLUMBING
THS LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE AND OPERATE ALL BUILDING EQUIPMENT AMD SYSTEMS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, MANUALS, AND STANDARD
PROCEDURES. MAINS, SINES, AND METERS FOR UTILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY
THE LESSOR. EXPOSED DUCTS, PIPING. AND CONDUITS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN
OFFICE SPACE.
THS LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE, ON EACH FLOOR OF OFFICE SPACE, A MINIMUM OF ONE
CHILLED DRINKING FOUNTAIN WITHIN EVERT 150 FSST OF TRAVEL DISTANCE.
SEPARATE TOILET FACILITIES FOR MEN AND WOMEN SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EACH
FLOOR OCCUPIED BY THE GOVERNMENT IN THE BUILDING. THE FACILITIES MUST BE
LOCATED SO THAT EMPLOYEES WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO TRAVEL MORE THAN ISO
FEET ON ONE FLOOR TO REACH THE TOILETS. EACH TOILET ROOM SHALL HAVE
SUFFICIENT WATER CLOSETS ENCLOSED WITH MODERN STALL PARTITIONS AND DOORS,
URINALS (IN MEN'S ROOM), AND HOT (SET AT 105 DEGREES, IF PRACTICAL) AND
COLD MATER. MATER CLOSETS AND URINALS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE WHEN THE
EXTERIOR DOOR IS OPEN. EACH MAIN TOILET ROOM SHALL CONTAIN:
EQUIPMENT:
* A MIRROR ABOVE THE LAVATORY.
* A TOILET PAPER DISPENSER IN EACH WATER CLOSET STALL, THAT WILL HOLD AT
LEAST TOO ROLLS AND ALLOW EASY UNRESTRICTED DISPENSING.
* A COAT HOOK ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR TO EACH WATER CLOSET STALL AND ON
SEVERAL WALL LOCATIONS BY LAVATORIES.
* AT LEAST ONE MODERN PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SOAP DISPENSER AND WASTE
RECEPTACLE FOR EVERY TWO LAVATORIES.
* A COIN OPERATED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER IN WOMEN'S TOILET ROOMS WITH
WASTE RECEPTACLE FOR EACH WATER CLOSET STALL.
* CERAMIC TILE OR COMPARABLE WAINSCOT FROM THE FLOOR TO A MINIMUM HEIGHT
OF 4' 6".
* A DISPOSABLE TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER.
» A COUNTER AREA OF AT LEAST TWO FEET IN LENGTH, EXCLUSIVE OF THE
LAVATORIES (HOWEVER, IT MAY BE ATTACKED TO THE LAVATORIES) WITH A MIRROR
ABOVE AND A GROUND FAULT INTERRUPT TYPE CONVENIENCE OUTLET LOCATED
ADJACENT TO THE COUNTER AREA.
HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY: \
(SEE THE 'GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL" SECTION OF THIS.SOLICITATION.)
JANITOR CLOSETS WITH SERVICE SINK, HOT AND COLD WATER, AND AMPLE STORAGE
FOR CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPLIES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL
FLOORS. JANITOR CLOSETS SHALL HAVE DOOR(S) FITTED WITH AN AUTOMATIC
DEADLOCKING LATCH BOLT WITH A MINIMUM THROW OF 1/2 INCH.
THERMOSTATS SHALL BE SET TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 65 AND 70
DEGREES FAHRENHEIT DURING THE HEATING SEASON AND BETWEEN 76 AND 80 DEGREES
FAHRENHEIT DURING THE COOLING SEASON. THESE TEMPERATURES MUST BE
MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE LEASED PREMISES AND SERVICE AREAS, REGARDLESS OF
OUTSIDE TEMPERATURES, DURING THE HOURS OF OPERATION SPECIFIED IN THE
LEASE.
DURING NON WORKING HOURS, HEATING TEMPERATURES SHALL BE SET NO HIGHER THAN
55 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT AND AIR CONDITIONING WILL NOT BE PROVIDED.
THERMOSTATS SHALL BE SECURED FROM MANUAL OPERATION BY KEY OR LOCKED CAGE.
A KEY SHALL BE .PROVIDED TO THS GSA FIELD OFFICE MANAGER.
HEATING SYSTEMS SHALL NOT 3E OPERATED TO MAINTAIN TEMPERAT'JRSS ABOVE 70
DEGREES, AND COOLING SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE OPERATED TO ACHIEVE TEMPERATURES
BELOW 76 DEGREES. HEATING ENERGY SHALL NOT BE USED TO ACHIEVE THS
TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED FOR COOLING, AND COOLING ENERGY SHALL NOT BE USED TO
ACHIEVE THE TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED FOR HEATING.
AREAS HAVING EXCESSIVE HEAT GAIN OR HSAT LOSS. OR AFFECTED BY SOLAR
RADIATION AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THS DAY, SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY
CONTROLLED.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
6.1 MSCH ELEC PLUMB: GENERAl
6.2 DRINKING FOUNTAINS
6.3 RESTROOMS.
6.4 JANITOR CLOSETS
6.5 HEATING & AIR
CONDITIONING
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACT 22 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
ZONE CONTROL:
INDIVIDUAL THERMOSTAT CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR OFFICE SPACS WITH
CONTROL AREAS NOT' TO EXCEED 2000 SQUARE FEET. AREAS WHICH ROUTINELY HAVE
EXTENDED HCURS OF OPERATION SHALL BE ENVIRONMENTALLY CONTROLLED THROUGH
DEDICATED HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. SPECIAL PURPOSE AREAS
(SUCH AS PHOTOCOPY CENTERS, LARGE CONFERENCE ROOMS, ETC.) WITH AN INTERNAL
LOAD IN EXCESS OF 5 TONS SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLED. CONCEALED
PACKAGE AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MEST LOCALIZED
SPOT COOLING OF TENANT SPECIAL EQUIPMENT. PORTABLE SPACS HEATERS ARE
PROHIBITED FROM USE.
EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE:
TEMPERATURE CONTROL FOR OFFICE SPACES SHALL 3Z ASSURED BY CONCEALED
CENTRAL HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL
MAINTAIN SPACS TEMPERATURE CONTROL OVER A RANGE OF INTERNAL LOAD
FLUCTUATIONS OF PLUS 0.5 WATT/SQ.FT. TO MINUS 1.5 WATTS/SQ.FT. FROM
INITIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE TENANT.
WITHIN TEE LIMITATIONS OF BUILDING SYSTEMS, VENTILATION SHALL BS PROVIDED
IN THE MOST COST EFFECTIVE MANNER. OUTSIDE AIR MAY BE USED AS APPROPRIATE
FOR COOLING; HOWEVER, A MINIMUM OF15CUBIC FEET PER MINUTS OF OUTSIDE AIR
SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH PERSON.
THE LESSOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MEETING THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF
THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC SAFETY CODE; STANDARDS
OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC MANUFACTURERS' ASSOCIATION, INSULATED- POWER CABLE
ENGINEERS' ASSOCIATION, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS,
AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. WHEN CODES CONFLICT, THE. MORE STRINGENT
STANDARD SHALL APPLY. MAIN SERVICE FACILITIES WILL BE ENCLOSED. THE
ENCLOSURE MAY NOT BE USED FOR STORAGE OR OTHER PURPOSES AND SHALL HAVE
DOOR(S) FITTED WITH AN AUTOMATIC DEADLOCKING LATCH BOLT WITH A MINIMUM
THROW OF 1/2 INCH. DISTRIBUTION PANELS MUST 32 CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH
10 PERCENT SPARE POWER LOAD AND CIRCUITS.
FOURPLEX (DOUBLE DUPLEX) FLOOR OR WALL OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN OFFICE
AREAS ON THE BASIS OF ONE (1) PER ISO NUSF SQUARE FEET. DUPLEX FLOOR OR
WALL OUTLETS SHALL ES PROVIDED ON THE BASIS OF ONE (1) PER 70 NUSF
SQUARE FEET. TELEPHONE FLOOR OR WALL OUTLETS SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED ON
THE 3A5I5 OF ONE (1) PER 135 NUSF SQUARE FEET. THE RATIO OF FLOOR TO WALL
OUTLETS SHOULD BE FIFTY PERCENT TO FIFTY PERCENT, RESPECTIVELY.
DEDICATED, .CLEAN ELECTRICAL COMPUTER RECEPTACLES. A DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT
COLOR THAN THE FOURPLEX AND DUPLEX OUTLETS, SHALL 3E PROVIDED ON THE BASIS
OF ONE (1) PER 13S NU5T SQUARE FEET.
THE LESSOR MUST INSURE THAT OUTLETS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING (FOR
ELECTRICITY, VOICE, AND DATA) TO THE WORKSTATION WILL BE SAFELY CONCEALED
IN RECESSED FLOOR DUCTS, UNDER RAISED FLOORING, BY USE OF FLAT WIRE OR BY
A COMPARABLE METHOD ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. SHOULD THE
SPACS OFFERED BE PROPOSED BY SEW CONSTRUCTION, RAISED FLOORING IS
PREFERRED. IN ANY CASE, CABLE ON THE FLOOR SURFACE MUST BE MINIMIZED.
POWER POLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. WIRING MUST BE CONCEALED UNDER THE FLOOR.
ALL FLOORS MUST HAVE 220 VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 60 HERTZ ELECTRIC SERVICE
AVAILABLE. DUPLEX OUTLETS MUST BE CIRCUITED SEPARATELY FROM THE LIGHTING.
IF THE OFFEROR PROPOSES THAT BUILDING MAINTENANCE WILL BE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GOVERNMENT, THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE DUPLEX UTILITY
OUTLETS IN TOILETS, CORRIDORS, AND DISPENSING AREAS FOR MAINTENANCE
PURPOSES AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT. FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL
BE PLAINLY MARKED OR LABELLED TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED
THROUGH THEM. '
THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO PROVIDE ITS OWN TELECOMMUNICATION
(VOICE AND DATA) SERVICE IN THE SPACS TO 35 LEASED. THE GOVERNMENT MAY
CONTRACT WITH ANOTHER PARTY 70 HAVE INSIDE WIRING AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED OR vJSS WIRING PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR, IF AVAILABLE. IN ANY
CASE, SPACS FOR TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMEI.T SHALL BS PROVIDED BY THE
LESSOR. TELECOMMUNICATION 5WITCKRCCMS, WIRS CLOSETS, AND RELATED SPACES
SHALL 3E ENCLOSED. THE ENCLOSURE MAY SOT BE USED FOR STORAGE OR OTHER
PURPOSES AND SHALL HAVE DCOH(S) FITTED WITH AN AUTOMATIC DEADLOCKING LATCH '
BOLT WITH A MINIMUM THROW OF 1/2 INCH.
MODERN LOW BRIGHTNESS, ?ARA=OLIC TYPE 2' X 41 OR 2' X 2' FLUORESCENT
FIXTURES USING NO MORE THAN 2.0 WATTS/SQUARE FOOT SHALL 3E PROVIDED. SUCH
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
SECTION
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,
PLUMBING
6.5 VENTILATION
6.7 ELECTRICAL: GENERAL
6.3
ELECTRICAL:
DISTRIBUTION.
6.9
ELECTRICAL: ADDITIONAL
DIST SPECS
6.10 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT
6.11 LIGHTING: INTERIOR.
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE |
PAGE
23
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL,
PLUMBING
FIXTURES SHALL BE CAPABLE CF PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING A UNIFORM LIGHTING
LEVEL OF 50 FOOT-CANDLES AT WORKING SURFACE HEIGHT THROUGHOUT THE SPACE.
A LIGHTING LEVEL OF AT LEAST 20 FOOT-CANDLES AT FOOT LEVEL SHOULD BE
MAINTAINED IN. CORRIDORS PROVIDING INGRESS AND EGRESS TO THE GOVERNMENT
LEASED SPACE. 1 TO 10 'FOOT-CANDLES OR MINIMUM LEVELS SUFFICIENT TO ENSURE
SAFETY SHOULD BE MAINTAINED IN OTHER NON-WORKING AREAS. WHEN- THE SPACE IS
NOT IN USE BY THE GOVERNMENT, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING, EXCEPT TKAt
ESSENTIAL FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY PURPOSES, SHALL 3S TURNED OFF.
BUILDING ENTRANCES AND PARKING AREAS MUST BE LIGHTED. BALLASTS ARE TO SE
RAPID-START, THERMALLY PROTECTED, VOLTAGE REGULATING TYPE, UL LISTED AND
ETL APPROVED.
OUTDOOR PARKING AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE FOOT-CANDLE OF
ILLUMINATION. INDOOR PARKING AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 10
FOOT-CANDLES LEVEL ILLUMINATION.
SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED ON COLUMNS OR WALLS BY DOOR OPENINGS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE "CONTROLS" SU3PARAGRAPH OF THE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED
"HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY" IN THE "GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL" SECTION OF THIS
SOLICITATION. NO MORE THAN 1000 SQUARE FEET OF OPEN SPACE SHALL BE
CONTROLLED BY ONE LIGHT SWITCH.
THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE SUITABLE PASSENGER AND FREIGHT ELEVATOR SERVICE
TO ALL GSA-LEASED SPACE NOT HAVING GROUND LEVEL ACCESS. SERVICE SHALL SE
AVAILABLE DURING THE HOURS SPECIFIED IN THE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED "NORMAL
HOURS" IN THE "SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE" SECTION OF THIS
SOLICITATION. HOWEVER, ONE ELEVATOR SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR
GOVERNMENT USE. GSA WILL BE GIVEN 24-HOUR ADVANCE NOTICE IF THE SERVICE
IS TO BE INTERRUPTED MORE THAN 1-1/2 HOURS. INTERRUPTION SHALL BE
SCHEDULED FOR MINIMUM INCONVENIENCE.
CODE;
ELEVATORS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITIONS OF THE AMERICAN NATIONAL
STANDARD A17.1, SAFE?" CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS, EXCEPT TKAT
ELEVATOR CABS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL TO
NOTIFY PASSENGERS DURING AUTOMATIC RECALL, AND ELEVATOR LOBBY SMOKE
DETECTORS MUST NOT ACTIVATE THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, BUT MUST
SIGNAL THE FIRS DEPARTMENT OR CENTRAL STATION SERVICE AND CAPTURE THE
ELEVATORS. THE ELEVATOR SHALL 3E INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD A17.2,
INSPECTOR'S MANUAL FOR ELEVATORS.
ENTRANCE: V.
THE ELEVATOR ENTRANCE SHOULD PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF AT LEAST 36
INCHES. THE INSIDE MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 51 INCHES DEEP AND
68 INCHES WIDE.
CALL BUTTONS;
SEE THE "CONTROLS" SUBPARAGRAPH OF THE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED "HANDICAPPED
ACCESSIBILITY" IN THE "GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL" SECTION OF THIS
SOLICITATION.
SAFETY SYSTEMS;
ELEVATORS ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH TELEPHONES OR OTHER TWO-WAY EMERGENCY
SIGNALLING SYSTEMS. THE SYSTEM USED SHALL BE MARKED AND REACH AN \
EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION LOCATION MANNED DURING NORMAL OPERATING HOURS WHEN
THE ELEVATORS ARE IN SERVICE.
WHEN GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY IS 3 OR MORE FLOORS ABOVE GRADE, AUTOMATIC
ELEVATOR EMERGENCY RECALL IS REQUIRED.
SPEED;
THE PASSENGER ELEVATORS MUST HAVE A CAPACITY TO TRANSPORT IN 5 MINUTES 15
PERCENT OF THE NORMAL POPULATION OF ALL UPPER FLOORS (BASED ON 125 SQUARE
FEET PER PERSON). FURTHER, THE DISPATCH INTERVAL BETWEEN ELEVATORS DURING
THE UP-PEAK DEMAND PERIOD SHOULD NOT EXCEED 35 SECONDS.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
6.12 SWITCHES
6.13 ELEVATORS
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE 24 OF 34
II
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SERVICES, UTILITIES.
MAINTENANCE
THE LESSOR MUST HAVE A BUILDING SUPERINTENDENT OR A LOCAL!,? DESIGNATED
REPRESENTATIVE AVAILABLE TO PROMPTLY CORRECT DEFICIENCIES.
SERVICES, UTILITIES, AND MAINTENANCE WILL 3E PROVIDED DAILY, EXTENDING
7:00 A.M. TO 6:00 P.M. EXCEPT SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS, AND FEDERAL HOLIDAYS.
(A) THE GOVERNMENT SHALL HAVE ACCESS TO THE LEASED SPACE AT ALL TIMES,
INCLUDING THE USE OF ELEVATORS, TOILETS, LIGHTS, AND SMALL BUSINESS
MACHINES WITHOUT ADDITIONAL PAYMENT.
(B) I? KEATING OR COOLING IS REQUIRED ON AN OVERTIME BASIS, SUCH SERVICES
WILL BE ORDERED ORALLY OR IN WRITING BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OR GSA
BUILDINGS MANAGER. WHEN ORDERED, SERVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE HOURLY
RATE NEGOTIATED PRIOR TO AWARD. COSTS FOR PERSONAL SERVICES SHALL ONLY BE
INCLUDED AS AUTHORIZED 3Y GSA.
(C) WHEN THE COST OF SERVICE IS 52,000 OR LESS, THE SERVICE MAY 3E
ORDERED ORALLY. AN INVOICE SHALL 3E SUBMITTED TO THE OFFICIAL PLACING THE
ORDER FOR CERTIFICATION AND PAYMENT. ORDERS FOR' SERVICES COSTING MORE
THAN S2,000 WILL BE PLACED USING A GSA FORM 300, ORDER FOR SUPPLIES OR
SERVICES. THE CLAUSES ENTITLED "GSAR 552.232-71 PROMPT PAYMENT (APR
1989)" AND "GSAR 552.232-72 INVOICE REQUIREMENTS (VARIATION) (APR 1989)"
ON THE GSA FORM 3517, GENERAL CLAUSES, APPLY TO ALL ORDERS FOR OVERTIME
SERVICES.
(0) ALL ORDERS ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LEASE. IN
THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN AN ORDER AND THIS LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL
CONTROL .
THE LESSOR SHALL ENSURE THAT UTILITIES
PROVIDED AND ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS ARE
ESTABLISHED RENTAL RATE.
NECESSARY FOR> OPERATION
INCLUDED AS A PART OF
ARE
THE
THE LESSOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TOTAL MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE
LEASED PREMISES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 16, GSA FORM 3517. SUCH
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS INCLUDE SITE AND PRIVATE ACCESS ROADS. ALL
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO PROVIDE RELIABLE, ENERGY
EFFICIENT SERVICE WITHOUT UNUSUAL INTERRUPTION, DISTURBING NOISES,
EXPOSURE TO FIRS OR SAFETY HAZARDS, UNCOMFORTABLE DRAFTS, EXCESSIVE AIR
VELOCITIES, OR UNUSUAL EMISSIONS OF DIRT. THE LESSOR'S MAINTENANCE
RESPONSIBILITY INCLUDES INITIAL SUPPLY AND REPLACEMENT OF ALL SUPPLIES,
MATERIALS. AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR SUCH MAINTENANCE. MAINTENANCE,
TESTING, AND INSPECTION Or APPROPRIATE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS MUST BE DONE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES, AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES MUST BE
DISPLAYED AS APPROPRIATE. COPIES OF ALL RECORDS IN THIS REGARD SHALL BE
FORWARDED TO THE GSA FIELD OFFICE MANAGER OR A DESIGNATED REPRESSNTAT IVS .
WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL CHARGE, THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO
REQUIRE THE LESSOR OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE TO TEST ONCE A YEAR, WITH PROPER
NOTICE, SUCH SYSTEMS AS FIRS ALA=M, SPRINKLER, . EMERGENCY GENERATOR, ETC.
TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION. UPON REQUEST, APPROPRIATE OPERATIONS AND
MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR THE GOVERNMENT'S REVIEW
DURING THESE TESTS. THESE TESTS SHALL BE WITNESSED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
THE LESSOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FLAG DISPLAY ON ALL WORKDAYS AND
FEDERAL HOLIDAYS. THE GOVERNMENT WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS WHEN FLAGS
MUST BE FLOWN AT HALF-STAFF.
THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE A LEVEL OF SECURITY WHICH REASONABLY DETERS
UNAUTHORISED ENTRY TO THE SPACE LEASED DURING NON-DUTY HOURS AND DETERS
LOITERING OR DISRUPTIVE ACTS IN AND AROUND THE SPACE LEASED DURING DUTY
HOURS.
THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE LESSOR TO SUBMIT
COMPLETED FINGERPRINT CHARTS AND PERSONAL HISTORY STATEMENTS FOR EACH
EMPLOYES OF THE LESSOR AS WELL A3 EMPLOYEES OF THE LESSOR'S CONTRACTORS OR
SUBCONTRACTORS WHO WILL PROVIDE BUILDING OPERATING SERVICES OF A
CONTINUING MATURE FOR THE PROPERTY IN WHICH THE LEASED SPACE IS LOCATED.
THE GOVERNMENT MAY ALSO REQUIRE THIS INFORMATION FOR EMPLOYEES OF THE
LESSOR, HIS CONTRACTORS, OR SUBCONTRACTORS WHO WILL 3E ENGAGED TO PERFORM
ALTERATIONS OR EMERGENCY REPAIRS FOR THE PROPERTY.
IF REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL FURNISH THE LESSOR WITH FORM
FD-253, "FINGERPRINTING CHART" Aim GSA FORM ITS, "STATEMENT OF PERSONAL
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
7.1 SERV OTIL MAINT: GENERA!
7.2 NORMAL HOURS
7.3 OVERTIME USAGE
7.4 UTILITIES
7.5 MAINTENANCE Si TESTING OF
SYSTEMS
7.S FLAG DISPLAY
7.7 SECURITY
7.8 SECURITY: ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
GSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE \
PAGE
23
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SERVICES, UTILITIES,
MAINTENANCE
HISTORY" TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH EMPLOYEE AND RETURNED 3Y THE LESSOR TO
THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OR HIS DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE WITHIN 10 "WORKING
DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THE WRITTEN REQUEST TO 00 SO. BASED ON THE
INFORMATION FURNISHED, THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONDUCT SECURITY CHECKS OF THE
EMPLOYEES. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL ADVISE THE LESSOR IN WRITING IF
AN EMPLOYEE IS FOUND TO BE UNSUITABLE OR.UNFIT FOR HIS ASSIGNED DUTIES.
EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY, SUCH AN EMPLOYEE CANNOT WORK OR SB ASSIGNED TO WORK
ON THE PROPERTY IN WHICH THE LEASED SPACE IS LOCATED. THE LESSOR WILL BE
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE SAME DATA WITHIN' 10 WORKING DAYS FROM THE ADDITION
OF NEW SMPLOYSE(S) TO THE WORK FORCE. IN THE EVENT THE LESSOR'S
CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR IS SUBSEQUENTLY REPLACED, THE NEW
CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR IS NOT REQUIRED TO SUBMIT ANOTHER SET OF THESE
FORMS FOR EMPLOYEES WHO WERE CLEARED THROUGH THIS PROCESS WHILE EMPLOYED
BY THE FORMER CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY
REQUIRE THE LESSOR TO SUBMIT FORM FD-258 AND GSA FORM 175 FOR EVERY
EMPLOYEE COVERED BY THIS CLAUSE ON A 3-YEAR BASIS.
CLEANING IS TO BE PERFORMED AFTER TENANT WORKIMG HOURS UNLESS DAYTIME
CLEANING IS SPECIFIED AS A SPECIAL REQUIREMENT ELSEWHERE IN THIS
SOLICITATION.
THE LESSOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE LEASED PREMISES, INCLUDING OUTSIDE AREAS IN
A CLEAN CONDITION AND SHALL PROVIDE SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT. THE FOLLOWING
SCHEDULE DESCRIBES THE LEVEL OF SERVICES INTENDED. PERFORMANCE WILL BE
BASED ON THE CONTRACTING OFFICER'S EVALUATION OF RESULTS, NOT THE
FREQUENCY OR METHOD OF PERFORMANCE.
DAILY:
EMPTY TRASH RECEPTACLES AND CLEAN ASHTRAYS. SWEEP ENTRANCES, LOBBIES AND
CORRIDORS. SPOT SWEEP FLOORS AND SPOT VACUUM CARPETS. CLEAN DRINKING
FOUNTAINS. SWEEP AND DAMP MOP OR SCRUB TOILET ROOMS. CLEAN ALL TOILET
FIXTURES AND REPLENISH TOILET SUPPLIES. DISPOSE OF ALL TRASH AND GARBAGE
GENERATED IN OR ABOUT THE BUILDING. WASH INSIDE AND OUT OR STEAM CLEAN
CANS USED FOR COLLECTION OF FOOD REMNANTS FROM SNACK BARS AND VENDING
MACHINES. DUST HORIZONTAL SURFACES THAT ARE READILY AVAILABLE AND VISIBLY
REQUIRE DUSTING. SPRAY BUFF RESILIENT FLOORS IN MAIN CORRIDORS, ENTRANCES
AND LOBBIES, CLEAN ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS, REMOVE CARPET STAINS. POLICE
SIDEWALKS, PARKING AREAS AND DRIVEWAYS. SWEEP LOADING DOCK AREAS AND
PLATFORMS.
THREE TIMES A WEEK:
SWEEP OR VACUUM STAIRS.
<
WEEKLY:
DAMP MOP AND SPRAT BUFF ALL RESILIENT FLOORS IN TOILETS AND HEALTH UNITS.
SWEEP SIDEWALKS, PARKING AREAS AND DRIVEWAYS (WEATHER PERMITTING).
EVERY TWO WEEKS:
SPRAY BUFF RESILIENT FLOORS IN SECONDARY CORRIDORS, ENTRANCE AND LOBBIES.
DAMP MOP AND SPRAY BUFF HARD AND RESILIENT FLOORS IN OFFICE SPACE.
MONTHLY:
THOROUGHLY DUST FURNITURE. COMPLETELY SWEEP AND/OR VACUUM CARPETS. SWEEP
STORAGE SPACE. SPOT CLEAN ALL WALL SURFACES WITHIN 70" OF THE FLOOR.
EVERY TWO MONTHS:
DAMP WIPE TOILET WASTEPAPER RECEPTACLES, STALL PARTITIONS, DOORS, WINDOW
SILLS AND FRAMES. SHAMPOO ENTRANCE AND ELEVATOR CARPETS.
THREE TIMES A YEAR:
DUST WALL SURFACES WITHIN 7C" OF THE FLOOR, VERTICAL SURFACES AND UNDER
SURFACES. CLEAN METAL AND MARBLE SURFACES IN LOBBIES. WET MO? OR SCRUB
GARAGES.
TWICE A YEAR;
WASH ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND OTHER GLASS SURFACES. STRIP
AND APPLY FOUR COATS OF FINISH TO RESILIENT FLOORS IN TOILETS. STRIP AND
.INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
7.9 JANITORIAL SERVICES
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PAGE 26 OP 34
September 6. 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SERVICES, UTILITIES,
MAINTENANCE
REFINI3H MAIN CORRIDORS AND OTHER HEAVY TRAFFIC AREAS.
ANNUALLY:
WASH ALL VENETIAN BLINDS AND DUST SIX MONTHS FROM WASHING. VACUUM OR DUST
ALL SURFACES IN THE BUILDING OF 70' FROM THE FLOOR. INCLUDING LIGHT
FIXTURES. VACUUM ALL DRAPES IN PLAC2. STRIP AND -REFINISH FLOORS IN
OFFICES AND SECONDARY LOBBIES AND CORRIDORS. SHAMPOO CARPETS IN CORRIDORS
AND LOBBIES. CLEAN BALCONIES, LEDGES, COURTS, AREAWAYS AND FLAT ROOFS.
EVERY TWO TEARS:
SHAMPOO CARPETS IN ALL OFFICES AND OTHER NON-PUSLIC AREAS.
EVERY FIVE 7SARS;
DRY CLEAN OR WASH (AS APPROPRIATE) ALL DRAPES.
AS REQUIRED;
PROPERLY MAINTAIN PLANTS AND LAWNS, REMOVE SNOW AND ICE FROM ENTRANCES,
EXTERIOR WALKS AND PARKING LOTS OF THE BUILDING. PROVIDE INITIAL SUPPLY,
INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT BULBS, TUBES, BALLASTS AND STARTERS.
REPLACE WORN FLOOR COVERINGS (THIS INCLUDES MOVING AND RETURN OF
FURNITURE). EXTERMINATE PESTS.
WITHIN 60 DAYS AFTER OCCUPANCY 3Y THE GOVERNMENT, THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE
THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WITH A DETAILED WRITTEN SCHEDULE OF ALL PERIODIC
SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE TO BE PERFORMED OTHER THAN DAILY, WEEKLY OR
MONTHLY. \
PERFORMANCE WILL BE BASED ON THE CONTRACTING OFFICER'S EVALUATION OF
RESULTS AND NOT THE FREQUENCY OR THE METHOD OF PERFORMANCE. LANDSCAPE
MAINTENANCE IS TO BE PERFORMED DURING THE GROWING SEASON ON A WEEKLY CYCLE
AND WILL CONSIST OF WATERING. MOWIMG, AND POLICING AREA TO KEEP IT FREE OF
DEBRIS. PRUNING AND FERTILIZATION ARE TO 3S DONE ON AN AS NES2EC BASIS.
IN ADDITION, DEAD OR DYING PLANTS ARE TO BE REPLACED.
INITIALS:
LESS05 GOVERNMENT
7.1.0 SCHEDULE OF PERIODIC
SERVICES
7.11 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
GSA
PUBLIC
BDILDINGS
SERVICE
PACE
27
OF
34
September
6,
1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SAFETY AND PZRB
PREVENTION
EQUIPMENT, SERVICES OR UTILITIES FURNISHED AND ACTIVITIES OF OTHER
OCCUPANTS SHALL 3E FREE OF SAFETY, HEALTH AND FIRE HAZARES. WHEN HAZARDS
ARS DETECTED, THEY MUST 3E PROMPT!? CORRECTED AT THE LESSOR'S EXPENSE.
PORTABLE TYPE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA STANDARD NO.
10 SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED BY THE LESSOR. INITIAL AND
REPLACEMENT CHARGES FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE
LESSOR. INSPECTION (QUICK CHECK) AND MAINTENANCE (THOROUGH CHECK) OF
THESE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA STANDARD NO. 10.
STANDPIPES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY IS FOUR OR MORE
FLOORS ABOVE GRADE AND SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA STANDARD NO. 14. STANCPIPES
SHALL BE LOCATED IN STAIRWELLS AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 2-1/2-INCH
VALVSD OUTLET AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS ARS AS FOLLOWS:
(1) REGARDLESS OF THE AMOUNT OF SPACE, WHEN THE GOVERNMENT LEASES SPACE
ON THE 5TH FLOOR OR ABOVE, ALL FLCCRS UP TO AND INCLUDING THE FLOOR OF
OCCUPANCY MUST 3E SPRINKLERED.
(2) ALL FLOORS ON WHICH THE GOVERNMENT OCCUPIES BELOW GRADE SPACE,
REGARDLESS OF THE AMOUNT, MUST BE SPRIMKLERED (INCLUDES GARAGE AREAS UNDER
LEASE BY THE GOVERNMENT).
WHEREVER REQUIRED IN THE BUILDING, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS SHALL CONFORM TO
NFPA SO. 13, BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. 13A, HAVE
ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED CONTROL VALVES (NFPA NO. 13), AND HAVE WATER-FLOW
ALARM SWITCHES CONNECTED TO AUTOMATICALLY NOTIFY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT
(NFPA NO. 723 OR 72C) OR CENTRAL STATION (NFPA NO. 71). THE NOTIFICATION
OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT OR CENTRAL STATION SHALL 3E ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH
THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. THE CENTRAL STATION FACILITY MUST BE
LISTED BY UNDERWRITER'S LASORATCRISS, INC. OR ANY OTHER APPROVED
NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY.
ENGINEERED SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED IN BUILDINGS, WHICH ARE TO
BE CONSTRUCTED TO MEET THE SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS, AND WILL BE 12 OR
MORE STORIES IN HEIGHT. SUCH SYSTEMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHILE SUCH SYSTEMS ARE NOT
REQUIRED IN EXISTING BUILDINGS TO 3S LEASED BY THE GOVERNMENT, THEY SHALL j
BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER' S RECOMMSTOATIONS IT'
PRESENT.
A MANUAL FIRS ALARM SYSTEM SHAL.L BE PROVIDED IN 3UILDING3 WHICH ARS 3 OR
MORE STORIES IN HEIGHT; OR IN BUILDINGS OCCUPIED 3Y ICO OR MORE FEDERAL
EMPLOYEES ABOVE OR BELOW GRADE; OR IN BUILDINGS CONTAINING MORE THAN
50,000 SQUARE FEET GROSS FLOOR AREA. MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS SHALL 3E
MOUNTED 42 TO S4 INCHES A20VE THE FLOOR AND LOCATED IN NORMAL EXIT PATHS
ON EACH FLOOR AT OR NEAR STAIRWAYS AND EXITS. AN ALARM SHALL
AUTOMATICALLY SOUND THROUGHOUT THE 3UILDING UNLESS REQUIRED TO SOUND ONLY
ON THE FIRS FLOOR BY LOCAL CODE. THE ALARM SOUND MAY BE BELLS, HORNS OR
RECORDED VOICE MESSAGES. ALARMS SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY SENT TO THE LOCAL
FIRE DEPARTMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. 723 OR 72C OR TO A PRIVATELY
OPERATED CENTRAL STATION PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEM CONFORMING TO NFPA
NO. 71. INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE, OPERATION, TESTING, AND EQUIPMENT
SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA NO. 72A AND CHAPTER 4 OF NFPA NO. 72H, GUIDE FOR
TESTING PROCEDURES FOR LOCAL, AUXILIARY REMOTE STATION AND PROPRIETARY
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS.
THE FIRS ALARM SYSTEM WIRING AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE ELECTRICALLY
SUPERVISED. EMERGENCY POWER MUST BE PROVIDED. IT MUST BE ABLE TO OPERATE
THE SYSTEM IN THE SUPERVISORY MODE FOR 24 HOURS AND OPERATE ALL ALARM
DEVICES AND SYSTEM OUTPUT SIGNALS FOR AT LEAST 30 MINUTES FOR BUILDINGS
LESS THAN 12 STORIES HIGH AND FOR 1 HOUR FOR BUILDINGS 12 OR MORE STORIES.
ALL ALARM INITIATING DEVICES, EXCEPT SMOKE DETECTORS, MUST BE CAPABLE OF
SIGNALLING AN ALARM DURING A SINGLE BREAK OR A SINGLE GROUND FAULT.
WHEN THE GOVERNMENT'S OCCUPANCY IS ON THE 6TH FLOOR OR ABOVE, ALL FLOORS,
INCLUDING THOSE 3ELOW, SHALL HAVE AN EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM. THIS
SYSTEM MUST PERMIT 2-WAY COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A CONTROL CONSOLE AND ANY
EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATION. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATIONS MUST BE
PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH STAIRWAY AND EXIT DISCHARGE FROM THE BUILDING,
AT EACH ELEVATOR LOBBY ON THE GROUND FLOOR, AND AT EACH FLOOR WHICH HAS
BEEN DESIGNATED AS THE ONE FOR ALTERNATE ELEVATOR RECALL.
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT
8.1 CODE VIOLATIONS
8.2
PORTABLE FIRE
EXTINGUISHERS
8.3 STANDPIFSS
8.4 SPRINKLER SYSTEM
8.5 ENGINEERED SMOKE CONTROL
SYSTEMS
8.6
MANUAL FIRE ALARM
SYSTEMS
"JGSA
PUBLIC
BUILDINGS
SERVICE
PACE
28
OF
34
September
6,
1990 I
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SAFETY AMD FIRE
PROTECTION
EMERGENCY LIGHTING MUST PROVIDE AT LEAST 0.5 FOOT CANDLE OF ILLUMINATION
THROUGHOUT THE EXIT ?ATH, INCLUDING EXIT ACCSSS ROUTES, EXIT STAIRWAYS, OR
OTHER ROUTES SUCH AS PASSAGEWAYS TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. THE
EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM USED MUST BE SUCH THAT IT WILL OPERATE EVEN IF
THE PUBLIC UTILITY POWER FAILS, EXCEPT THAT IN BUILDINGS 5 STORIES OR
LESS, THE SYSTEM MAY BE POWERED FROM CONNECTIONS TO SEPARATE SUBSTATIONS
OR TO A NETWORK SYSTEM FROM THE PUBLIC.UTILITY. AUTOMATIC SWITCHING MUST
BE PROVIDED FOR THE EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY.
IF SPACE CANNOT MEET DETAILED SAFETY AND FIRE PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS,
ALTERNATIVE MSANS OF PROTECTION WILL BE CONSIDERED. FOR EXAMPLE, I?
STAIRWAYS ARE TOO NARROW, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION THROUGHOUT THE
BUILDING MA" MAKE THE SPACE ACCEPTABLE. ALL OFFSRORS MUST PROVIDE WITH j
THEIR OFFER A WRITTEN ANALYSIS FROM A REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER
FULLY DESCRIBING ANY EXCEPTIONS TAKEN TO THE FIRS PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS !
OF THIS SOLICITATION. THIS ANALYSIS MUST INCLUDE CERTIFICATION BY THE
ENGINEER THAT THE ALTERNATIVE PROTECTION WILL ACHIEVE A LEVEL OF RISK SOT
MEASURABLE GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED BY THE GOVERNMENT CRITERIA. THE
CERTIFICATION MUST ALSO INCLUDE THE ENGINEER'S -SEAL AND REGISTRATION
NUMBER. ALL ANALYSES MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER PRIOR TO LEASING THE SPACE.
FZRE DOORS SHALL CONFORM WITH NFPA STANDARD NO. 80.
AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS (E.G., DUST, VAPOR, FUMES, GASES) SHALL NOT-EXCEED
THOSE IN 29 CFR 1910.LOCO AND 1910.1001. WHEN ACTUAL CONCENTRATION LEVELS
EQUAL OR EXCEED 30% OF THE LEVELS IN 29 CFR 1910, CONTROL ACTIONS SHALL BE
INITIATED. VENTILATION SYSTEMS HAVING AIR STREAMS WHICH PASS THROUGH
WATER SHALL HAVE THE WATER TREATED WITH AN SPA REGISTERED BIOCIDE TO
CONTROL STIOLOGICAL ORGANISMS. THE LESSOR SHALL ASSIST THE GOVERNMENT IN
DEVELOPING A PLAN ACCEPTABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF THE
BUILDING DURING EMERGENCIES SUCH AS FIRES, BOMB THREATS, AND POWER LOSS.
ASBESTOS:
NO'ASBESTOS-CONTAINING FIREPROOFING OR INSULATION ON BUILDING STRUCTURES,
ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT, MOLDED OR WET-APPLIED CEILING OR WALL FINISHES,
DECORATIONS, OR PIPE AND BOILER INSULATION (INCLUDING DUCT, TANK, ETC.)
WILL BE PERMITTED.
ASBESTOS IN A SOLID MATRIX ALREADY IN PLACE (E.G. VINYL ASBESTOS FLOOR
TILS, SHEE7ROCK/DRYWALL, TRANSITS PANELLING OR FELLS) WILL BE PERMITTED
PROVIDED I? 13 NOT DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED AND A SPECIAL OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE PROGRAM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 4 OF GSA'S HANDBOOK
NUMBERED PBS ? 5900.2C, IS. ESTABLISHED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER PRIOR TO THE AWARD OF A LEASE.
ALL OFFSROF.S ARE SUBJECT TO THE ASBESTOS INSPECTION AND TESTING PROVISIONS
SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 9 OF THE ATTACHED GSA FORM 3517 (GENERAL CLAUSES).
POST-AS3ESTCS-A3ATEMENT AIR MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH
GSA PROCEDURES, ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH 3Y THS LESSOR WHEN APPLICABLE.
A. THE LESSOR SHALL CONTROL CONTAMINANTS AT THE SOURCE AND/OR OPERATE THS
SPACE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE GSA INDICATOR LEVELS FOR CARSON MONOXIDE
(CO), CARBON DIOXIDE (C02), AND FORMALDEHYDE (HCHO) ARE NOT EXCEEDED. THE
INDICATOR LEVELS FOR OFFICE AREAS ARE AS FOLLOWS: CO - 9 PARTS PER
MILLION TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE (PPM TWA - 8 HOUR SAMPLE); C02 - 1000 PPM
(TWA); HCHO - 0.1 PPM (TWA).
B. THE LESSOR SHALL PROMPTLY INVESTIGATE INDOOR AIR QUALITY COMPLAINTS
SUBMITTED THROUGH THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OR GSA BUILDING MANAGER, AS
APPROPRIATE. THS LESSOR SHALL IMPLEMENT CONTROLS INCLUDING ALTERATION OF
BUILDING OPERATING PROCEDURES (E.G., ADJUSTING AIR INTAKES, ADJUSTING AIR
DISTRIBUTION, CLEANING AND MAINTAINING HVAC, ETC.).
C. THE LESSOR SHALL TEST FOR GSA UIDICATOR CONTAMINANTS WHEN DIRECTED 3Y
THS CONTRACTING OFFICER OR GSA BUILDING MANAGER/ AS APPROPRIATE. IF THE
INDICATOR LEVELS ARE EXCEEDED OR OTHER PROBLEMS AFFECTING INDOOR AIR
QUALITY ARE FOUND, THE LESSOR SHALL IMPLEMENT CONTROLS INCLUDING
ALTERATION OF BUILDING OPERATING PROCEDURES.
D. AT THE REQUEST OF THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OR GSA BUILDING MANAGER, THS
LESSOR SHALL CONDUCT INDOOR AIR QUALITY ASSESSMENTS OR DETAILED STUDIES IN
INSTANCES VKERS SIMPLE OPERATIONAL CONTROLS (DESCRIBED IN 3 A30VE; ARE SOT
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERiJMEMT
8.7
EXIT & EMERGENCY
LIGHTING
'8.3 ALTERNATIVE
FIRE-PROTECTION FEATURH
8.9 FIRE DOORS
8.10 SAFETY-AIR CONTAMINANT
LEVELS.
8.11 INDOOR AIR QUALITY
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACE 29 OF 34 j
September 6. 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SAFETY AND FIRE
PREVENTION
EFFECTIVE IN ADDRESSING INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROBLEMS. THE LESSOR WILL
PROVIDE A COST ESTIMATE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICES OR BUILDING MANAGER AND
RECEIVE- THEIR AUTHORIZATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING 'WITH 'THE "ASSESSMENTS' OR
STUDIES. THE SPACE SHALL 3E ASSESSED BY AN INDUSTRIAL HYGIENI5T,'HEALTH.
PROFESSIONAL, OR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER FOR SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS. ALL
SAMPLING ASSOCIATED WITH ASSESSMENTS AND DETAILED STUDIES SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE OSHA, EPA, OR . NIOSH" SAMPLING" AND ANALYSIS
PROCEDURES.
>-.: r-. - (1) INDOOR AIR QUALITY ASSESSMENTS SHALL INCLUDE A REVIEW OF INDOOR
AIR QUALITY INFORMATION (E.G. COMPLAINTS', BUILDING OPERATING RECORDS, AND
AGENCY OPERATING ACTIVITIES). THE LESSOR SHALL RECORD TEMPERATURE AND
HUMIDITY READINGS AND ASSESS AIR INTAKES FOR ADEQUATE DELIVERY OF OUTSIDE
AIR THROUGHOUT THE SPACE, LOCATION OF AIR' INTAKES, ACTIVITIES OCCURRING
ADJACENT TO THE AIR INTAKES, AMD AMBIENT AIH CONDITIONS. THE LESSOR SHALL
CONDUCT A WALK THROUGH OF THE BUILDING, LOCKING FOR SOURCES OF
CONTAMINANTS IDENTIFIED 3Y TEE REVIEW OF -INDOOR AIR QUALITY INFORMATION.
THE LESSOR SHALL CHECK THE VENTILATION FOR AREAS OF AIR MOVEMENT
SHORT-CIRCUITING AND AREAS/SOURCES OF CONTAMINANTS. UPON IDENTIFICATION
OF CONTAMINANT SOURCE(S) ' AND/OR MEASUREMENTS EXCEEDING ' GSA INDICATOR
LEVELS, CORRECTIVE ACTIONS'SHALL 3E INITIATED BY THE LESSOR.
A COPY OF THE IDENTIFIED CORRECTIVE ACTIONS WILL BE FORWARDED TO THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER OR GSA BUILDING MANAGER, AS APPROPRIATE. WHERE
CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ARE" INEFFECTIVE OR SUSPICIOUS CONTAMINANT SOURCS(S) ARE
PRESENT, THE LESSOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING DETAILED STUDIES..,.--
(2) DETAILED STUDIES SHALL PROVIDE A MORE COMPREHENSIVE PICTURE OF
THE POTENTIAL INDOOR AIR.. QUALITY HAZARD AND RESULT IN RECOMMEND AT IONS FOR
MITIGATIVE ACTIONS AT THE SOURCE. THE GSA BUILDING MANAGER SHALL PROVIDE
THE LESSOR WITH INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE FIRE AND SAFETY HANDBOOK, PBS P
5900.2C, CHAPTER 4, ?CR CONDUCTING DETAILED STUDIES WHEN SUCH STUDIES ARE
REQUIRED.
E. THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CONDUCT INDEPENDENT INDOOR AIR
QUALITY ASSESSMENTS AND DETAILED STUDIES IN SPACE IT OCCUPIES, AS WELL AS
IN SPACE -SERVING THE GOVERNMENT : LEASED SPACE (E.G., COMMON USE AREAS,
MECHANICAL- -ROOMS, HVAC SYSTEMS, ETC.). THE 'LESSOR SHALL ASSIST THE
GOVERNMENT IN ITS ASSESSMENTS AND DETAILED STUDIES 3Y MAKING AVAILABLE
INFORMATION ON BUILDING OPERATIONS AND LESSOR ACTIVITIES, AND PROVIDING
ACCESS TO SPACE FOR ASSESSMENT AND?:IESTING, IF REQUIRED.
F. CORRECTIVE ACTION'(S.)-: SHALL'; CONTROL OR-ELIMINATE THE SOURCE(S) OF
CONTAMINATION, WHENEVER POSSIBLE. ' CORRECTIVE ACTION(S) MAY INCLUDE
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION, CHANGES/ IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES,
LOCAL EXHAUST, DECONTAMINATION, REARRANGEMENT OF OFFICE PARTITIONS, BETTER
MIXING OF AIR OR INCREASING THE SUPPLY OF OUTSIDE AIR.
G. THE GOVERNMENT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDRESSING IAQ PROBLEMS RESULTING
FROM ITS OWN ACTIVITIES. FOR SITUATIONS WHERE THE RESPONSIBLE PARTY IS
UNKNOWN, THE LESSOR SHALL CONDUCT AN INVESTIGATION, ASSESSMENT, TEST OR
STUDY AT THE REQUEST OF THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, OR GSA BUILDING MANAGER.
IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT THE GOVERNMENT'S ACTIVITIES OR ACTIONS ARE THE
SOURCE OF THE CONTAMINANT, THE LESSOR WILL BE REIMBURSED BY THE GOVERNMENT
AT COST.
H. RECORDS OF ALL. SURVEYS, SAMPLING RESULTS, ASSESSMENTS/ DETAILED
STUDIES, AND CORRECTIVE,ACTIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE LESSOR AND
SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW /BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OR DESIGNATED
REPRESENTATIVE UPON REQUEST.
I. THE GOVERNMENT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDRESSING INDOOR AIR QUALITY ISSUES
ASSOCIATED WITH HYPERSENSITIVE GOVERNMENT EMPLOYSS(S) HOUSED WITHIN THE
LEASED SPACE.
FOR SPACE IN BUILDINGS CONTAINING ACM AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 3 OF GSA
FORM 3518, OFFERCR3 MUST INCLUDE, WITH THEIR OFFER (UNLESS THE TIME FRAME
IS OTHERWISE EXTENDED 'BY THE,, CONTRACTING OFFICER) AN ASBESTOS TESTING
REPORT, ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE ASBESTOS TESTING
REPORT MUST CONSIST -OF THE IDENTITY -AND EVIDENCE OF THE QUALIFICATIONS
(EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE; OF,THE PERSON COLLECTING BULK SAMPLES, THE BULK
SAMPLE LOG, AND, IF APPLICA3LS, AN ABATEMENT PLAN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH CHAPTER 4 OF GSA'S HAND30CK .NUMBERED PBS ? 590C.2C. THE SAMPLES MUST
BE ANALYCSD BY A LABORATORY WHICH HAS SUCCESSFULLY PARTICIPATED IN THE
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION . AGENCY (EPA) QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM.
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERIIMENT
8.12 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQ
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACE 30 OF 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR
OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SAFETY AND. -?H
PREVENTION--
:
SUCCESSFUL PARTICIPATION .-IS DEFINED AS PARTICIPATION IN AT LEAST 2 0? THE
LAST 3 ROUNDS IN THE E?A PROGRAM AND HAVE CORRECTLY ANALYZED AT LEAST 75
PERCENT OF THE SAMPLES TESTED IN THESE .-ROUNDS. ALL ACTION TAKEN TO ENSURE
COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AT NO EXPENSE' TO
THE GOVERNMENT.
THE LESSOR AGREES TO COMPLY WITH OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS' WHICH ARE LOCATED AT
TITLE. 29 OF THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (29 ;CFR)....-:;
THE GUARDING OF OPENINGS AND HOLES IN FLOORS AND-."WALLS'MUST COMPLY WITH 29
CFR 1910.23. . . : -;>...
THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF FIXED STAIRS MUST COMPLY" ''WITH 29 CFR
1910.24. -,- .:. ':--.
THE .DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF FIXED LADDERS MUST '.COMPLY 'wiTH 29 CFR
1910.27 OR MUST BE CLEARLY MARKET. OR SECURED TO '.PREVENT GOVERNMENT
EMPLOYEE USE.
'".- ~. ' .T'
PHYSICAL HAZARDS MUST BE MARKED ACCORDING TO 29 CFS.ri 9:1.0.144.
WHERE' GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES ARE EXPOSED TQ-MACHINERY'."PROVIDED BY THE
LESSOR, TH3 MACHINERY MUST BE GUARDED ACCORDING TO 29 CFR 1910.212.
ALL TOOLS Aim EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR FOR GOVERNMENT USE MUST
COMPLY .WITH THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF 29 CFR 1910. . .;
ANY CONSTRUCTION/REPAIR AND ALTERATION WORK DONE FOR/BY THE LESSOR SHALL
COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE OSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS
FOR CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, 29 CFR 1925 AND APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF 29 CFR
1910.
(A) RADON LEVELS IN SPACE LEASED TO THE GOVERNMENT 'SHALL-NOT EXCEED THE
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) ACTION LEVEL FOR HOMES OF 4
PICOCURISS PER LITER (PCI/L). :. . '. C . '
(B) THE PORTION OF THE SPACE PROPOSED FOR LEASE TO THE GOVERNMENT :WHICH
IS IN GROUND CONTACT GR CLOSEST TO THE GROUND (I.E., IF SPACE OFFERED IS
ON FLOORS 4 THROUGH 3. MEASUREMENT IS REQUIRED FOR ' THS 4TH. FLOOR:.ONLY)
SHALL BE MEASURED BY THE OFFSROR FOR RADON AND THE -RESULTS CERTIFIED ON
THE FORM PROVIDED WITH THIS SOLICITATION FOS OFFERS. RADON.'. DETECTORS
SHALL BE PLACED THROUGHOUT THE REQUIRED AREA TO ENSURE EACH DETECTOR
COVERS NO MORE "HAN 2,000 SQUARE FEET OF SPACE. THE PREFERRED METHOD FOR
CONDUCTING RADON MEASUREMENTS IS THE 3-MONTH ALPHA TRACK DETECTOR.
HOWEVER, WEEN TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE, THE ALPHA TRACK DETECTOR MAY 3E USED
FOR A MINIMUM MEASUREMENT PERIOD OF 2 TO 4 WEEKS OR THE CHARCOAL CANISTER
DETECTOR MAT 3E USED-FOR A PERIOD OF 2 TO 3 DAYS. ALL LABORATORY DETECTOR.
ANALYSES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LABORATORY SUCCESSFULLY PARTICIPATING IN
THE SPA-SPCNSORSD RADON MEASUREMENT PROFICIENCY PROGRAM. ACTUAL RADON
MEASUREMENTS FOR EACH DETECTOR USED IN SUPPORT OF THE CERTIFICATION MUST
BE AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW BY GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL UPON REQUEST.
(C) THE RADON CERTIFICATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
AS SOON AS POSSIBLE SUT NOT LATER THAN THE TIME FOR SUBMISSION OF BEST AND.
FINAL OFFERS. IF MEASUREMENT REVEALS RADON LEVELS EXCEEDING 4 PCI/L, THE'
OFFEROR SHALL DEVELOP A PLAN OF CORRECTIVE ACTION. THE SUCCESSFUL OFFSROR
SHALL IMPLEMENT THE PLAN PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY BY THE GOVERNMENT, UNLESS A
DIFFERENT TIME PERIOD IS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THIS CONTRACT. . . : :."..
(D) WHERE THE GOVERNMENT DETERMINES THAT AN AWARD MUST BE MADE PRIOR TO
OBTAINING THE RADON CERTIFICATION, THE SUCCESSFUL OFFSHOR MUST PROVIDE THE
CERTIFICATION WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER AWARD, UNLESS A DIFFERENT TIMS PERIOD
IS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THIS CONTRACT. IF MEASUREMENT REVEALS RADON
LEVELS EXCEEDING 4 PCI/L. THE SUCCESSFUL OFFERCR SHALL DEVELOP AND
PROMPTLY IMPLEMENT A PLAN OF CORRECTIVE ACTION. ..--/-. :"
; :. _:'-r: "
(E) IF THE SPACE OFFERED FOR LEASE TO THE GOVSRilMSIT IS IN A BUILDING
UNDER CONSTRUCTION OR PROPOSED FOR CONSTRUCTION, THE LESSOR SHALL"PERFORM:
THS NECESSARY RADON TESTING AND SUBMIT A CERTIFICATION TO THE CONTRACTING.
OFFICER WITHIN 120 DAYS AFTER THE GOVERNMEIT OCCUPIES THS SPACE. IF'
MEASUREMENT REVEALS RADON LEVELS EXCEEDING 4 PCI/L, THE LESSOR SHALL
DEVELOP AND PROMPTLY IMPLEMENT A PLAN OF CORRECTIVE ACTION.
(F) THS GOVERJiMSNT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MEASURE;-RADCil IN THS SPAC2 IT
INITIALS:
LESSOR
GOVERNMENT;".-" "
3.13 OSHA REQUIREMENTS
8.14 RADON MEASUREMENT AND
CORRECTIVE ACTION
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
PACZ 31 OP 34
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION;FOR OFFERS
SFO
90-117
SECTION
SAFETY AMD FIRE
PREVENTION
~|t2A-S2S-**-ANS -TIME-DURING THE TERM OF THE LEASE. IF~ RADON-MEASUREMENTS
ABOVE 4 PCI/J.--ARE CETSCTED, THE LESSOR SHALL-PROMPTS? INITIATE--CORRECTIVE.
ACTION TO REDUCE THE LEVEL TO MEET THE STANDARD1 »'">'IF. RADON ABOV50200- PCI^L
IS DETECTED, THE LESSOR1 r SHALL RESTRICT THE ~fJSE~-OF THE AREAaaMTOvPROVIDE..
COMPARABLE TEMPORARY SPACE FOR THE TENANTS UNTIL THE CORRECTIVE ACTION IS"
COMPLETED. FOLLOW-UP MEASUREMENTS SHALL- BE CONDUCTEDrflJmTSE cL;ESSORv.TC>,
DETERMINE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CORRECTIVE ' ACSIONV ' :.ALfe:;:CpRREClSRra
ACTION, TENANT RELOCATION, AND FOLLOW-UP -MEAStJREMENT-SHALL'BEwPHO.ySDED "B*-.
THE LESSOR AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. TO THE' GOVERNMENT. THE-vLESSOR SKAtL--
PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT: WITH. PRIOR' WRITTEN- NOTICE :QFv.'A|nf .-PHCPO'SED
CORRSCTIVE ACTION OR TENANT RELOCATION. -'-'K *- ."^ TirT,,. -7 ... - -..
-.- 'i"-r \- f^ ; v^j : * i "' ['.
INITIALS:
LESSOR GOVERNMENT
~GSA~;PUBt-ie- BUI-iDrHJGS-
PACE 32 OF 34.
September 6, 1990
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO
l , 90-117
SECTION ,-,-,?*.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
ROOMS.
^SSST-iNG-^AND,-.- .
1) THS OFFSROR SHALL SNSURSvAND -PROSl'SB-' 240Ea.-MAsNTSNA5$G3 SUPPORT
_p_ _^ _,_ " ----- ' -- .-i ---- *a« * -- -- --- -- --- --- "*- --
DES
3) CARPET SHALL COVER ALL
ALL CARPET PROPOSED 3Y -TH3 OfFSRSPwKt -3E. S
.APPROVAL BY GSA F IRES AFSTY' . AND T«5r-TEJIANT.: AGr', ,
BACKING AND ADHESIVE SAMPLES 'W-HfC- 3E 'EVALUATED.: !FORv VQtAT-ILE ORGANIC ' ;
COMPOUND EMISSIONS, STABILITY AND TOXICITY POTENTIAL. " PORTER .'SCHOLAR
II CARPET HAS 3EEN TESTED AND APPROVED BY EPA rOR INSTALLATION'. *
4) CEILINGS IN CARPETED AR2A SHALL HAVS A NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT
OF NOT LESS THAN 0.70. CEILINGS IN OFFICES, CONFERENCE ROOMS AND
CORRIDORS THAT HATS RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL HAVE A NOISE SEDUCTION
COEFFICIENT OF NOT LESS THAN 0.70.
DRAPERIES WILL 3E PROVIDED 3Y THE LESSOR IN ALL CONFERENCE ROOMS WITH
EXTERIOR WINDOWS. ALL DRAPERIES OFFERED BY THE OFFEROR, MILL BE
SUBJECT TO TESTING AND APPROVAL 3Y GSA AND THE TENANT AGENCY. ALL '
DRAPERIES WILL 3E EVALUATED FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS EMISSION,
STABILITY AND TOXICITY POTENTIAL.
6) WATER TAKEN FROM DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND SINK SPIGOTS WILL 3E TESTED
ANNUALLY BY THS LESSOR TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH MAXIMUM CONTAMINENT
LEVELS ESTABLISHES IN THE NATIONAL SECONDARY DRINKING REGULATIONS
( 40 CFR PART 141 ) . I
VOICS/DATA/SPECIFICATIONS
ALL PLYWOOD IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS CLOSETS MUST 3E FIRS TREATED .
DOORS TO ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS CLOSETS MUST 3S 42 INCHES. WIDE 3Y
80 INCHES HIGH SSCURA3L3 WITH A LOUVERSD LOWES SECTION FOR1
VENTILATION. ALL DOORS OPSN OUTWARD.
9) ALL WORKSTATIONS, ALL INDIVIDUAL OFFICES AND ALL TELECOMMUNICATION
CLOSETS USED FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS WILL REQUIRE CLEAN DEDICATED
DUPLEX OUTLETS. TKSRS SHOULD 3E AN ALLOWANCE MADE FOR ADDITIONAL
TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE OFFERED. OUTLETS
USED FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SHOULD BE LABELLED "AOP" AND SHOULD 3E'
OF A DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT COLOR THAN STANDARD FOURPLEX AND DUPLEX
OUTLETS IN OTKE3 AREAS OF THE SPACE OFFERED.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ARE 3A5SD ON A BUILDING
OCCUPANCY OF iOO-110 PSOPLS (15,000 NUSF) PER FLOOR.
ALL VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS WIRING MUST 3S PROVIDED TO ALL
S)
7)
3)
1.0 )
11)
WORKSTATIONS.
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE CABLE
12) THE OFFEROR WILL RUN AD2QUATS TELEPHONE CA3L2 PAIR INTO THS BUILDING
TO ENSURE 30C PAIR MAY 3E'TERMINATED IN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CLOSETS.
13) CLOSETS WILL BE DESIGNED TO 3E 100 SF PER FLOOR IN THE CORE AREA.
14) CLOSETS WILL HE DESIGNED TO HOUSE VOICE MASTER CONTROL UNITS,
32XX TYPE CONTROL UNITS, TYPE 1 AND TYPE 3 WIRING PATCH PANELS,
FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANELS, MODEMS AND 'ASSOCIATED MULTIPLEXERS.
15) THESE CLOSETS SHOULD 3E CENTRALLY LOCATED IN THE CORE AREA AND
IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO A LAN CLOSET OF APPROXIMATELY 73 SQ. FT.
16) FLOOR CLOSETS SHOULD 3E "STACKED" IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CABLE
DISTRIBUTION 3ETWESN FLOORS.
17) THE TENANT REQUIRES 300 PAIR RISER CABLE TO EACH FLOOR.
13) ONE SPARE 6 INCH RISER SLEEVE PER CLOSET IS REQUIRED BETWEEN FLOORS.
HORIZONTAL CABLE DISTRIBUTION
19) TELECOMMUNICATIONS REQUIRE A CABLE RACEWAY INSTALLED A MINIMUM
OF 5 INCHES A30V3 THS FALSE CEILING OR 3SLOW THE RAISED FLOORING
DESIGNED TO FACILITATE CA3LS DISTRI3UTION TO WORKSTATIONS. THS
CABLE RACEWAY SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 200 LBS. OF
CONTINUOUS WEIGHT. IF THE RACEWAY IS ABOVE THS CEILING, THE HOMSRUN
RACEWA" WOULD DISTRIBUTE CABLE TO WORKSTATIONS. TELECOMMUNICATIONS
REQUIRE A MINIMUM AREA OF 5 FT. 3Y 12 FT. AVAILABLE SPACE CONSTRUCTED
THE ENTIRE LSNGKT OF THE COLUMN TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT AREA FOR
VERTICAL CABLE DISTRIBUTION TO MANY WORK GROUP AREAS. RACSWAY3 ARE
UNACCEPTABLE SOLUTIONS FOR DISTRIBUTION CABLES.
20) CSILING REQUIREMENTS ARS THS SAME AS INSTALLED IN OFFICS AREAS.
21) FLOORS-SUBJECT TO CONDITIONS AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THE
SOLIC7ATION SUBJECT TO WITHSTAND 150 LBS PER SQ. FT.
22) EACH TELSCOMMUINCATION CLOSET SHOULD HAVE 5 DEDICATES,. 120V, 20AMP
INITIALS: .-_&__- ':"-
LESSOR LGOVSRNMENT
« i
p- .
GSA PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
| ~PAGE '
' - -' - ~* U C. ':<'1 J^lc-fi-
-------
SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS
SFO :.;
90-117
SECTION
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
t3&ViS& EACH CIRCUIT SHOULD TERMaJATS 1JS fHST^,
l',OTKERWi3E SPECIFIED. ONE; 12dV~, $$ j(lMt>..C;»C3Jtf ?4fJtL;:-BS;"w
t:E&' TO'EACH CLOSET. THERE WILL- «vi«tfAJPNTSD FLAT. WHITS.
. . -.JiSSSOR GOVERilMENT
GSA PUBLIC
PACE 34 OF 34
September 6, 1990
------- |